;*^*^<i 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 
 in 2007 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/biblehistorycontOOgilmrich 
 
Oe 
 
 ':? 
 
 :i^^;'T'^-5Sa-^;^^<Jt^r; 
 
 
W^t ktngWm of i^mmn h For tn$\ h$ i^r^^tu 
 
 St. Matt. xix. 14. 
 
BIBLE HISTORY 
 
 CONTAINING THE 310ST 
 
 REMARKABLE EVENTS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS. 
 
 TO WHICH IS ADDED A COMPENDIUM OF 
 
 FOR THE USE OF THE CATHOLIC SCHOOLS IN 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 RIGHT REV. RICHARD GILMOUR, D.D., 
 
 j^. Bishop of Cleveland. 
 
 New York, Cincinnati, Chicago : 
 BENZIGER BROTHERS, 
 
 PUINTEIIS TO THE HOLY APOSTOLIC SEE. 
 
A LETTER FROM 
 His Holiness, Pope Leo XHI. 
 
 yV-^.yWy' ^£/n^i^e^ s^c/^fiy/ (VW^ fi-^^^ci^CcA^ocyiA^^ 
 
 LOAN STACK ' -^^ c/;./'.^^.. 
 TRANSLATION. 
 
 We have received ivith thanks the copy of The Sihle Historjf, 
 
 together with the expressions of devotion, zvhich Henzigev UrotlierSf 
 
 Publishers, have sent us through the Bishop of Basel, and we give our 
 
 Apostolic Benediction to them and to their labors that these may ahuays 
 
 tend to the good of Religion. 
 
 Leo P. P. XIII. 
 
 Entered according to Act ot Congress, in the year 1869, by BENZIGER 
 BROTHERS, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, 
 for the Southern District of Ohio. / 
 
 / 
 
 Copyright, 1881, by BENZIGER BROTHERS. 
 Copyright, 1894, by BENZIGER BROTHERS. 
 
APPROBATIONS. 
 
 
 jFrom 5D5is Hmincnce (Karlrinnl ©ifitons t 
 
 Father Gilmour's Bible History, published by you, is a work that richly 
 merits, as I am sure it will receive, the liberal patronage of the Catholic 
 schools and academies throughout the country. I am delighted with it, 
 
 ifrom i^ost aacb. W^m, J^. IBltstv, JB,m., ^rctbisfjop of Cincinnati: 
 
 The Bible History of Rev. Richard Gilmour has been used in the Brothers 
 schools at Natchez almost ever since its first publication. . . . 
 
 I congratulate Rev. Father Gilmour on the work itself, and also on the 
 style in which it has been published : cheap enough for the school-room, and 
 beautiful enough for a Christmas present. . . • 
 
 jfvom |«ost Beb. 33. ^. iFeeijan, 23.13., ^rcpisijop of Cfjicaflo: 
 
 I beg to thank you for your copy of Father Gilmour's Bible History. It 
 is a most useful work, and I shall recommend it to the schools of the Diocese. 
 
 iFrom i«ost aarb, 2rf)omas 31. ©race, 13. 3B., ^rcijbisijojj of Siunia: 
 ... I need hardly say I was pleased with it. This History supplies 
 a want in our schools and supplies it well. Upon my recommendation the His- 
 tory has been introduced into our schools in St, Paul, and I trust the example 
 will be followed in all the schools of the Diocese. 
 
 iFrom i^ost aaeb. ffi®m. ?^. ffiross, CSS.ia., 213.23,, ^rctjtisfjop 
 of ©regon €:it» : 
 
 I most cheerfully give ray approbation to your "Illustrated History of 
 the Bible," and most earnestly recommend it to the Reverend Clergy, to 
 
 school-teachers, and to all the faithful of this Diocese. 
 
 iFrom iHost aaeb. Sofjn ?^ennrssi), 23.23., ^rcpisfjop of 23utuque: 
 
 Please accept my thanks for a copy of Rev. Father Gilmour's Bible 
 History. I find it so highly recommended that 1 shall be glad to see it intro- 
 duced into the schools of this Diocese. 
 
 iFrom aaiQfjt aaeb. Slrtoarlr iFitJBeralir, 23.23., aSi0|^op of SLCttle 
 
 Bocft: 
 
 The Sisters of St. Mary's Academy of Little Rock have examined Rev. 
 R. Gilmour's Bible History, and consider it to be a very useful text=book. 
 They purpose introducing it into their schools at the commencement of next 
 school year. I beg to add my recommendation to theirs. 
 
 iFrom 3aifii)t SEleb. 3Louis ire ffifocstrianlr, 23.23., iSisJop of 
 iSurlington : 
 
 We use Bishop Gilmour's Bible History in our Perseverance Catechism 
 in the Cathedral congregation ; both our teachers and children are much 
 pleased with it, and I cannot recommend it too much. 
 
6 APPROBATION'S. 
 
 ILouisbiUrj 
 . . <, I take great pleasure in recommending it as one of the tjiost 
 admirable works of itc kind over published. 
 
 ffvom aaCfiijt ai^cb. STotias i^ullen, 33,33,, 3Sisf)04) of fSriet 
 
 , . . I have examined it with some care, and consider it admirably 
 adapted for the use of Catholic schools. It reproduces in a manner most 
 attractive to children the whole inspired record of God's dealings with man- 
 kind, while its illustrations are so striking and appropriate as to sustain the 
 interest of the youthful reader and rivet his attention on the most important 
 points in the sacred narrative. Although designed for children, it might be 
 studied with advantage by persons of any age, and may then be very de- 
 servedly assigned a place in the home-library as in the school-room. 
 
 3from aaifiiJt 3arb. ^tP4)i)rn V, asiwan, 33,33,, asisljop of aSuffalo : 
 
 I have no hesitation in recommending Rev. R. Gilmour's Illustrated 
 Bible History, already so highly and respectably recommended. As a com- 
 pendium of Bible history, I deem it in every way a most desirable and useful 
 book to be put into the hands of children. 
 
 BISHOP GILMOUR'S BIBLE HISTORY 
 
 has also received the approbation of the following prelates, now deceased : 
 His Eminence Cardinal McCLOSKEY, Archbishop of New York. 
 His Eminence Cardinal MANNING, Archbishop of Westminster. 
 Most Rev. J. B. PURCELL, D.D., Archbishop of Cincinnati. 
 Most Rev. F. N. BLANCHET, D.D., Archbishop of Oregon City. 
 Most Rov. JAMES F. WOOD, D.D., Archbishop of Philadelphia. 
 Most Rev. IGNATIUS BOURGET, D.D., Archbishop of Montreal. 
 Most Rev. NAPOLEON J. PERCHE, D.D., Archbishop of New Orleans. 
 Most Rev. JOHN M. HENNI, D.D., Archbishop of Milwaukee. 
 Most Rev. MICHAEL HEISS, D.D., Archbishop of Milwaukee. 
 Most Rev. CHARLES J. SEGHERS, D.D., Archbishop of Oregon City. 
 Right Rev. P. J. BALTES, D.D., Bishop of Alton. 
 Right Rev. A. M. A. BLANCHET, D.D., Bishop of Nesqually, 
 Right Rev. C. H. BORGESS, D.D., Bishop of Detroit. 
 Right Rev. JOHN LOUGHLIN, D.D., Bishop of Brooklyn. 
 Right Rev. FRANCIS McNIERNY, D.D., Bishop of Albany. 
 Right Rev. L. Z. MOREAU, D.D., Bishop of St. Hyacinth. 
 Right Rev. EUGENE O'CONNELL, D.D., Bishop of Marysville. 
 Right Rev. JOHN QUINLAN, D.D., Bishop of Mobile. 
 Right Rev. ANTOINE RACINE, D.D., Bishop of Sherbrooke. 
 Right Rev. A. M. TOEBBE, D.D., Bishop of Covington. 
 Right Rev. EDGAR P. WADHAMS, D.D., Bishop of Ogdensbursr 
 
HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 A.M. 1.] 
 
 AGE I. 
 FROM ADAM TO ABRAHAM. 
 
 CONTAINING 2083 YEARS. 
 
 1.— The Creation of the World. 
 
 [A.C. 4000. 
 
 1. Ii^r the beginning God created the heavens and the 
 earth. The earth was void and empty, and darkness was on 
 the face of the deep. Then God said: " Let there be light! " 
 and light was made. This was the work of the first day. 
 
 2. On the second day was created the firmament with all 
 its expansive beauty. 
 
8 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMEisTT. 
 
 On the third day God gathered together the waters into 
 one place, and commanded the dry land to appear ; the 
 waters He called sea, and the dry land earth. Thus were 
 formed the fountains, the streams, and the rivers. 
 
 3. Then God commanded the earth to bring forth plants, 
 and green trees, and flowers of many various forms and dif- 
 ferent colors. 
 
 On the fourth day were made the great lights that shine 
 in the heavens : the sun, the moon, and the stars. On the 
 fifth day the fish that are in the waters, and the birds that 
 are in the air were created. 
 
 4. The sixth day God created all manner of living creat- 
 ures that are upon the earth, each in its kind. 
 
 At last He said: " Let us make man to our own image and 
 likeness, and let him have dominion over the whole earth.^^ 
 So God formed man out of the slime of the earth, and 
 breathed into him an immortal soul, and called him Adam; 
 that is, taken from the earth. God saw all the things that 
 He had made, and they were good. So He rested on the 
 seventh day, and blessed it. 
 
 5. As God created man on the sixth day of creation, so on Good 
 Friday, the sixth day of Holy Week, He redeemed him. And as the 
 body of the first Adam was formed from the earth whilst it was yet 
 pure and blessed, so was Jesus Christ, the second Adam, born of Mary, 
 Si virgin, pure and without original sin, 
 
 2.— Happiness of Adam and Eve in Paradise. 
 
 1. The heavens and the earth being finished, God planted 
 a garden, a terrestrial paradise, in which were all manner of 
 trees and precious fruits. In the midst thereof He placed 
 two trees, one the tree of life, the other the tree of knowl- 
 edge of good and evil. God then told Adam he might eat of 
 the fruit of every tree in the garden, but " of the fruit of the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 1.— What was done in the beginning: ? How was the earth 
 created ? What did God create on the fij-st day ? What on the second ? What on 
 the third? What were the waters called ? What did the earth bring forth ? What 
 was created on the fourth day ? On the fifth ? And sixth ? Why did God call the 
 first man Adam ? What did God do on the seventh day ? 
 
THE FALL OF OUR FIRST PARENTS. 9 
 
 tree of knowledge of good and evil he should not eat ; for 
 on the day he would eat, he should surely die." 
 
 2. Then God brought before Adam all the beasts of the 
 earth, that he might give to each its name. But for Adam 
 there was not found a companion like to himself. And God 
 said : " It is not good for man to be alone; let us make a help- 
 mate like unto himself." So God cast a deep sleep upon 
 Adam, and from his side took a rib, which He formed into 
 a woman. AVhen Adam awoke, God brought the woman to 
 him, and he called her Eve ; that is, the mother of all the 
 
 3. Whilst Adam and Eve were in Paradise, God treated tliem as a 
 father does his children, and they wej*e happy ; at the same time the 
 tree of life preserved them from sickness and death. — The tree of life 
 was a figure of the Sacrament of the Altar, of which it is written : " He 
 who is fed by it shall live forever." 
 
 3. — The Angels and the Fall of our First Parents. 
 
 1. Besides the visible, God also created an invisible world, 
 namely His angels. At first they were good and perfectly 
 happy ; but in time some became dazzled with their own 
 perfections, and, yielding to pride, revolted against God. 
 Michael, and the other angels that remained faithful, fought 
 against them, vanquished and overthrew them, together with 
 their leader, Lucifer, who is also called Satan. 
 
 2. But Satan, fallen and lost, began to contrast his misery 
 with man's happiness, and, raging with anger and envy, re- 
 solved to seduce man from his obedience to God. For this 
 end he made use of the serpent. 
 
 3. One day, while Eve was looking at the forbidden tree,, 
 the serpent, coming near, asked her why she did not eat of 
 its fruit. Eve answered, God had forbidden them to touch 
 it, lest they should die. But the serpent artfully replied, 
 
 Questions to Chapter 2.— What was placed in Paradise ? What are the names of 
 the trees ? What was to happen if Adam eat the fruit ? What were brought before 
 Adam ? What was not found ? Of what was the woman formed ? What does Eve 
 mean i What is said of Paradise ? And of the tree of life ? 
 
10 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 they would not die ; on the contrary, their eyes would be 
 opened, and they would be as gods, knowing good and evil. 
 Eve looked again upon the tree ; her curiosity was excited : 
 the more she looked, the more the forbidden fruit appeared 
 enticing. At length she stretched forth her hand, plucked 
 the fruit, eat and gave to Adam, who also eat. This was 
 their first sin. 
 
 4. Immediately their eyes were opened, out far otherwise 
 than they had expected. Covered with shame, they sewed 
 together fig-leaves and made garments for themselves, and, 
 trembling, hid among the trees. 
 
 5. From one tree came ruin ; from another, the tree of the cross, came 
 redemption and victory over sin and the devil. 
 
 Questions to CnAPTER 3— What was created ? At first, what were they ? How 
 did they fall ? What is said of Satan ? How did he tempt Eve ? Did he succeed ? 
 What happened to Adam and Eve ? What is said of the tree and the cross ? 
 
THE PUNISHMENT OF SIN. 
 
 11 
 
 4. — The Punishment of Sin and the Promise of a 
 Redeemer, 
 
 1. In the evening God came into the garden and called 
 Adam, who, trembling with fear, approached and acknowl- 
 edged that ho had eaten the forbidden fruit, but threw the 
 blame on the woman. She, in turn, blamed the serpent. 
 
 2. Then God cursed the serpent, condemning him to crawl 
 upon the ground and to eat dust all the days of his life: be- 
 sides. He said, enmity should exist between the serpent and 
 the woman, but in the end the woman would crush his head. 
 
 3. Then God told the woman she should bring forth, her 
 children in sorrow, and, for her disobedience, be subject to 
 her husband. To the man He said : " Cursed is the earth in 
 thy work: thorns and thistles shall it bring forth to thee ; 
 and in the sweat of thy brow thou shalt eat thy bread, until 
 thou return to the earth from whence thou camest: for dust 
 thou art and unto dust thou shalt return. '* 
 
 4. Then God made garments of skins, and clothing Adam 
 and Eve in them, drove them out of Paradise. At the en- 
 
12 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 trance of the garden angels, with a fiery sword, were placed 
 to guard against their return. 
 
 A.M. 128.] 
 
 5. — Cain and Abel. 
 
 [A.C. 3872. 
 
 1. Adam and Eve had many children ; of these, the 
 eldest were Cain and his brother Abel. Cain was a husband- 
 man, and wicked ; but Abel, a shepherd, was just and good. 
 Both oifered sacrifice to God — Abel, a lamb; Cain, of the 
 
 fruits of the earth. God, who knew the secrets of their 
 hearts, looked w4th favor on the sacrifice of Abel, but turned 
 away His face from the sacrifice of Cain. 
 
 2. When Cain saw this, his mind was filled with anger and 
 jealousy against his brother. His countenance fell; and 
 though God chid him in kindness, telling him if he did well 
 he would be rewarded equally with Abel, yet Cain would not 
 be appeased. 
 
 3. So, nourishing his anger and giving way to his spite. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 4.— Who called Adam ? What was said ? What curse did 
 God pronounce on the serpent? What curse did God pronounce on Eve ? On Adara ? 
 Of what did God make clothing ? What happened to Adam and Eve ? What was 
 placed at the gate of Paradise ? 
 
THE DELUGE. 13 
 
 Cain one day asked Abel to go with him into the fields. 
 There he rose up against his brother and slew him. As soon 
 as the blood of the innocent Abel stained the ground, God 
 cried out to Cain : " Where is thy brother ? " but Cain, hard- 
 ened in his crime, answered he did not know, nor was he 
 his brother's keeper. 
 
 4. But God, from whom nothing can be hid, told Cain 
 that Abel's blood cried to Him for vengeance, and, because 
 he had dared to touch his brother, he should be a fugitive 
 and a vagabond on the face of the earth. When Cain heard 
 this sentence of God, he gave way to despair, saying: "My 
 sin is too great to be pardoned." So God set a mark upon 
 him, and he went forth, a wanderer and a fugitive upon the 
 face of the earth. 
 
 5. 'fh.Q murdered Abel is a figure of Jesus Christ, while Cain is a 
 figure of the traitor Judas and the Jewish people, who put our Saviour 
 to death. 
 
 A.M. 1656] 6. — The Deluge. la.c. 23ti. 
 
 1. The descendants of Adam were divided into two classes 
 — the good and the hcuL To console Adam for the death of 
 Abel, God gave him the joious Seth. Seth's posterity were 
 known as the children of God, while the descendants of Cain 
 were very wicked. 
 
 2. By degrees mankind became corrupt, Xoe alone remain- 
 ing just. God bade Noe build an Ark, for in a hundred 
 years He would destroy by a deluge every living creature on 
 the face of the earth. The following are the dimensions and 
 construction of the Ark : its length, three hundred cubits; 
 its breadth, fifty; and its height, thirty cubits. In the upper 
 part was a window, and in the side a door. 
 
 3. For a hundred years Noe labored on the construction of 
 the Ark. During this time he preached penance to the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 5.— What is said of Cain and Abel ? What were their 
 sacrifices ? How did God receive them ? How did Cain act ? How did he answer 
 God ? What was Cain's sentence ? What is said of Abel and Christ ? Of Cain and 
 Judas ? 
 
14 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 wicked, and warned them of the evils that were to come; but 
 they heeded him not. Then God commanded him to go into 
 the Ark and to take with him his wife, and his three sons 
 and their wives; moreover to take with him of every animal 
 two of a sort, and food sufficient. 
 
 4. After seven days the deluge came. The fountains of 
 the great deep were broken up, and the flood-gates of heaven 
 were opened, but the Ark floated peacefully upon the waters. 
 Overwhelmed with despair, men began to climb the trees,. 
 
 and in vain to ascend the hills. The waters continued to 
 increase, until they had risen fifteen cubits above the tops of 
 the highest mountains. 
 
 5. Thus perished every living thing that then moved upon 
 the earth: from man to the beasts of the earth; from the 
 birds in the air to the reptiles on the ground. Noe and all 
 that were in the Ark alone remained. 
 
 Noe is a figure of Jesus Christ, as the Ark is a figure of the Catholic 
 Church. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 6.— How were men divided ? Who descended from Seth ? 
 Who from Cain? Who alone remained just? What did Noe build? How long 
 was he bu.'lding the Ark ? Who went into the Ark ? When did the deluge come ? 
 What is said of the Ark ? What of men ? What perished ? 
 
THE SACRIFICE OP NOE. 
 
 15 
 
 A.M. 1657.] 
 
 7.— The Sacrifice of Noe. 
 
 [A.C. 2343. 
 
 1. When the waters had covered the earth for a hundred 
 and fifty days, God remembered Noe, and sent a warm wind, 
 that by degrees abated the waters. Soon the mountains 
 began to appear, and in the seventh month the Ark rested 
 on the top of Mount Ararat, in Armenia. 
 
 2. Noe, eager to learn if the waters had subsided, opened 
 
 the window of the Ark and sent forth a raven, which did not 
 return ; then he sent forth a dove, which, not finding where 
 her foot might rest, returned to the Ark. After seven days, 
 Noe again sent forth the dove, which returned in the evening, 
 carrying in its beak an olive branch. By this, Noe knew 
 that the waters were abated upon the earth. At the com- 
 mand of God, Noe and his wife, and his sons and his sons' 
 wives, and every living creature that was with them, went 
 forth from the Ark, after having been shut ny m it for a 
 whole year. 
 
16 HISTOKY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. Filled with gratitude, Noe built an altar, aud, taking 
 of the animals that were pure, offered sacrifice to the Lord. 
 God was pleased with him for this, and set His rainbow in 
 the heavens. Then God blessed Noe and his sons, and said to 
 them: " Behold, I "will establish my covenant with you and 
 with your posterity. There shall be no more a deluge to 
 destroy all flesh. While the earth exists, seed-time and har- 
 vest, summer and winter, day and night shall not cease. 
 And the arc that I have placed in the clouds shall be the 
 sign of my covenant with you." 
 
 4. The impenitent sinner is like the raven that returned not to the 
 Ark, while the dove is like the faithful soul that finds its rest only in 
 Jesus Christ and His Church. 
 
 AM. 1658] 8. — The Sons of Noe. [a.c. 2312. 
 
 1. Noe had three sons — Sem, Cham, and Japhet. To- 
 gether with them he tilled the ground and planted the vine. 
 When the vintage came, not knowing the strength of wine, 
 he drank too freely, and, becoming drunk, lay in his tent. 
 Cham, finding him in this condition, laughed, and, going, 
 told his brothers what he had seen. 
 
 2. But they, filled with reverence, and moved with filial 
 love, took a cloak, and, putting it upon their shoulders, 
 turned away their eyes, and, going backward, covered their 
 father. When Noe awoke, and learned what had taken place, 
 he cursed Cham, in his descendants, but blessed Sem and 
 Japhet. 
 
 AM. 1757] The Tower of Babel. [a.c. 2243. 
 
 3. Soon the descendants of Noe began so to multiply that 
 they could no longer dwell together in the same place. In 
 their pride, before separating, they resolved to build a city 
 
 Questions to Chapter 7.— How long did the deluge continue ? Where did the 
 Ark rest ? How did Noe know the waters were gone ? How long was Noe in the 
 Ark ? What did Noe offer ? What covenant did God make ? What is said of the 
 raven and the dove ? 
 
THE TOWER OF BABEL. 17 
 
 and a tower that would reach to heaven. But God easily 
 confounded them in their foolish project. On a sudden their 
 language was confused, and they could not understand one 
 another. Before this there had been but one language; but 
 now there were many. The city and the tower were aban- 
 doned, and the people dispersed. 
 
 4. The posterity of Sem was spread over the greater part 
 of Asia. From him are descended the Israelites, the chosen 
 people of God. The descendants of Cham went to Africa, 
 while the children of Japhet passed over to Europe. 
 
 5. The pride of Babel led to the confusion of languages ; while, on 
 Pentecost, the humility of the apostles led to their union. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 8.— What is said of Noe's sons ? What happened to Noe ? 
 What did Cham do ? What did Senn and Japhet do ? What did Noe do ? What is 
 said of the Tower of Babel ? What did God do ? Wliat was confused ? Where 
 did the ppople go ? Where did the descendants of Sem go ? Who are descended 
 from Sem ? Who are descended from Cham ? And who from Japhet ? What is 
 jsaid of Babel and Pentecost ? 
 
 END OF THE FIRST AgE. 
 
18 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 The Names and Ages of the First Ten Patriarchs, from 
 Adam to Noe : 
 
 1. Adam . 
 
 2. Seth . , 
 
 3. Enos . 
 
 4. Cainan , , 
 
 5. Malaleel 
 
 A.M. A.M. 
 
 BoKN. Died. Age. 
 
 930 930 
 
 130 1042 912 
 
 235 1140 905 
 
 325 1235 910 
 
 395 1290 895 
 
 A.M. A.M. 
 
 Born. Died. Age. 
 
 6. Jared . . 460 1422 962 
 
 7. Enoch . . 622 987 365 
 
 8. Matiiusalem 687 1656 969 
 
 9. Lamech . . 874 1651 777 
 10. Noe . . . 1057 2006 950 
 
 By this it will be seen to what an advanced age the early- 
 Patriarchs lived. Adam lived 930 years; Lamech, Noe's 
 father, was born in the year 874; so Noe's father lived 56 
 years with Adam, and Noe himself lived 138 years with 
 Thare, Abraham's father. Thus, from Abraham to Adam 
 there were but three persons, and from Abraham to Moses it 
 was very easy to hand down traditions. Hence, there was no 
 difficulty in Moses writing about the creation and the early 
 history of the world as we find it related in the Bible. 
 
 AGE 11. 
 FROM THE CALL OF ABRAHAM TO MOSES. 
 
 CONTAINING 430 YEARS. 
 
 A.M. 2083.] 
 
 9.— The Call of Abraham. 
 
 [A.C. 1&17. 
 
 1. At Haran, in the midst of a wicked world, there lived a 
 Chaldee named Abraham, a most upright man. God chose 
 him, that through him the knowledge of the true God and the 
 hope in the promised Kedeemer might be preserved among 
 men. For this reason, the Lord commanded 'Abraham to 
 leave his country and his kinsfolks, and go into a strange 
 land. God moreover promised that Abraham should be the 
 father of a great people, and that in him all nations should 
 be blessed. 
 
 2. Abraham obeyed, and, with Sarah his wife, and Lot his 
 nephew, together with his servants and flocks, came into 
 Chanaan, a land flowing with milk and honey. Here the 
 
THE VIRTUES OF ABRAHAM. 
 
 19 
 
 Lord appeared to Abraham, and promised to give him and 
 his posterity that land. In gratitude, Abraham built an 
 altar and offered sacrifice to the Lord. 
 
 10.— The Virtues of Abraham. 
 
 1. His Love of Peace. — In time, because of the scarcity of 
 pasture^ quarrels arose between the herdsmen of Abraham and 
 the herdsmen of his nephew Lot ; so Abraham, who loved 
 peace rather than gain, thought it better that he and Lot 
 should part. He gave Lot the choice to go either to the right. 
 or to the left. Lot chose the country about the Jordan, and 
 dwelt in Sodom, while Abraham remained at Hebron. 
 
 2. His Disinterestedness. — Not long after this there came 
 into that country strange kings, who pillaged the cities of 
 Sodom and Gomorrha, took Lot captive, and carried off with 
 them all his substance. AVhen Abraham heard this sad news,, 
 he gathered together three hundred of his servants, and, pur- 
 
 QuESTiONS TO Chapter 9.— What is said of Abraham ? Where did God send 
 Abraham ? Why ? What did God promise ? Where did Abraham come ? What 
 is said of Chanaan t 
 
20 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 suing, defeated those kings, delivered Lot, and, recovering all 
 his substance, led him back to his own country. 
 
 3. It was on this occasion Abraham was met by Melchise- 
 dech. King of Salem, and priest of the Most High, who, 
 offering sacrifice of bread and wine, blessed Abraham. At 
 the same time, the King of Sodom offered Abraham all the 
 booty that had been taken, only to restore the captives, but 
 Abraham would take nothing. 
 
 4. In this victory over the foreign kings, we have a type of Christ's 
 victory over the powers of hell. The sacrifice of Melchisedech in bread 
 and wine was a symbol of the Sacrifice of the Mass, which is also offered 
 under the appearances of bread and wine. 
 
 5. Abraham's Faith. — One night God led Abraham to the 
 door of his tent, and said to him : " Lift up your eyes to 
 heaven, and count the stars if you can; thus shall your pos- 
 terity be multiplied upon the earth. '^ 
 
 6. God again appeared to him, and confirmed His former 
 promise, adding that He would make a covenant with him.^ 
 In return, God required Abraham to serve Him faithfully. 
 To confirm this covenant between them, God promised Abra- 
 ham a son, whose name should be called Isaac. Abraham 
 believed the word of the Lord, and his faith, confirmed by 
 his works, was imputed to him. It was on this occasion that 
 Ood prescribed the ceremony of circumcision. 
 
 11.— Abraham's Hospitality. 
 
 1. During the extreme heat of the day, three strangers ap- 
 proached Abraham's tent. As soon as he saw them, bowing 
 himself to the ground, he said to the most distinguished of 
 them: " My lord, pass not by the door of my tent: stop and 
 rest under the shade of the tree, and I will set before you a 
 little bread, that you may refresh yourself." 
 
 Questions to Chapter 10.— How did Abraham show his love for peace ? What 
 is said of Lot ? Where did lie go ? Where did Abraham remain ? What is said 
 about Sodom and Gomorrha ? Who was taken captive ? What did Abraham do ? 
 Whom did he meet when returning ? What is said of Melchisedech's sacrifice ? 
 What did God promise Abraham ? What did God make with him f Who was 
 Isaac ? W^hat did God prescribe ? 
 
Abraham's hospitality. 
 
 21 
 
 2. Then Sarah hastened to make flour-cakes upon the 
 hearth, whilst Abraham chose a tender calf from the flock, 
 and, hastening, gave it to the servants to dress and boil; 
 then he took milk and butter, and the calf and the cakes, and 
 set them before the strangers, while he stood by to serve 
 them. 
 
 3. When they had eaten, he who appeared chief among 
 the strano^ers told Abraham that in a year he would return. 
 
 and, by that time, Sarah his wife would have a son. When 
 Abraham heard this, he knew that it was God Himself, accom- 
 panied by two angels, whom he had entertained. 
 
 4. Abraham's Love of his Neighbor. — When the three 
 strangers departed, Abraham accompanied them some dis- 
 tance on their journey to Sodom. On the way, the Lord told 
 Abraham of the iniquity of Sodom and Gomorrha, and how 
 He was about to destroy the two wicked cities. AVhen Abra- 
 ham heard this, full of charity for his erring neighbors, he 
 besought the Lord not to destroy the just with the unjust. 
 
 5. Pleading, he besought the Lord to spare the sinful cities 
 of the plain, if there could be found in them fifty just. And 
 when the Lord yielded to his prayer, he yet again and again 
 urged, until the Lord agreed,' if ten just could be found, not 
 
23 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 to destroy Sodom. But ten just could not be found; there- 
 fore, on the following morning, came the punishment as 
 terrible in its severity as it was strange in its novelty. 
 
 6. The Lord having left the two angels, they came to Lot, 
 in Sodom. On the morrow they led Lot, his wife, and his 
 
 two daughters forth from the place; then the Lord rained 
 down fire and brimstone on the unfortunate cities, destroy- 
 ing them with all their inhabitants. But Lot's wife, forget- 
 ting the command of the angels, looked back, and, for her 
 curiosity, was on the spot turned into a pillar of salt. The 
 country round about was turned into a sulphurous lake — now 
 known as the Dead Sea — which will ever remain a monu- 
 ment of the wrath of God for the sins of men. 
 
 13.— Abraham's Spirit of Self-sacrifice. 
 
 1. As had been foretold, the year after the destruction of 
 Sodom, Isaac was born. His father loved him most tenderly. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 11.— Who approached Abraham's tent ? What did Sarah 
 and Abranam do ? What did the strangers promise ? Whom did Abraham accom- 
 pany ? What did the Lord tell him ? For what did Abraham plead ? What came 
 on the morrow ? Who were saved ? What happened to Lot's wife ? What were 
 Sodom and Gomorrba turned into ? What is its name ? 
 
Abraham's spirit of self-sacrifice. 
 
 23 
 
 because he had been born to him in his old age. One night 
 God, that He might try him, commanded Abraham to take 
 his beloved Isaac and to go up into Mount Moria, and there 
 to sacrifice him. 
 
 2. Without a word, Abraham rose, and cutting wood placed 
 it on an ass, and, taking with him his son and two servants, 
 went forth as the Lord had commanded him. On the third 
 day, seeing in the distance the place whither he had been 
 commanded to go, he ordered the servants to rest while he 
 and Isaac would go up the mountain. 
 
 3. Then Abraham put the wood on Isaac's shoulders, and 
 they went on together. On the way, Isaac remarked that 
 they had the fire and the wood with them, but they had no 
 -victim for the sacrifice. But his father assured him God 
 would provide a victim. When they were come to the place 
 God had showed them, Abraham built an altar, and, placing 
 the wood upon it, bound Isaac and laid him also upon it; 
 then he took the sword to sacrifice his much-loved son. 
 
 4. Just as Abraham was about to strike, an angel touched 
 his hand and told him not to harm the boy; that the Lord 
 was satisfied, since, for His sake, he had not spared his only- 
 
24 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 begotten son. Abraham lifted up his eyes and saw behind 
 him a ram sticking among the bushes; taking it, he offered 
 it instead of his son. 
 
 5. The angel spoke again to Abraham, telling him the 
 Lord would bless him for this offering he had made; that his 
 posterity would be as numerous as the sand of the sea; and 
 that from him would be born one in whom all nations would 
 be blessed. 
 
 13. — Isaac Marries Rebecca. 
 
 [A.C. 1852. 
 
 1. When Abraham had grown old, he became anxious to 
 choose for his son a wife who feared God. Therefore, call- 
 ing his faithful servant Eliezer, he sent him into Mesopo- 
 tamia, that, amongst his own friends and kinsfolk, he might 
 seek for a wife for Isaac. Eliezer took ten camels, and, load- 
 ing them with his master's goods, departed for the city of 
 Haran, where Abraham's brother, Nachor, lived. 
 
 2. When Eliezer approached the city, he made the camels 
 
 Questions to Chapter 12.— Who was born ? How did God test Abraham's faith ? 
 What did Isaac remark ? What did Abraham do ? How was Isaac saved ? What 
 promises did God make ? 
 
ISAAC MARRIES REBECCA. 25 
 
 lie down by the wells, where the women were wont to draw 
 water; then he prayed thus to the Lord: " Lord, this day 
 come to my help and have mercy upon my master Abraham! 
 Soon the young women of this city will come forth to draw 
 water; grant, therefore, that the maid who shall say to me, 
 * Drink, and I will give thy camels also to drink,^ may be, 
 Lord, the same whom Thou hast provided for Thy servant, 
 Isaac!" 
 
 3. Scarce had he finished, when there came from the city 
 a young woman, named Rebecca, as modest as she was beau- 
 tiful. On her shoulders she carried a pitcher. AVhen she 
 had filled it, Eliezer said to her, " Give me to drink." She 
 answered, "Drink," and kindly offered him her pitcher. 
 Then she said, " I Avill also draw water for your camels." 
 
 4. When the servant heard this, he stood awhile in silent 
 amazement, Avatching till she had given the camels to drink; 
 then he gave her ear-rings and golden bracelets, and asked 
 whose daughter she was, and whether there was room in her 
 father's house for him to lodge. In answer, she told him she 
 was the daughter of Bathuel, the son of Nachor, and, more- 
 over, there was room at her father's, together with plenty of 
 straw and hay. AVhen Eliezer heard this, he adored God. 
 who had brought his journey to so successful an end. 
 
 5. He then went to Bathuel's house, but would neither eat 
 nor drink till he had delivered his message. When they all 
 heard for what he had come, and what had happened, Laban, 
 Rebecca's brother, as also Bathuel, her father, said : " God 
 had directed all these events, and that he should take Rebecca 
 with him." 
 
 6. Then Eliezer again adored God, and, bringing forth 
 vessels of silver and gold, and rich garments, gave them to 
 Rebecca. He also gave presents to her mother and her 
 brothers. A banquet was prepared; they eat, drank, and 
 made merry. In the morning Rebecca's parents and her 
 brothers blessed her, and she left her father's home to become 
 the wife of Isaac. 
 
 Abraham lived to the advanced age of a hundred and 
 
26 HISTOKY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 seventy-five years. God blessed him in all his works, and he 
 died full of grace and virtues. 
 
 A.M. 2168.] 14.— Esau and Jacob. 
 
 [A.C. 
 
 1. For twenty years Isaac and Eebecca lived together 
 before God blessed them with children. They prayed to the 
 Lord, and He gave them two sons — Esau, the first-born, and 
 Jacob, the second. Esau was red and hairy, and rough in 
 his manners; but Jacob was smooth, and of a gentle disposi- 
 tion. Esau became a hunter and a husbandman, while Jacob 
 was a shepherd. 
 
 2. Isaac loved the bold and courageous Esau, and eat with 
 delight the game which he brought from the chase; but 
 Kebecca loved rather the smooth and gentle Jacob, because 
 God had told her he would yet rule his elder brother. 
 
 3. One day Jacob had prepared a dish of lentil pottage, 
 when Esau, who was returning from the chase, met him, and 
 asked him for it. But Jacob refused unless Esau would sell 
 him his birthright. So Esau, thinking lightly of the matter, 
 sold his birthright for a mess of pottage. 
 
 This transfer of Esau's birthright to Jacob was symbolical of the 
 Jews, who, in the time of Christ, rejected the Gospel, and their rights 
 were transferred to the Gentiles, who were chosen in their stead. 
 
 4. When Isaac had grown old and his eyes were dim, he 
 one day called Esau to his bedside, and told him to go into 
 the fields, and, when he had taken some game, to make him 
 a savory dish, that he might bless him before he died. Re- 
 becca overheard this conversation; as soon as Esau had gone 
 out she called Jacob, and bade him hasten and bring two kids, 
 that she might prepare a dish for his father, that, carrying it 
 in, he might get his father's blessing instead of Esau. 
 
 5. At first Jacob objected, lest his father would discover 
 
 Questions to Chapter 13 —What did Abraham wish to choose ? Whom did he 
 send ? What was EHezer's prayer ? How did it turn out ? What did Ehezer give 
 Rebecca ? What did she te.l him ? Where did Eliezer go ? What happened ? 
 Where did Rebecca go ? How old was Abraham when he died ? 
 
ESAU AND JACOB. 
 
 27 
 
 the fraud, and thus, instead of a blessing, he would receive a 
 curse. But Rebecca overcame his objection, and, clothing 
 him in the skin of a kid, sent him to his father. 
 
 Isaac doubted, but calling Jacob to him, and touching him, 
 he said : " The voice is the voice of Jacob, but the hands are 
 the hands of Esau." So he eat, and blessed Jacob. 
 
 6. Scarce had Jacob gone out when Esau entered with 
 what he had caught in the chase. When Esau heard what 
 had been done, he became very angry, accusing Jacob of 
 having first robbed him of his birthright, and now of his 
 father's blessing. From that day Esau hated Jacob and 
 threatened his life. Eebecca, seeing this, persuaded Jacob 
 to go and stay for a while at Haran, with her brother Laban, 
 until Esau's anger would be appeased. Jacob consented, and 
 immediately started on his journey. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 14.— What sons had Jacob and Rebecca ? What was 
 Esau ? What was Jacob ? What had Jacob prepared ? Who asked for it ? What 
 did Jacob ask him to sell? For what did Esau sell his birthright? Of what is 
 this transfer of the birthright a picture ? How did Jacob get his father's blessing ? 
 What was Jacob's objection ? How did he succeed ? When Esau discovered the 
 fraud, how did he act ? Where did Jacob go ? 
 
■2S 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 15. — Jacob's Flight and Sojourn 
 with Laban. 
 
 [A.C. 1755. 
 
 1. Niglit overtook Jacob on his journey. Wearied, he took 
 :a stone and placed it under his head whilst he slept. In his 
 •sleep he saw a ladder whose foot rested upon the earth and 
 its top reached up to heaven. He saw, besides, angels 
 ascending and descending upon it, whilst the Lord leaned on 
 its top. The Lord spoke to him and promised to give him, 
 and. his posterity after him, the land on which he then slept. 
 
 2. When Jacob awoke, he took the stone on which he had 
 slept and set it up for a title; then he jDoured oil upon it and 
 called the place Bethel, that is, the house of God. 
 
 [Betliel is a figure of the Church, where Jesus Christ Himself dwells, 
 and in which the angels, more effectually than by this mysterious 
 ladder, carry our prayers to God and bring again His graces to us.] 
 
 3. Jacob continued his journey, and came to a well around 
 which three flocks of sheep were lying. He asked the shep- 
 herds if they knew Laban. They said they did, and pointed 
 ■ito Rachel, his daughter, who was driving her flocks also to 
 
Jacob's return^. 29- 
 
 the well. When Jacob saw her, he hastened to take away 
 the stone that covered the well, and helped her to give drink 
 to her flocks. He then told her who he was. 
 
 4. When Rachel heard that he was her cousin, she ran 
 home to tell her father, who came in haste to meet Jacob,, 
 and, embracing him, led him into his house. Jacob remained 
 twenty years with Laban, tending his flocks. In many ways 
 Laban strove to lessen Jacob's wages; but as often as he 
 strove to injure Jacob, God blessed him, until Jacob became 
 immensely rich. In time, Jacob married Rachel, and also* 
 her sister Lea. 
 
 A.M. 2265] 16.— Jacob's Return. [A.c.nas. 
 
 1. Owing to Jacob's great wealth, Laban became extremely 
 jealous of him. At the command of God, Jacob gathered to- 
 gether all his servants, and his flocks of sheep and of goats- 
 and of camels and of asses, and went into his own country. 
 When he arrived at the banks of the Jordan, a river that 
 marks the limits of Chanaan, he began to fear the former 
 anger of Esau. He then sent messengers to make peace 
 with him ; but without giving an answer, Esau came to- 
 meet his brother, accompanied by four hundred men. 
 
 2. When Jacob heard this, he was much alarmed, and 
 prayed God to deliver him out of his brother's hands. Dur- 
 ing the night an angel appeared to him and wrestled with 
 him till the morning. Before the angel left him, he changed 
 his name from Jacob to Israel, that is to say, strong against 
 God. 
 
 3. This contest of the angel with Jacob is a lively figure of the 
 Church. Pagan emperors, heresiarchs, and, above all, hell, have made 
 constant war against her ; but as Jacob was not overcome by the angel, 
 neither has the Church been overcome, nor shall she be to the end of 
 time. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 15.— Describe Jacob's ladder. What did God promise ? 
 Wliat does Bethel mean ? What is said of Bethel aud the Church ? Whom did 
 Jacob meet at the well ? What happened ? How long did Jacob serve Laban ? 
 Whom did he marry ? 
 
30 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMEI^T. 
 
 4. In the morning Jacob saw Esau coming towards him. 
 He hastened to divide his children and his servants and his 
 flocks into two companies ; then, advancing to meet Esau, 
 bowed himself seven times before him. The brothers em- 
 braced and wept for joy; Jacob's children, also advancing, 
 bowed themselves before Esau. 
 
 5. After a short delay the brothers parted, and Jacob pur- 
 sued his journey; penetrated with a lively sense of the divine 
 protection, he came into the land of Chanaan. When his 
 old father saw him he was much rejoiced, and gave God 
 thanks that his son had returned. Isaac died at the ad- 
 vanced age of a hundred and eighty years, and was buried by 
 his sons Esau and Jacob. 
 
 17.— Joseph in his Father's House. 
 
 1. Jacob had twelve sons, of whom Joseph was the best. 
 His father loved him above all his brothers ; and when they 
 saw the coat of many colors which his father made for him, 
 they were filled with rage and envy. One day, while they 
 were tending their flocks, his brothers committed a grievous 
 fault. Joseph told his father, and by this only the more 
 were his brothers enraged against him. 
 
 2. On another occasion Joseph told nis brothers a dream 
 he had had. He appeared, he said, to be binding sheaves 
 with them in the field, when suddenly his sheaf rose up, 
 and theirs, standing round about, bowed down to his. His 
 brothers asked him, "If he wished to be their king?'' So 
 they only hated him the more. 
 
 3. Joseph had another dream, in which the sun and the 
 moon and eleven stars seemed to worship him. This time 
 his father asked him, " Whether he expected that he and 
 his mother and his brothers should worship him ? " But 
 
 Questions to Chapter 16 —How did Laban act towards Jacob ? What did Jacob 
 gather together ? What happened at the Jordan ? With whom did Jacob wrestle ? 
 What does Israel mean ? How is Jacob's contest a flgm-e of the Church ? How did 
 Esau and Jacob meet ? How old was Isaac when he died ? 
 
JOSEPH SOLD INTO EGYPT. 31 
 
 then, reflecting upon the whole matter, Jacob thought God 
 might have great things in store for his son. 
 
 A.M. 2286] 18.— Joseph Sold into Egypt. [a.c.itu. 
 
 1. Some time after this Jacob sent Joseph to see his 
 brothers, who were feeding their flocks at Sichem, that he 
 might bring him back word how they w^ere. But when the 
 brothers saw Joseph coming to them, they determined to kill 
 him and cast him into a pit that was near by. When Ruben, 
 the eldest brother, heard this cruelty of his brothers, he per- 
 suaded them to let him down alive into an empty cistern 
 that was there. This he did hoping he might rescue the boy 
 out of their hands. 
 
 2. As soon as Joseph arrived he was stripped of his coat 
 of many colors and cast into the empty cistern. Whilst liis 
 brothers were eating, they saw some Ismaelite merchants 
 passing on their way to Egypt, their camels carrying their 
 merchandise. Then Juda advised his brothers not to kill 
 Joseph — for he was their brother — and it would be better to 
 
 Questions to Chapter 17.— What is said of Joseph ? Why did his brothers hate 
 him ? What were his dreams ? 
 
33 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 sell him; so they drew him out of the cistern and sold him 
 to the Ismaelites for twenty pieces of silver. 
 
 3. Ruben was absent when Joseph was sold, and, return- 
 ing shortly after, sought the boy, and, not finding him, went^ 
 in much trouble, to the others to know what they had done 
 with him ; but they were indifferent to his inquiries. 
 
 Then the brothers killed a kid, and dipping Joseph's coat 
 in its blood, sent it to their father^ pretending they had found 
 it. Jacob knew the coat at once, and concluded a wild beast 
 had killed his son. Eending his garments and putting on 
 sackcloth, he would not be comforted. 
 
 4. In many respects Joseph's life was a picture of the life of Jesus- 
 Christ. Joseph was hated by his brothers because of his great virtues ; 
 Jesus was hated for His doctrines and the prophecies that foretold His 
 greatness. Joseph was betrayed, sold, and calumniated ; so was Christ. 
 Joseph triumphed in the end ; so did Jesus Christ. Joseph was made 
 governor over Egypt ; Jesus is King of heaven and earth, Joseph 
 saved his brothers : Jesus Christ redeemed and saved mankind. 
 
 A.M. 2287] 19. — Joseph in the House of [a.c. 1713. 
 
 Putiphar. 
 
 1. When the Ismaelites came into Egypt, they sold Joseph 
 to Putiphar, the chief officer in Pharao's army. God was 
 with Joseph, so that whatever he undertook succeeded. 
 Soon he was placed in charge of Putiphar's house. 
 
 2. After some time Putiphar's wife strove to persuade him 
 to commit a grievous sin, but he would not. However, she 
 continued to press her wishes, until one day, when she was 
 more pressing than usual, Joseph fled, leaving his cloak in 
 her hands. 
 
 3. Finding she could not succeed, her love was turned into 
 hatred, and, seeing Joseph's cloak in her hands, resolved to 
 ruin the innocent young man. Then, with well-affected 
 
 Questions to Chapter 18.— Where was Joseph sent ? What did his brothers pro- 
 pose ? What did Ruben say ? "What was done with Joseph? To whom was Joseph 
 sold? For how much? How did Ruben act ? What was done with Joseph's coat ? 
 How did Jacob act when he saw the coat ? How was Joseph's life a picture of the 
 life of Jesus Christ ? 
 
JOSEPH IN PRISON. 
 
 33 
 
 horror, she began to cry out against Joseph ; and v^hen 
 Putiphar came home, repeated her falsehoods and calumnies. 
 Her husband believed her story, and, seeing the cloak, be- 
 came very angry and cast Joseph into prison. 
 
 A.M. 2287.1 
 
 20.— Joseph in Prison. 
 
 [A.C. 1713. 
 
 1. Joseph soon found favor with the keeper of the prison. 
 Here, as before with Putiphar's house, Joseph was placed in 
 charge of the other prisoners. Two of Pharao's officers, the- 
 cup-bearer and chief baker, were also cast into prison. 
 
 2. On the same night they had each a dream that made 
 them very sad. In the morning Joseph noticed their sorrow,, 
 and, asking why, they told him of their dreams, and that no- 
 one could interpret them. Joseph bade them tell them to- 
 him. 
 
 3. The cup-bearer said : " I saw before me three branches- 
 of a vine, which, by degrees, grew and blossomed, and at 
 length brought forth grapes. I took the grapes and pressed 
 them into the king's cup, and gave him to drink." When 
 
 Questions to Chapter 19.— To whom was Joseph sold ? How did Putiphar's: 
 wife act ? Who cast Joseph into prison ? 
 
34 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 Joseph heard this, he answered : " The three branches are yet 
 three days, when the king will restore you to your former 
 dignity, and you shall present the cup as heretofore. Ee- 
 member me, and speak to the king for me, for, though cast 
 into prison, I am innocent."" 
 
 4. Then the chief baker said : " I carried on my head three 
 baskets of meal. In the uppermost were all kinds of pastry, 
 of which the birds came and eat." Joseph answered: "The 
 three baskets are three days, when the king shall cut off your 
 head, and hang your body on a gibbet, where the birds shall 
 eat your flesh." 
 
 5. Three days after, everything happened as Joseph had 
 foretold : the king restored the cup-bearer, and he presented 
 the cup as before, but the baker he hanged on a gibbet. The 
 cup-bearer, however, in his 23rosperity, forgot Joseph. 
 
 A.M. 2289] 21. — Joseph's Greatness. la.c. mi. 
 
 1. After two years Pharao had a dream. He seemed to 
 stand on the bank of the Nile, while seven fat kine came up 
 and fed in the marshes; then there came up seven other 
 kine, lean and ill-favored, that devoured the fat kine. After 
 this the king awoke. 
 
 2. Pharao slept again, and dreamt another dream : he saw 
 seven ears of corn, full and fair, growing upon one stalk; 
 then he saw seven other ears grow up, thin and blasted, and 
 these eat up the first. So Pharao awoke. In the morning 
 the king sent for all the wise men and soothsayers of Egypt, 
 to whom he related his dreams, but no one could interpret 
 them. 
 
 3. Then the cup-bearer remembered Joseph, and told the 
 kiug how, in prison, Joseph had interpreted both his and the 
 chief baker's dream. Immediately Joseph was sent for. 
 When the king related his dreams to him, Joseph told the 
 king their interpretation depended not on him but on God. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 20. — What position did Joseph hold in the prison ? "What 
 happened there ? What was the cup-bearer's dream ? What was the baker's ? 
 How were they fulfilled ? Whom did the cup-bearer forget ? 
 
joseph'^s greatness. 
 
 35 
 
 4. "This," said Joseph, "is the interpretation of your 
 dreams : the seven fat kine and the seven full ears are seven 
 years of plenty; the seven lean kine and the seven blasted 
 ears are seven years of famine, which will follow and eat up 
 all the abundance of the seven years of plenty. The famine 
 shall be in all the land. Let, therefore, the king choose a 
 wise man, and make him ruler over Egypt; and let him, dur- 
 ing the years of abundance, gather -the crops into public 
 granaries, that there may be food against the seven years of 
 famine." 
 
 5. This counsel pleased Pharao, and, admiring the wisdom 
 and prudence that appeared in Joseph, he chose him. Then 
 he took the ring from his own finger and put it upon 
 Joseph's, and, putting upon him a silken robe, and round his 
 neck a chain of gold, made him go up into his second chariot, 
 while a herald went before, crying aloud: " Let all the people 
 bow their knee before Joseph, who is made governor of 
 Egypt." Pharao also changed Joseph's name, and called 
 
36 • HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMEIiTT. 
 
 him " Saviour of the tvorld." Joseph was then thirty years of 
 
 A.M. 2296.] 22. — Joseph's Brethren go into cac. no*. 
 
 Egypt. 
 
 1. During the seven years of plenty, Joseph stored up great 
 quantities of wheat. As he had foretold, the famine came, 
 and the people demanded bread from the king; but he sent 
 them to Joseph, who opened the granaries and gave out 
 wheat. 
 
 2. The famine passed also into the land of Chanaan. Jacob, 
 hearing there was wheat in Egypt, sent ten of his sons 
 thither, that they might buy; but Benjamin, the youngest, he 
 kept at home, lest any harm should befall him on the way. 
 In time the brothers arrived in Egypt, and, coming to Joseph, 
 humbly bowed themselves before him. He knew them, but 
 they did not know him. 
 
 3. Joseph began to charge them with being spies, but they 
 declared their innocence, and how they had come only to 
 buy wheat. They also told him that, originally, they were 
 twelve brothers; that the youngest was at home with their 
 father, but the other was not living. Joseph, that he might 
 further try them, threatened to cast one of them into prison 
 until the others should return and bring their younger 
 brother, that he might see if they were men of truth or no. 
 
 4. When the brothers saw themselves so harshly treated, 
 they began to speak one to the other, not thinking that 
 Joseph understood what they said, as he had spoken to them 
 only through an interpreter. In their trouble they remem- 
 bered how they had treated him, and acknowledged that their 
 present treatment was a just punishment for their former 
 cruelty to their younger brother. When Joseph heard this, 
 going out, he wept. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 21.— What was Pharao's first dream ? WHiat his second ? 
 Who could not inetrpret the dreams ? W^ho could ? WTiat was the interpretation 
 of the dreams ? Who was maede govrnor of Egj-pt ? W^hat was Joseph called * 
 
BENJAMIN GOES DOWN TO EGYPT. 37 
 
 5. Then Simeon was cast into prison, while the sacks of the 
 others were filled with corn, and their money put secretly 
 in each man's sack; provisions were also given them for 
 tlie journey. When all was ready, the brothers loaded their 
 asses and went their way. 
 
 6. Coming to their father, they told him all that had hap- 
 pened ; and, emptying their sacks, each found the price of 
 his corn. Great fear came upon them. AYhen Jacob heard 
 what had happened, he began to lament his sad lot — how 
 they would rob him of his children ; Joseph was not, Simeon 
 was a prisoner, and now they would take Benjamin away. 
 
 A.M.2297.] 33.— Benjamin goes down to [a.c.itos. 
 
 Egypt. 
 
 .-^ 1. When their wheat was all eaten, Jacob ordered his sons 
 to go again into Egypt ; but Juda said it was useless unless 
 they took Benjamin with them. After considering the 
 matter well, Jacob at length consented. Taking with them 
 Benjamin, and double money, they started again. 
 
 2. When they arrived in Egypt, and Joseph saw Benjamin, 
 he commanded his steward to bring them into the palace, 
 that they might dine with him. The steward did as he was 
 ordered. They, seeing what was done, became frightened, 
 and began to think it was because of the money they had 
 found in their sacks ; but the steward told them not to fear, 
 and, going, brought Simeon to them. 
 
 3. When Joseph came in to see them, they bowed down 
 before him and presented the gifts they had brought. He 
 saluted them kindly and asked for their father: if he yet 
 lived, and if he were well. Having answered him, he turned 
 to Benjamin, and, blessing him, went out and, for joy, wept. 
 
 4. Washing his face, he returned and ordered dinner. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 22.— After seven years what happened ? What did 
 Joseph give the people ? What did Jacob do ? Who was kept at home ? How did 
 the brorhers appear before Joseph ? What did they tell him ? What did Joseph 
 threaten? What did the brothers saj- to each other ? What did Joseph do ? Who 
 was cast into prison ? What was done to the others ? What did they tell their 
 father ? What was found in each man's sack ? How did Jacob act ? 
 
38 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMEIs^T. 
 
 When he seated them each in the order of his age, they 
 wondered exceedingly. To each he gave a share, hut Benja^ 
 min's was five times larger than that of any other. So they 
 eat and drank and made merry with Joseph. 
 
 24. — Joseph's Silver Cup. 
 
 1. Joseph would again prove his brothers, to see if they 
 were as jealous and hard-hearted towards Benjamin as they 
 had been to himself ; so, when the feast was ended, he bade 
 his steward fill their sacks with corn, to put each man's 
 money back into his sack, and his own silver cup into the 
 sack of the youngest. The order was obeyed, and in the 
 morning they departed. 
 
 2. But scarce were they gone when Joseph sent his 
 steward after them, charging them with returning evil for 
 good in having stolen his master^s silver cup. When the 
 sons of Jacob heard the accusation, they were overwhelmed 
 
 Questions to Chapter 23.— What did Jacob order ? What at first did Jacob re 
 fuse ? When they arrived in Egypt, what did Joseph eonamand ? How did the 
 brothers feel ? How did Joseph receive them ? How did Joseph act towards Benja- 
 min ? How did Joseph seat his brothers ? Whose share was the greatest ? How- 
 did the brothers act ? 
 
JACOB GOES DOWJ^ TO EGYPT. 39 
 
 with fear, and declared that with whomsoever the cup would 
 be found, he should die. Hastening, they opened their sacks, 
 and the cup was found in Benjamin^s. Confounded, they 
 gazed on each other, and, rending their garments, returned 
 to Joseph. 
 
 3. They cast themselves at his feet, and Juda, in their 
 name, said they had no excuse to make ; that they were thus 
 justly punished for their sins ; and that hereafter they would 
 be his slaves. Joseph, however, declared that only he with 
 whom the cup had been found should be his slave ; the 
 others would be free to go. 
 
 4. AVhen Juda heard this, he drew near to Joseph and told 
 him how much it had cost their father to let Benjamin go, 
 how he had pledged himself for the return of the boy, and 
 how, if they returned without Benjamin, he feared it would 
 kill their aged father ; then Juda offered himself to be slave 
 instead of his younger brother Benjamin. 
 
 5. Joseph could no longer restrain himself, but, bursting 
 into tears, said to his brothers, " I am Joseph." They could 
 not answer him, so great was their fear ; but he spoke kindly 
 to them, assuring them that all they had done to him had 
 been directed by God. Then he asked how his father was, 
 and commanded his brothers to hasten and tell him of his 
 son^s glory; to come down to Egypt, for there were yet five 
 years of famine. 
 
 When Pharao heard the news, he promised to give Jacob 
 of the fat of Egypt. Then Joseph dismissed his brothers, 
 sending with them chariots and provisions, costly robes and 
 silver. 
 
 A.M. 2298] 25. — Jacob goes down to Egypt. [A.c.mz. 
 
 1. When Joseph's brothers came to their father and told 
 him the news, — how his son yet lived, and was governor of 
 
 Questions to Chapter 24.— What is said of Joseph's silver cup ? What did the 
 brothers say ? In whose sack was the cup found ? What did Juda oflEer ? What 
 message did Joseph send his father ? 
 
40 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 ^gjpt,— Jacob awoke as from a dream. At first he could not 
 believe what he heard, but when he saw the chariots of the 
 king, and received the rich presents sent by his son, his 
 spirits revived, and he was satisfied, now that Joseph lived, to 
 go down to Egypt, that he might see him before he died. 
 
 2. Jacob gathered together all his possessions and, accom- 
 panied by his sons and their wives and their children, — in 
 all to the number of seventy, — began his journey. When he 
 came to the borders of the land of Chanaan, the Lord ap- 
 l^eared to him and told him to fear nothing, for He would go 
 down with him, and would yet make of him a great nation, 
 and in time would bring him back again. 
 
 3. Juda went on before to tell Joseph that his father was 
 coming. Joseph hastened to meet his father, and, seeing 
 him, fell upon his neck and wept. " Now I die in peace," 
 said Jacob, " since I see your face." 
 
 In the same manner spoke the aged Simeon, seventeen liundred years 
 afterwards, when, in the Temple of Jerusalem, he saw the true Joseph, 
 Jesus Christ, the Saviour of the world. 
 
 4. When Joseph jDresented his father to the*king, he asked 
 him his age. The old man said, "I am a hundred and 
 thirty years of age ; yet I am not as old as my fathers." 
 
THE DEATH OF JACOB AND JOSEPH. 
 
 41 
 
 Joseph gave his father and his brethren possessions in Ges- 
 sen, because there was there great abundance of grass for 
 their flocks. 
 
 A.M. 2315] 36. — The Death of Jacob and 
 
 Joseph. 
 
 [A.C. 1685. 
 
 1. Seventeen years after his arrival in Egypt, Jacob fell 
 sick. When Joseph heard this he took his two sons, Ephraim 
 and Manasses, and hastened to visit his father. When Jacob 
 saw the two boys, he blessed them. 
 
 2. Then he called togetlicr ii.^ sons, and told them God 
 would yet lead them back to their own country; but he 
 charged them to bnry him in the land of Chanaan. Then he 
 blessed them, foretelling what would happen in the latter 
 days. 
 
 To Juda he gave the greatest blessing, saying: "You shall 
 rule over your enemies; the sons of your father shall bow 
 
 Questions to Chapter 25.— How did Jacob act when he heard Joseph was alive T 
 What did Jacob gather together? Who appeared to him ? What did the Lord 
 tell him ? Who told Joseph his father was coming ? Describe the meeting of 
 Joseph and Jacob. What is said of Simeon ? How old was Jacob when he went 
 into Egypt ? 
 
42 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 down to you, and the sceptre shall not pass from Jiida till 
 He Cometh that is to be sent, ^ the Exjjectation of Nations.' '' 
 
 3. This celebrated prophecy, that so clearly marked the time when 
 the Messiah would come, was accomplished when Herod, the first 
 stranger, ruled over Judea. In him the sceptre passed from Juda. 
 
 4. When Jacob was dead, Joseph threw himself on his 
 father's face, weeping and kissing him. Then he ordered the 
 physicians to embalm the body, and Avhen, according to the 
 custom of the Egyptians, he had mourned for seventy days, 
 he, with his brothers and an immense multitude, carried the 
 body into the land of Chanaan. Thus was Jacob buried at 
 Hebron. 
 
 A.M. 2369.] 5. Joseph lived to the age of a [a.c. lesi. 
 
 hundred and ten years, and saw his children's children to the 
 third generation. When he saw his end drawing near, he 
 called his brothers to him, and told them they would have 
 trouble after his death; to fear nothing, however, as God 
 would surely lead them back to the land He had promised to 
 their forefathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Then, having* 
 charged them to take his bones up with them, he died, and 
 his body was embalmed and laid in a coffin. 
 
 37.— The Patience of Job. 
 
 1. Contemporary with the patriarchs there lived in Arabia 
 a man named Job. He had seven sons and three daughters; 
 for possessions he had seven thousand sheep, three thousand 
 camels, five hundred yoke of oxen, and five hundred asses, 
 "besides many servants. He was much esteemed on account 
 of his great wealth, but much more so for his piety. • 
 
 2. On a certain day God said to Satan, " Have you con- 
 sidered my servant Job, how there is noue like to him on the 
 whole earth ? '' Satan replied that it was easy for Job to 
 serve God, that he was rich and blessed in all his actions; but. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 26.— How many years after his arrival when Jacob fell 
 sick ? What were the names of Joseph's sons ? What did Jacob do before he 
 died ? What prophecy was given to Juda ? Where was this prophecy fulfilled ? 
 What was done with Jacob's body ? Where was he buried ? What did Joseph 
 foretell ? What was done with his body ? 
 
THE PATIENCE OF JOB. 43 
 
 "Touch him," said Satan, "and he will curse you and 
 abandon you." God gave Satan permission, only not to touch 
 his person. 
 
 3. Soon after this, while the sons and daughters of Job 
 were eating and drinking together in the house of their eldest 
 brother, there came a messenger to Job to tell him how the 
 Sabeans had taken his oxen and his asses, and slain his ser- 
 vants. The messenger had hardly finished when there came 
 another, telling how fire had fallen from heaven and con- 
 sumed his sheep and his shepherds. There came still a third, 
 saying the Chaldeans had taken his camels and slain his 
 servants. And while he was yet speaking there came a 
 fourth with the sad news that the house in which his chil- 
 dren were feasting had been blown down by a wind and all 
 were killed. 
 
 4. When Job heard these things, rising up, he rent his gar- 
 ments, and, falling down, adored God. " The Lord gave, and 
 the Lord hath taken away," said he; "blessed be the name 
 of the Lord." So Job sinned not, and God rejoiced in llis 
 servant. 
 
 5. Satan again appeared before the Lord and sa^d, if God 
 would but touch Job's person, He would see Job would curse 
 
44 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 Him. God put Job in Satan^s power. Then Satan struck 
 Job with a grievous ulcer, so that he was covered with sores 
 from the crown of his head to the sole of his foot. Job 
 scraped his sores with a potsherd. 
 
 6. Job's wife, seeing this, came and upbraided him for his 
 folly. But Job answered, " If we have received good from 
 the hand of God, why will we not receive evil ? " So again 
 Job sinned not. 
 
 7. When Job's friends heard what had befallen him, three 
 of them came to condole with him. Seeing him, they wept^ 
 and, sitting down, for seven days and seven nights no one 
 spoke, for they saw how great was his grief. 
 
 8. At length Job opened his mouth and began to lament 
 his suffering; but his friends only reproached him with hi& 
 faults. Job would not confess that he was guilty, but stoutly 
 maintained his innocence and his confidence in God. 
 
 9. This confidence was not misplaced, for Job was deliv- 
 ered from his afflictions, and had possessions twice as great 
 as before. Again he had seven sons and three daughters, and 
 after this lived a hundred and forty years, and saw his chil- 
 dren's children to the fourth generation. He died an old 
 man, full of joy and happiness. 
 
 10. Job is a figure of Jesus Christ, who, bruised from the top of His 
 head to the sole of His foot, and scorned as a man covered with iniqui- 
 ties, complained not. We see also in Job's case how far sometimes God 
 permits the devil to exercise his powers. 
 
 END OF THE SECOND AGE. 
 
 Names and Ages of the Patriarchs from Noe to Moses: 
 
 BoRX. Died. Age. 
 
 1. TiiAKE . . 1878 2083 205 
 
 2. Abraham . 2008 2183 175 
 
 3. Isaac . . . 2108 2288 180 
 
 4. JACon . 
 
 5. Levi . 
 
 6. Moses . 
 
 A.M. 
 
 Born. Died. Age> 
 
 2168 2315 147 
 
 2255 2392 137 
 
 2433 2553 120 
 
 Questions to Chapter 27.— What is said of Job ? What did God say to Satan ? 
 What did Satan say to God » Who were eating and drinking ? "Wliat did the first 
 messenger tell Job ? What the second ? Third ? And fourth ? What did Job 
 say ? What power did God give Satan the second time ? With what was Job 
 struck ? W^hat did Job answer his wife ? Who came to see Job ? What did the;, 
 do ? What did Job maintain ? What reward did Job receive for his patience : 
 Of whom was Job a figure ? How ? 
 
THE BIRTH OF MOSES. 
 
 45 
 
 .M. 2433.] 
 
 AGE III. 
 FROM MOSES TO DAVID. 
 28.— The Birth of Moses. 
 
 [A.C. 1567. 
 
 1. In Egypt the posterity of Jacob rapidly increased, and 
 soon became a great people. In the mean time other kings 
 arose, who knew not Joseph, and, seeing how great the Israel- 
 ites had become, began to fear them; so they oppressed the 
 children of Jacob, put heavy burdens upon them, and finally 
 ordered the Egyptian mid wives to cast into the Nile all the 
 male children that would be born among the Hebrews. 
 
 2. One of the Hebrew women bore a son, whom sne loved 
 most tenderly. For three months she hid him; but, finding 
 it impossible to conceal him any longer, she made a basket of 
 bulrushes, and, smearing it with pitch, laid the child in it, 
 and placed the basket among the sedges by the bank of the 
 
46 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMEI^T. 
 
 river. Then she sent his sister to watch what would come to 
 pass, 
 
 3. By the direction of God, Pharao's daughter came down 
 to the river to wash herself, and, seeing the basket, sent her 
 maid to bring it. When she opened it and saw the child, 
 she knew it belonged to one of the Hebrew women. The 
 sister approaching, Pharaohs daughter sent her to bring a 
 nurse. She ran and brought the mother. Pharao's daughter 
 gave her the child to nurse, and, when he was grown up, 
 adopted him, calling him Moses, that is, saved from the 
 ivaters. 
 
 4. Moses was a figure of Jesus Christ. Moses was saved from tlie 
 river ; Jesus, from Herod. Moses, when young, was wise in words and 
 powerful in deeds ; so also Christy who, at the age of twelve, was the 
 wonder of priests and doctors. Moses divided the waters of the sea ; 
 Christ calmed the winds and the storms. Moses led the way to the 
 Promised Land ; Christ »is the way to heaven. 
 
 5. Moses, amid great miracles, gave the Old Law to the Jews ; Christ,, 
 ■with the most stupendous miracles, gave the New Law to the world. 
 
 Moses abolished idolatry among the Jews ; Christ, in the world. Moses 
 gave civil liberty to the Jews ; Christ, spiritual liberty to mankind. 
 
 6. Moses fasted forty days on the mountain ; Christ fasted forty days 
 in the desert. Moses descended from the mountain with his face trans- 
 figured ; Christ was transfigured on the mountain. In the desert, Moses 
 fed the people with ntanna ; Christ feed^the world with His own body 
 and blood. Moses confirmed the Old Law with the blood of bullocks ; 
 Christ sealed the New Law with His own blood. 
 
 A.M. 2513] 29. — The Call of Moses. [a.c.ust. 
 
 1. When Moses attained his fortieth year he resolved to 
 share the miseries of his people. By his vigorous defence of 
 the Hebrews against the cruelty of the Egyptians, he incurred 
 the displeasure of the king, who resolved to put him to death; 
 but Moses fled to Madian, in Arabia, where he lived for forty 
 years, tending the flocks of his father-in-law, Jethro, a priest 
 of that country. 
 
 QUE.STIONS TO Chapter 28.— What is said of Jacob's posterity ? How did the 
 kings of Ee:ypt treat them ? What order was given to the midwives ? Tell the 
 story of the birth of Moses and how he was saved. W^hat does Moses mean ? Tell 
 how Moses was a figure of Jesus Christ. 
 
THE CALL OF MOSES. 
 
 47 
 
 2. One day, when Moses had led his flock to the mountain 
 of Horeb, God appeared to him in the midst of a burning 
 bush. Moses was much astonished that the bush was not 
 consumed, and approached to see what it couki mean; but 
 God commanded him to stand still and take off his shoes, for 
 the place was holy. At the voice of God, Moses fell on his- 
 face. 
 
 3. Then God told him how He had seen the afflictions of 
 the Hebrews, and that He was about to deliver them; be- 
 sides. He had chosen him to lead the people out of Egypt. 
 At first Moses objected, alleging his weakness and slowness 
 of speech ; but God promised to be with him, and gave him 
 Aaron, his brother,, as spokesman. 
 
 4. Then Moses returned to Egypt, and Aaron with him, 
 and, assembling the people of Israel, Aaron spoke to them all 
 the Lord had commanded. When Moses had wrought mira- 
 cles before the people, they believed and adored God. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 29.— How old was Moses when he resolved to join his 
 people ? Whose anger did he excite ? Where did he flee ? Whose flocks did h®- 
 keep ? In what did God appear to Moses ? What did God command him to do t" 
 Who was given as spokesman ? Where did Moses and Aaron go ? 
 
48 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 A.M. 2513] 30, — The Ten Plagues of Egypt. [a.c. us?. 
 
 1. Moses and Aaron were both about eight}^ years of age 
 when they first presented themselves before Pharao and com- 
 manded him to let the Israelites go into the desert to sacrifice 
 to the Lord. But Pharao refused, and commanded the Is- 
 raelites to be oppressed more and more. Their tasks were 
 also increased. 
 
 2. Again Moses and Aaron presented themselves before 
 Pharao. At the command of God, Aaron cast his rod before 
 the king, and immediately it was changed into a serpent. 
 Pharao only the more hardened his heart and would not let 
 the people go. Then God sent ten plagues upon Pharao and 
 his people. 
 
 3. For the first, Aaron struck the Nile with his rod, and 
 its waters w^ere changed into blood, and corrupted. After 
 seven days he again stretched his hand over the waters of 
 Egy23t, and there came up frogs that covered the whole land. 
 Then, in turn, the dust of the earth was turned into flies and 
 insects that tormented both man and beast. 
 
THE DEATH OF THE FIRST-BORN", ETC. 
 
 49 
 
 4. In quick succession there followed a murrain amongst 
 the cattle, and boils and swellings upon man and beast. For 
 the seventh plague, God sent thunder and hail, and light- 
 ning running along the ground. After this was added the 
 plague of locusts to eat up what the hail had spared; and, at 
 last, impenetrable darkness covered the land. 
 
 But Pharao hardened his heart and would not let the 
 people go as the Lord commanded; so God struck him with 
 a tenth plague more terrible than all the rest. 
 
 A.M. 2513] 31. — The Death of the First-born. — [a.c. im. 
 The Paschal Lamb. — The Departure from Egypt. 
 
 1. Before God sent His tenth plague He wished to pre- 
 pare the Israelites for it. Each family was therefore com- 
 manded by Moses and Aaron to prepare a lamb without 
 blemish, and on the fourteenth day of the month to sacrifice 
 it, and to sprinkle their door-posts with its blood. They 
 were further required to roast the lamb at the fire, and whilst, 
 
 Questions to Chapter 30.-Hovv old were Moses and Aaron when they went to 
 larao ? What did they ask of him ? What did Pharao do ? What was done the 
 
 Phai 
 
 second time Moses presented himself to Pharao ? What was the first plague ? 
 What was the second, third, etc.? Did Pharao let the people go ? 
 
50 HISTOKY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 with unleavened bread and wild lettuce, they eat its flesh, to 
 stand with their loins girt and staves in their hands. The 
 Israelites did all they were commanded. 
 
 2. About the middle of the night, the angel of the Lord 
 struck all the first-born of Egypt, even from the first-born of 
 Pharao to the humblest of the land: no family escaped. But 
 the angel, seeing the blood on the door-posts of the Israelites, 
 spared them. 
 
 3. When Pharao saw this, he rose up and, calling Moses 
 and Aaron, commanded them to go forth and to take the 
 Israelites with them. The Egyptians also pressed them to 
 go, fearing lest all would die. The Israelites went forth from 
 Egypt, two hundred and fifteen years after Jacob had gone 
 thither, to the number of six hundred thousand men, besides 
 women and children. They carried with them the bones of 
 Joseph. 
 
 4. The paschal lamb was a figure of Jesus Christ, the Lamb of God, 
 who was offered on the cross. By His blood we also are marked and ' 
 delivered from eternal death. The deliverance of the Israelites from the 
 bondage of Egypt is also a figure of man's delivery from the bondage of 
 sin and hell. 
 
 AM. 2513] 32. — The Passage of the Red Sea. ea.c.hs? 
 
 1. God became the guide of the Israelites, leading thism 
 on their way by a cloud in the day and a pillar of fire in the 
 night. In a few days they came to the Eed Sea. Meanwhile 
 Pharao repented that he had let the Israelites go, and re- 
 solved to gather together his horses and chariots and pursue 
 them. AVhen the Israelites saw the Egyptians behind them 
 and the sea before them, they were seized with great fear. 
 But Moses encouraged them, and assured them the Lord 
 would fight for them. 
 
 2. The cloud that had gone before the Israelites now went 
 
 Questions to Chapter 31.— What did God command the Israelites to eat ? How- 
 was the paschal lamb to be eaten ? With what were the door-posts sprinkled f 
 What happened about the middle of the night ? Who were spared ? What did 
 Pharao do ? How lone: were the Israelites in Egypt ? How many entered Egypt ? 
 How many left it ? Whose bones were carried out ? Of what was the paschal 
 lamb a figure ? 
 
THE PASSAGE OF THE RED SEA. 
 
 51 
 
 behind them, and became a wall of separation between the 
 Egyptians and the Israelites. On the side of the former it 
 was dark, but on the side of the latter it shone with a clear 
 light. Thus the two armies were separated during the night. 
 By command of God, Moses stretched forth his rod over the 
 sea, and the waters were divided, rising as a wall to the right 
 and to the left. 
 
 3. During the night the Israelites passed through on dry 
 land. In the morning the Egyptians also followed, but, at 
 the command of God, Moses again stretched forth his rod 
 over the sea, and the waters returned to their place — Pharao 
 and his whole army, his chariots and his horsemen, were 
 swallowed up, so that not a single person escaped. 
 
 4. The cloud by day and the *pillar of fire by night were a figure of 
 Jesus Christ. He is the light, in which those who walk will not perish. 
 The Red Sea is also a figure of Baptism, since we must all receive it if 
 we will enter heaven. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 32.— Who became the guide of the Israelites ? What was 
 seen in the clay ? What in the night ? What did Pharao do ? What became of the 
 cloud ? Tell how the Israelites passed the Red Sea. What happened to the 
 Egyptians ? What was a figure of Jesus Christ ? How ? Of w'hat was the Red Sea 
 a figure ? How ? 
 
52 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 33. — The Quails, the Manna, and the Water in the 
 
 Desert. 
 
 1. When the Israelites came into the desert they could 
 find no bread ; then they began to murmur against Moses, 
 and to wish for the flesh-pots of Egypt. God promised them 
 flesh to the full, and, in the morning, bread. In the evening 
 there came into the camp an immense number of quails, 
 which were easily caught ; and in the morning the desert was 
 covered with small white seeds that appeared like hoar-frost. 
 When the Israelites saw this they cried out Man-hu ! that 
 is. What is this ? 
 
 2. Then Moses told them it was the bread which the Lord 
 had sent them. They were commanded to gather as much 
 as each one needed. The people did so, and found the taste 
 thereof like fine flour mixed with honey. 
 
 3. For forty years God fed the Israelites with this bread, 
 which was afterwards called manna. It fell no more after 
 they came into the land of Chanaan. 
 
THE TEN COMMANDMENTS. 55 
 
 This manna was preeminently a figure of tlie Sacrament of the Altar, 
 in which Jesus Christ gives Himself under the appearance of bread and 
 wine. 
 
 4. Some time after this there was a scarcity of water, and 
 the Israelites began again to murmur. God told Moses to 
 take his rod, and to go to Mount Horeb and strike the rock. 
 He did so, and immediate!}^ there came forth water in such 
 abundance that the people quenched their thirst and were 
 satisfied. 
 
 34. — The Ten Commandments. 
 
 1. Three months after their departure from Egypt the 
 Israelites came to Mount Sinai. God called Moses, and he 
 went up into the mountain. Here the Lord spoke to him,, 
 and bade him remind the people of all He had already done 
 for them, and how He would continue to protect them if 
 they would be faithful to Him, and that He would make 
 
 Questions to Chapter 83.— In the desert what did the people do ? What did God 
 send in the evening ? What in the morning ? What was the taste of the manna ? 
 How long did God feed the Israelites on manna ? Of what was the manna a figure? 
 How did God supply water ? 
 
54 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 them a cliosen people. When Moses descended from the 
 mountain and told the people all the words of the Lord, they 
 cried out, " We will do all the Lord hath spoken/' 
 
 3. Then God commanded the people to purify themselves 
 to-morrow and the next day, and to be ready for the third. 
 On the morning of the third day it began to thunder and 
 lighten ; a thick cloud covered the mountain. The top of 
 Mount Sinai was on fire, and it shook to its base. Then 
 came the sound of a trumpet, that grew louder and louder, 
 until the people trembled with an exceeding great fear. 
 
 3. When Moses had led the people to the foot of the 
 mountain, the Lord spoke thus : 
 
 I. I am the Lord thy God. Thou shalt not have 
 strange gods before Me. 
 IL Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God 
 
 in vain. 
 IIL Remember thou keep holy the Sabbath day. 
 IV. Honor thy father and thy mother. 
 V. Thou shalt not kill. 
 VT. Thou shalt not commit adultery. 
 
THE GOLDEN CALF. 55 
 
 VII. Thou shalt not steal. 
 
 VIII. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy 
 neighbor. 
 IX. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife. 
 X. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's goods. 
 
 4. When the people, who were camped round about the 
 mountain, heard these things, trembling with fear and full 
 of reverence, they promised to do all the Lord commanded 
 them. Moses built an altar and offered sacrifice to the Lord. 
 He took also of the blood of the victims and sprinkled it 
 upon the people, as a sign of the covenant the Lord had that 
 day made with them. 
 
 5. As the covenant of the Old Law was established on Mount Sinai, 
 so was the covenant of the New Law sealed on Calvary. There God 
 showed His power ; here, His mercy. Both covenants were sealed with 
 blood : at Sinai with the blood of bullocks ; on Calvary with the blood 
 of Jesus Christ. 
 
 35.— The Golden Calf. 
 
 1. After this, Moses again went up into the mountain, and 
 for forty days and forty nights remained conversing with 
 God. The Lord gave him two tables of stone, on which were 
 written the ten commandments. While Moses delayed on 
 the mountain, the people began to murmur, and came to 
 Aaron and demanded that he would make for them gods like 
 to those of the Egyptians. Not thinking they would comply 
 with his command, he said to them, " Bring me the golden 
 earrings of your wives and daughters." 
 
 3. Contrary to his expectations, they brought them, and, 
 being a weak man, he had not courage to resist their wicked 
 wish ; so he cast them into a furnace and made a golden 
 calf, and built an altar. Then the Israelites gathered to- 
 
 QuESTioNS TO Chapter 34.— When did the people come to Sinai ? Who was called 
 up to the mountain ? What did God tell Moses ? What did the people say ? What 
 were the people commanded to do ? What happened on the third day ? Repeat 
 the ten commandments. What did Moses offer ? With what did he sprinkle the 
 people ? What comparison between Sinai and Calvary ? 
 
56 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 gether and offered sacrifice, and, eating and drinking^, rose 
 up to play, after the manner of the pagans. 
 
 3. When Moses came down from the mountain and saw 
 these abominations, he was exceeding angry, and throwing 
 down the tables on which the ten commandments were 
 written, broke them. Seizing upon the golden calf, he 
 burned it, and beat it into powder. Then he commanded the 
 sons of Levi to unsheathe their swords, to march through the 
 camp and return, and to put to death all whom they met. 
 There were slain on that day about twenty-three thousand 
 men. 
 
 4. Moses again returned to the Lord on the mountain, and 
 prayed for the pardon of the people. The Lord heard his 
 prayer. Moses hewed two tables of stone like the first, and 
 God again wrote on them the ten commandments. 
 
 5. When Moses had finished speaking with the Lord, he 
 descended from the mountain, carrying with him the two 
 tables of the Law. His face had become horned, and shone 
 as the rays jf the sun. When the Israelites saw this, they 
 
THE ORDINANCES FOR THE WORSHIP OF GOD. 
 
 57 
 
 iared not look upon him ; so Moses was forced to put a veil 
 on his face when he spoke to the people. 
 
 36.— The Ordinances for the Worship of God. 
 
 1. Besides the ten commandments which God gave Moses, 
 He also gave many other ordinances. These latter related 
 to the public worship, which, with extreme care, Moses estab- 
 lished accord in Of as God commanded him. 
 
 2. The Taber7iach.— Moses began by constmcting a tent, 
 whose supports were made of setim-wood and were so framed 
 that they could easily be taken apart. The length of the 
 tent was thirty cubits, and the height ten, and the breadth 
 ten. The supports were overlaid with gold, and the whole 
 was covered with most precious hangings. Within hung a 
 veil of magnificent tapestry, which divided the Tabernacle 
 
 Questions to Chapter 35.-How long did Moses remain on the mountain ? What 
 did God give him ? What did the peop. ask of Aaron ? What did he make ? What 
 did the peopls do ? How did Moses act ? What were broken? What did the sons 
 of Levi do ? How many were killed ? Where did Moses go again ?^ What did he 
 bring back with him ? What appeared on the face of Moses ? 
 
58 
 
 HISTORY OE THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 into two parts— the smaller called the Holy of Holies ; the 
 larger, the Sanctuary. 
 
 3. Within the Holy of Holies was placed the Ark of the 
 Covenant, a small box made of the most precious wood, over- 
 laid with gold and surmounted by two cherubim. In the 
 Ark were placed the two tables of the Law. 
 
 Within the Sanctuary were kept three objects consecrated 
 to the worship of God : the Table of Showbread, on which 
 were placed twelve loaves of bread, made of the finest flour; 
 the Golden Candlestick, that, with its seven lights, shone 
 during the entire night; and, lastly, the Altar of Perfumes, 
 on which was burned the finest incense. 
 
 4. Besides this, MoseS constructed around the Tabernacle 
 a grand portico which enclosed two other sacred objects: the 
 Altar of Holocausts, and the Great Brazen Basin in which 
 the priests were commanded to purify themselves before they 
 performed any sacred function. 
 
 5. This Ark was a figure of the tabernacle in Catholic churches ; the 
 Holy of Holies, of the altar on which is offered the sacrifice of the New 
 
THE ORDINANCES FOR THE WORSHIP OF GOD. 59 
 
 Law ; the Sanctuary corresponded to the place tlie priests occupy ; and 
 the portico represented the body of the church, where the people now 
 worship, 
 
 6. The sacrifices of the Old Law were either Moocly, in 
 which were offered heifers and sheep and goats and doves; 
 or unlloudy, in which were offered cakes and nnleavened. 
 bread and wine. 
 
 The bloody sacrifices prefigured the bloody sacrifice of Christ upon the 
 cross ; the unbloody were a type of the sacrifice of the Mass. 
 
 7. The Religions Feasts were: 1st. The Pasch, on which 
 the Israelites eat the flesh of a lamb, and for seven days un- 
 leavened bread, in remembrance of their deliverance ont of 
 Egypt. 2d. The feast of Pentecost, celebrated seven weeks 
 after the Pasch, in remembrance of the Law received on 
 Mount Sinai. At this feast were also offered the first-fruits. 
 3d. The feast of Tabernacles, in memory of their long so- 
 journ iu the desert. During this feast the Israelites were- 
 required to live in tents made from the branches of trees. 
 4th. The feast of Expiation, on which the priest sacrificed a> 
 heifer for his own sins and a goat for the sins of the people. 
 Then he entered into the Holy of Holies, carrying with him 
 the golden censer and the blood of the victim: with the 
 former he incensed the Ark, with the latter he sprinkled the 
 pavement. 
 
 8. The Mincers of Divine Worship were: 1st. The High 
 Priest. To this offi(5e Moses consecrated Aaron, anointing- 
 him, and clothing him with the various vestments of his 
 office. 2d. The Priests proper, who were the sons of Aaron, 
 and whose office it was to offer sacrifice. 3d. The LeviteSy 
 who were of the tribe of Levi, and who were charged with 
 the lower offices within the Tabernacle. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 36.— Wlmt besides the commaQdments did God give f 
 Describe the Tabernacle. What was the Holy of Holies ? What was placed in it ? 
 What was the Ark ? What three objects were kept within the Sanctuary ? What 
 did the portico enclose ? Show how these different objects correspond to things in 
 the Catholic Church. What kinds of sacrifices were in the Old Law ? What was 
 the Pasch ? What was Pentecost ? What was the feast of Tabernacles ? Of Ex- 
 piation ? "VNTio was the High Priest ? W^ho were the Priests ? The Levites ? 
 
€0 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 -A.M. 2514. 3*7. — The False Messengers. — The ia.c. use. 
 Murmurs of the People. — God's Chastisements. 
 
 1. The Israelites remained a year at Mount Sinai. When 
 ■they started on their way, Moses chose twelve men, among 
 ivhom were Josue and Caleb, to go into the Land of Promise. 
 After forty days they returned, carrying with them speci- 
 mens of the fruits of the country. Amongst these was an 
 -enormous bunch of grapes borne on the shoulders of two 
 men, besides apples and pomegranates and figs. The land, 
 indeed, said they, overflowed with abundance, but the inhab- 
 itants were giants. 
 
 '2. Then the people wept, and again murmured against 
 Moses and Aaron, wishing they had died in Egypt or in the 
 desert. In vain did Josue and Caleb speak of the richness 
 of the country and the weakness of the people. The multi- 
 tude, led on by the others, would not listen, but cried out the 
 more to return to Egypt. 
 
 3. When the murmur was at its height, the glory of God 
 was seen over the Ark of the Covenant. Then the Lord said 
 
CORE, DATHAlf, AND ABIRON. 61 
 
 to Moses He would destroy the Israelites, for they were an- 
 incredulous people. The Lord even offered to make Moses 
 ruler over a greater nation; but Moses, the meekest of men, 
 only prayed the more that the Lord would pardon them. 
 
 4. At his prayer the Lord again pardoned the people; yet,. 
 as a punishment for their sin, He declared that not one of 
 them that had attained his twentieth year should enter the- 
 Promised Land, Josue and Caleb excepted. Their children 
 would enter, but for forty years should the people wander 
 in the desert — a year for every day spent in exploring the: 
 country. 
 
 5. This liistory of the Jews is similar to what happened in the tim& 
 of Jesus Christ. The Jews would not understand the spiritual kingdom 
 promised by Christ ; hence they rejected him. On the cross He begged 
 His Father to forgive them ; but, as a punishment for their sin in having 
 rejected Him, they are to-day wanderers on the earth,, and will be to the, 
 end of time. 
 
 A.M. 2511.] 38. — Core, Dathan, and Abiron. ea.c. use. 
 
 1. Some time after the events related in the preceding 
 chapter, two hundred and fifty Levites, led on by Core, Da- 
 than, and Abiron, revolted against Moses and Aaron, denying- 
 their authority. On the following day the Lord commanded 
 the people to go out from the tents of these wicked men; 
 not to touch anything belonging to them, lest they also 
 would be involved in their sin. While the people were look- 
 ing on to see what would come to pass, the earth opened 
 under the feet of the three leaders and swallowed them down, 
 with their tents and all their substance. Then a fire came 
 out from the Lord and consumed the two hundred and fifty 
 Levites. Moses and Aaron were that day vindicated. 
 
 2. In modern times we often see similar revolts against the priests of 
 God. Ambitious and wicked men wish to rule the Church ; but, like 
 
 Questions to Chapter 37.— How long did the people remain at Sinai ? Who were 
 sent to Chanaan ? What report did they bring back ? How did the people act J 
 Who spoke in vain ? What appeared over the Ark ? What did God say He would 
 do ? What punishment did God^ecree ? What is said of the Jews ? 
 
C2 
 
 HISTOEY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 Core and his companions, ihej will ever receive a just punishment for 
 their pride and presumption. 
 
 AM. 2562] 39. — The Hesitation of Moses, and lac. ms. 
 the Brazen Serpent. 
 
 1. AVater again failed, and the people began to murmur. 
 Then the Lord commanded Moses to take his rod and strike 
 the rock. Moses, for a moment, doubted; then struck the 
 rock, when water gushed forth in great abundance. This 
 momentary doubt greatly displeased God, and He declared 
 that Moses, because he had not believed, should not lead the 
 people into the Promised Land. 
 
 2. Shortly after, the people rebelled again, and, murmuring, 
 complained they had neither food nor water. When God saw 
 this He sent among them fiery serpents, whose sting burned 
 like fire. Many died amid the most cruel torments. When 
 the people saw this they came to Moses, acknowledging their 
 
 Questions to Chapter 38.— Wlio revolted ? How were they punished ? What 
 do we see in modern times ? 
 
THE DEATH OF MOSES. 63 
 
 sin, and begging him to pray to the Lord that He would take 
 the serpents from amongst them. 
 
 3. Moses prayed, when the Lord commanded him to make 
 a brazen serpent and to set it up for a sign. He did so, and 
 as many as looked upon it were healed. 
 
 4. This serpent prefigured Our Saviour nailed to the cross ; for as the 
 Israelites were cured by looking upon the serpent, so are all who, with 
 faith, look up to Christ cured of the wounds of sin caused by the bite 
 of the infernal serpent. 
 
 AM 2553] 40. — The Death of Moses. [a.c. mr. 
 
 1. When, according to the course of nature, the time came 
 that Moses must die, the Lord commanded him, in the pres- 
 ence of the people, to put his hand upon Josue, that they 
 might have no cause to disobey him. Then Moses told the 
 people he was about to die; that he would not pass over the 
 Jordan with them, nor enter the Promised Land. 
 
 2. He then reminded them of all the Lord had done for 
 them — how He had nourished them in the desert, and how 
 He had watched over them; then he commanded the people 
 to keep the commandments, to love the Lord, and to hearken 
 to His voice. He also foretold them, in a spirit of prophecy, 
 that the Lord would in time raise up a Peophet like to him, 
 whom they should hear. He spoke of Christ. 
 
 3. When Moses had finished speaking, he went up to the 
 top of Mount Nebo, from which the Lord showed him the 
 land of Chanaan. When Moses saw it he rejoiced ; and, full 
 of gratitude and thanks to God, died at the ripe old age of a 
 hundred and twenty years. The Lord buried him in the 
 valley of Phogor, but the spot no man knows. Israel 
 mourned for him thirty days. There was never after a 
 prophet like Moses. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 39.— What failed ? How was water supplied ? How did 
 Moses act ? How did God punish him ? What did God send ? What happened ? 
 What was set up ? Of whom was the brazen serpent a figure ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 40.— Who succeeded Moses ? What did IMoses remind the 
 people of ? "W^hat prophecy did Moses maiie ? Where did Moses die ? Where was 
 be buried ? 
 
64 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 AM. 2553] 41. — The Israelites enter the 
 
 Promised Land. 
 
 [A.C. 1447. 
 
 1. After the death of Moses, the Lord commanded Josue 
 to pass over the Jordan. The priests took the Ark of the 
 Covenant and marched before; the people followed. When 
 they were come to the banks of the Jordan, and the priests 
 had touched the water with the soles of their feet, the waters 
 above stood still, while the waters below ran down, leaving a 
 dry passage for the people to pass over. 
 
 2. When all had passed, the waters returned to their usual 
 course. The people encamped near Jericho, where they cele- 
 brated the feast of the Pasch. 
 
 Jericho was a large and populous city, well fortified with 
 walls. For six succeeding days the Israelites went round 
 about it. On the seventh the priests carried with them the 
 Ark of the Covenant, while seven priests sounded the trum- 
 pets of Jubilee, and the people shouted with a great cry. 
 All this was done by the command of God. At the sound of 
 
THE JUDGES. 65 
 
 the trumpets and the shout of the people, the walls fell flat 
 to the ground, and the Israelites entered and took the city. 
 
 3. In time, Josue conquered all the country, and, by lot, 
 divided it among the twelve tribes of Israel. Each tribe bore 
 the name and was descended from one of the twelve sons of 
 Jacob. Thus, after their long wanderings, had the Israelites 
 arrived in the Land of Promise. 
 
 43.— The Judges. 
 
 1. Surely the Israelites owed a deep debt of gratitude to 
 the Lord for the rich and magnificent country He had given 
 them ; but they were an ungrateful people, and were easily 
 led astray by their pagan neighbors. Shortly after their ar- 
 rival in the Promised Land they fell into idolatry. In pun- 
 ishment for their crime, the Lord delivered them into the 
 hands of their enemies. Servitude taught them repentance 
 and their dependence upon God. Having humbled them- 
 selves before Him, He sent pious men, called Judges, selected 
 from among the people, to deliver them and to rule them. 
 
 2. Their repentance was but of short duration ; at the 
 death of each Judge they returned to their sins and idolatry. 
 For four hundred years this faithless and thankless people 
 were in turn changing from God to the worship of idols — 
 relapsing and repenting. The sixteen Judges sent during 
 this time were : Othoniel, Aod, Samgar, Barac, Debbora, 
 Gedeon, Abimelech, Tholar, Jai'r, Jephte, Abesan, Ahialon, 
 Abdon, Samson, Heli, and Samuel. 
 
 3. Amongst these, Samson was one of the most remark- 
 able. So great was his strength that, on one occasion, by the 
 mere power of his hands, he tore a furious lion into pieces. 
 On another, he slew a thousand men with the jaw-bone of an 
 ass. After this, while asleep, he was made prisoner by the 
 
 Questions TO Chapter 41 .—Who led the people over the Jordan? What hap. 
 pened ? What feast was celebrated ? What was Jericho ? How was it taken ? 
 Who conquered Chanaan ? How was the land divided ? 
 
6^ 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 Philistines, and bound with seven cords ; but, when he 
 awoke, he broke them like burnt flax. 
 
 4. During his life, Samson wa^ed a continual war upon 
 the Philistines : at one time carrying away the gates of their 
 city ; at another, burning their crops. At length he w^is 
 made prisoner and his eyes put out. AVhile the Philistines 
 were feasting -and making merry over their victory, Samson 
 was brought out to make sport for them. Wearied, he leaned 
 against the pillars that supported the house in which the 
 Philistines were assembled ; then the Spirit of God came 
 upon him, and, his strength returning, he shook the pillars, 
 and the house fell, killing himself and three thousand of his 
 enemies. 
 
 The pious and humble Gedeon, who fought against the 
 Madianites, was also very renowned. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 42— What did the Israelites owe the Lord ? How d'd they 
 act ? What punishment did God send ? Who were the Judges ? How many were 
 there ? What is said of Samson ? Give some examples of his strength. Against 
 whom did he make war •( How did he die ? 
 
THE PIOUS RUTH. 
 
 67 
 
 43,— The Pious Ruth. 
 
 [A.C. 1292. 
 
 1. During the time of the Judges, a certain man of Beth- 
 lehem went, with his wife and his two sons, into the land oi 
 Moab. His name was Elimelech, and his wife's name 
 Noemi. His sons married women of Moab. In time, Elime- 
 lech and his two sons died. Oppressed with grief, Noemi 
 returned to Bethlehem, and her two daughters-in-law re- 
 solved to accompany her. 
 
 2.. When they had come some distance on the way, Noemi 
 strove to persuade her daughters-in-law to return to theii 
 own country. Orpha yielded, but Euth would not ; so Kuth 
 
 came to Bethlohem with Noemi. They returned at the har- 
 vest-time, and, being poor, Ruth went into the fields to glear 
 the ears of corn left by the reapers. 
 
 3. Led by the hand of God, she went to glean in the fields 
 of Booz, a man of great wealth, and a relation of Elimelech, 
 During the day, Booz came into the fields to see the reapers. 
 When he saw Ruth and heard with what courage she had 
 followed Noemi, and with what fidelity she served her, he 
 
68 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 spoke kindly to lier, and told her to remain with his servants 
 and to follow his reapers ; besides, when she was thirsty, to 
 go to the vessels and drink. Booz, moreover, commanded 
 the reapers to let fall, now and then, handfuls of corn, that 
 she might gather them without shame. 
 
 4. Some time after this Booz married Ruth. The Lord 
 blessed them and gave them a son, named Obed. He was 
 the father of Isai, the father of David. From this family 
 Our Saviour, Jesus Christ, descended. 
 
 The Moabites were not Jews, but strangers and enemies ; hence Our 
 Saviour, in descending from Ruth, a Moabite, wished to show that He 
 was the Saviour not of the Jews alone, but of all mankind. 
 
 A.M. 2848.] 4-4, — The Sons of Heli. [a.c.]152. 
 
 1. Whilst Heli the high priest was Judge in Israel, there 
 lived a pious couple named Elcana and his wife Anna. Anna 
 had no children, for which she grieved very much. On a 
 certain day she came to the tabernacle of the Lord at Silo, 
 where, weeping and praying, she said : " Lord God of 
 hosts ! if Thou wilt give me a son, I will consecrate him to 
 Thee." God heard her prayer and gave her a son, whom 
 she called Samuel. 
 
 2. When Samuel was three years old his mother took him 
 to Heli the high priest, at Silo. Here she consecrated him 
 to God ; and Samuel served the Lord in the tabernacle, and 
 grew in favor with God and man. 
 
 3. Samuel and John the Baptist are much alike in their histories. 
 Both were a gift for the prayers of their parents ; both were early con- 
 secrated to God ; and both preached penance to the people. Samuel 
 was the last Judge and the immediate precursor of the great King 
 David ; John the Baptist was the last of the prophets and the pre- 
 cursor of Jesus Christ, the Eternal King. Samuel anointed David ; 
 John baptized Jesus. 
 
 QtTESTioNS TO CHAPTER 43.— Who went to Moab ? Who returned to Bethlehem ? 
 Who accompanied her ? Where did Ruth go ? Who met her ? What did Booz 
 say ? Who married Ruth ? Who was Obed ? Isai f David ? From whom is 
 Jesus Christ descended ? 
 
THE SONS OF IIELl. 
 
 4. Heli had two wicked sons — Ophni and Phinees. When 
 the people came to Silo to sacrifice to the Lord, the two 
 young men were wont to come and by violence take the flesh 
 of the sacrifice. They committed also other abominations in 
 the sanctuary. Heli reproved them but mildly. He did not 
 chastise them as he should have done. 
 
 o. vVii^ "ig^ii, while Heli slept within the enclosure of the 
 sanctuary, and Samuel near him, the Lord called Samuel. 
 He, thinking it was Heli, rose and went to him ; but Heli told 
 him he had not called him, and bade him go and sleep. This 
 was repeated three times, when Heli understood it was the 
 Lord who called. Then he bade Samuel answer Him and 
 listen to what He would say. Samuel did so. 
 
 6. On the morrow Heli called Samuel, who told him all 
 the Lord had said ; how the Lord would punish him and 
 his two sons — the father because he had not punished his 
 sons, and the sons for their wickedness. When Heli heard 
 this he bowed before the will of God. 
 
 7. Some time after this there arose a bloody war between 
 the Philistines and the Israelites. Of the latter, thirty thou- 
 sand were slain, and among the dead were the sons of Heli. 
 
70 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 The Ark, that had been carried into the battle, was taken. 
 When Heli heard this terrible news he fell from the stool on 
 which he was sitting, and, breaking his neck, died. 
 
 8. The Philistines carried the Ark into the temple of their 
 god, Dagon. But the Lord afflicted them in many ways: 
 their god was thrown down, their fields were overrun with, 
 mice, their cities were devastated by pestilence, until the 
 Philistines were glad to send back the Ark to Israel. 
 
 9. Samuel succeeded Heli in the office of Judge. He as- 
 sembled the people and pointed out their sins. lie also 
 promised them, if they would repent, the Lord would deliver 
 them out of the hands of the Philistines. The people fasted 
 and confessed their sins. God gave them the victory, and 
 for many years peace reigned over the land. 
 
 A.M. 2909] 4:5. SEUI, tllC FifSt King". [A.C.1091. 
 
 1. When Samuel had grown old he appointed his sons 
 Judges over Israel; but they walked not in the fear of the 
 Lord. Then the people asked for a king. When Samuel 
 heard this he was very angry, because he wished that God 
 alone should be King of Israel. God, however, yielded, and 
 Samuel anointed Saul king. He was a beautiful and valiant 
 youth, from the tribe of Benjamin, and stood head and 
 shoulders above any other man in Israel. 
 
 2. In the beginning of his reign the Lord was with Saul, 
 and gave him the victory over his enemies. On one occa- 
 sion he unfortunately disobeyed God. 
 
 He was commanded to cut off the Amalecites, and to spare 
 nothing ; but, in the pride of his power, he spared the best 
 of the flocks, and, on his return, built triumphal arches to 
 celebrate his victory. For this he was cut off from the 
 throne of Israel, and his posterity forbidden to succeed him. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 41.— When did Elcana and Anna live ? What was Anna's 
 prayer ? When was Samuel consecrated to God ? How are Samuel and John the 
 Baptist compared ? What is said of Heli and his sons ? What is said of Samuel ? 
 How did Heli die ? How did his sons die ? What happened to the Philistines f 
 Who succeeded Heli ? What did Samuel promise ? What reigned over the land ? 
 
DAVID. 
 
 71 
 
 3. Saul was a figure of the Jewish Church. Chosen by God, at first 
 she surpassed all others in her knowledge of God and the graces with 
 which she was endowed. But, little by little, she fell. She forgot her 
 obedience, her humility, her charity, and, in the pride of her insolence, 
 trusted alone in her sacrifices. She also rejected the Christian Church, 
 chosen to succeed her. Saul persecuted David ; so did the Jews perse- 
 cute Jesus Christ. David wept for the death of Saul ; so did Jesus 
 Christ weep over Jerusalem. 
 
 A.M. 2934.] 
 
 46.— David. 
 
 fA.C. 1066. 
 
 1. At the command of God, Samuel went to Bethlehem, 
 to the house of Isai. When he arrived, David j the youngest 
 of the sons of Isai, was in the fields tending his father's 
 flocks. Samuel sent for him, and, taking a horn of oil, 
 anointed him. As the Spirit of God came upon David, it 
 departed from Saul. 
 
 2. Saul became subject to fits of melancholy, and an evil 
 spirit haunted him. On such occasions David was brought 
 
 Questions to Chapter 45.— What did the people ask for ? Who was anointed 
 king: ? What is said of Saul ? How did he reipn in the beginning ? For what was 
 Saul cut off from the tlirone of Israel ? How was Saul a figure of the Jewish 
 Church? 
 
72 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 in to play upon his harp and soothe the troubled mind of the 
 king. Thus David was introduced into Saul's house. More- 
 over, Saul made David his armor-bearer, not knowing that he 
 had been oonsecrated king. As often as David played, Saul 
 was soothed. 
 
 A.M. 2942.] 47. — David and Goliath. [a.c. loos. 
 
 1. A new war broke out between the Philistines and the 
 Israelites. The Philistines were encamped on one moun- 
 tain, the Israelites on another directly opposite — a narrow 
 valley lying between them. A giant, named Goliath, ad- 
 vanced from the camp of the Philistines. His height was 
 six cubits and a span ; he had on his head a brazen helmet, 
 and was clothed in a heavy coat of mail. The staff of his 
 spear was like a weaver's beam. 
 
 2. Thus arrayed, Goliath defied the armies of Israel, asking' 
 that a man be sent to fight him. For forty days this giant 
 presented himself — to the shame of Saul and the terror of 
 the Israelites, for no man dared to meet him. 
 
 David came to the camp to see how it fared with his 
 brothers. When he saw Goliath, and heard his taunts, his 
 blood boiled within him, and, coming to Saul, he said, " I 
 will fight this Philistine.'' 
 
 3. At first Saul refused, but, on the representations of 
 David, at length yielded. Then Saul clothed David in his 
 own armor ; but, unaccustomed to it, David put it off, and, 
 choosing five smooth stones from the brook, took his sling 
 and went forth to meet Goliath. 
 
 4. When the giant saw him he despised him, asking if he 
 thought he was a dog. But David feared not ; he went forth 
 in the might and the power of God. When the two cham- 
 pions drew near to each other, David chose one of the stones 
 that he carried with him, and, casting it with his sling, 
 struck the Philistine on the forehead with such force that 
 
 Questions to Chapter 46.— Who was anointed king ? Whose son was he ? With 
 what was Saul attacked ? Who played for him ? What was David made ? 
 
he fell with his face to the ground. Then David ran and, 
 drawing the sword of Goliath from its sheath, cut off his head. 
 
 5. When the Philistines saw their champion was slain, they 
 fled; but the Israelites, shouting and pursuing, killed many 
 of them, and pillaged their camp. 
 
 This victory of David over Goliath was a figure of Christ's victory 
 over the devil. As Goliath for forty days insulted the armies of Israel, 
 so did the devil for four thousand years war against God's kingdom on 
 earth ; and as David conquered Goliath with a staff and five smooth 
 stones, so did Jesus Christ conquer the devil by His cross and His five 
 wounds. 
 
 A.M. 29iA.] 48. — Jonathan's Love and Saul's 
 Hatred for David. 
 
 [A.C. 105«. 
 
 1. When Saul and the army returned from their victory 
 over the Philistines, the women of Israel came forth from 
 the different cities playing and singing, " Saul hath killed 
 his thousands, but David his tens of thousands." When Saul 
 
 Questions to Chapter 47.— What is said of the armies of the Israelites and Phi- 
 listines ? Who was Goliath ? What did Goliath do ? Who killed him ? How ? 
 What comparison between David and Christ ? And between Goliath and the devil? 
 
74 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 heard this he became exceedingly angry, and one day strove 
 to strike David with his hince; but David escaped. 
 
 2. Shortly after this Saul offered his daughter Michol in 
 marriage to David, on condition that he would kill two hun- 
 dred Philistines. Saul hoped that the Philistines would kill 
 David. But David killed the Philistines, and was only the 
 more loved by the people. When Saul saw this his hatred 
 increased, and he became more decided on David^s death. 
 
 3. In proportion as Saul hated David, did Jonathan, the 
 king^s son, love him. David and Jonathan made with each 
 other a covenant of peace. They often spoke to each other 
 of Saul's hatred. Jonathan reasoned with his father, and 
 spoke of what David had done against the Philistines. For 
 the moment Saul was appeased. 
 
 4. For the fourth time David went to war with the Philis- 
 tines. His victory only aroused anew the anger and jealousy 
 of Saul, who strove to strike him with his javelin; but David 
 escaped for the second time. Again Jonathan pleaded for 
 his friend: Saul's anger would not be appeased, and in his 
 rage he even drew his sword to kill his own son. 
 
 5. When Jonathan saw this he went to David, and told 
 
David's generosity to saul.— saul's death. 
 
 75 
 
 him whiit had happened, and advised him to flee. Weeping, 
 Jonathan sent David away, but bade him never forget the 
 covenant they had made, nor what they had sworn to the 
 Lord. 
 
 49. — David's Generosity to Saul. — 
 Saul's Death. 
 
 [A.C. 1051. 
 
 1. For a while David's life was in constant danger from 
 the hands of Saul; but he placed his confidence in God, who 
 did not desert him. 
 
 One day Saul pursued David with three thousand men. 
 Wearied, Saul entered a cave in which David and his men 
 lay concealed, but Saul knew it not. David's men would 
 have killed Saul, but David would not allow them, contenting 
 himself with cutting off the hem of Saul's robe. 
 
 2. On another occasion Saul pursued David into the desert 
 of Hachila. AVhile Saul and his general, Abner, together 
 
 Questions to Chapter 48.— What did the women sing ? How did Saul act ? 
 What did he try to do ? On what condition did Saul offer his daughter to David ? 
 W^hat is said of David and Jonathan ? How did Jonathan plead for David ? What 
 did Saul try a second time r What did Jonathan advise David f 
 
76 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 with the whole army, were asleep, David and Abisai entered 
 the camp. Abisai would have run Saul through with his 
 spear, but David forbade him. David, however, took the 
 spear that was at the king's head. 
 
 3. When they were gone some distance from the camp, 
 David cried to the king, and he awoke. AVhen Saul saw, by 
 the loss of his spear, how he had been in David's power, and 
 how, for the second time, David had spared him, he repented, 
 and returned with his army, while David went his way. 
 
 4. War again broke out between the Philistines and the 
 Israelites. Saul assembled an army and went forth to meet the 
 enemy. In the battle Saul was mortally wounded, and, 
 fearing he might fall into the hands of the Philistines, fell on 
 his own sword, and died. By his sinful death David was 
 freed from danger, but he rejoiced not; he only saw the vir- 
 tues and good qualities of the king. In this same battle Jon- 
 athan was also killed. When David heard of his friend's 
 death he wept bitterly, calling him brother, and comparing 
 his love for him to the love of a mother for her child. 
 
 END OF THE THIRD AGE. 
 
 AGE IV. 
 
 THE GRANDEUR OF THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL. 
 
 FROM DAVID TO THE DIVISION OF THE KINGDOM UNDER ROBOAM. 
 
 A.M. 2m] 50. — The Great and Pious King [a.c. losi. 
 
 David. 
 
 1. After SauPs death David was chosen king of Israel. He 
 established his residence at Jerusalem, and, by the number 
 of his armies and the brilliancy of his victories, was very re- 
 nowned amongst the neighboring nations. He had twelve 
 
 Questions to Chapter 49.^What is said of David's life ? How did David .show 
 his generosity ? How did Saul act ? How did Saul die ? Who else was killed ? 
 How did David take Jonathan's death ? 
 
THE GREAT AND PIOUS KING DAVID. 
 
 71 
 
 generals, each with an army of twenty-four thousand men 
 under him, and, over all, Abner was placed general-in-chief. 
 
 2. During his long and turbulent reign David carried on 
 many wars. In turn he subdued the Philistines, the Moab- 
 ites, the Syrians, the Edomites, and the Ammonites. By 
 his victories, immense treasures of gold and great quantities 
 of booty were brought to Jerusalem. When David died he 
 left a kingdom that extended from Egypt to the Euphrates. 
 In every respect this was the most brilliant period in the 
 history of Israel, as well for its victories abroad as for the 
 wisdom of its legislation at home. 
 
 3. David paid much attention to the administration of 
 justice. He chose wise men for his counsellors and upright 
 men to rule the people. He also appointed honest men to 
 guard the royal treasures and manage the crown lands. 
 Order was everywhere. 
 
 4. David, moreover, strove, as well by his own example as 
 by his influence, to cultivate and spread the worship of the 
 true God among his subjects. On Mount Sion he built a 
 
78 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 magnificent tent in whicli to place the Ark of the Covenant. 
 When all things were ready the Ark was carried thither with 
 great pomp and show. In the procession were all the princes 
 of the people, clad in purple robes, while the priests wore 
 their richest vestments. Three thousand armed men served 
 as a guard of honor, whilst the people attended in countless 
 numbers. 
 
 5. Those who marched before and those who immediately 
 surrounded the Ark played upon lutes and harps, and on 
 cymbals and trumpets. David himself walked before the 
 priests, playing on his harp, while at every few steps a bull 
 and heifer were offered in sacrifice to the Lord. 
 
 6. After this David divided the priests into twenty-four 
 classes, and each, in its turn, was commanded to serve before 
 the Lord. From amongst the Levites were chosen four thou- 
 sand singers, whose duty it was to chant, day by day, the 
 praises of God, and to play on all manner of musical instru-' 
 ments. 
 
 A.M. 2981.] 51. — The Revolt and Chastisement ia.c. low. 
 of Absalom. 
 
 1. David committed two grievous crimes : first, he persuaded 
 Bethsabee to sin with him, and then, to hide her shame, 
 caused Urias, her husband, to be murdered. But the Lord 
 sent the prophet Nathan to him, who fearlessly reproached 
 him with his crimes. David humbly acknowledged his faults 
 and confessed his sins against the Lord. At the sight of his 
 humiliation God pardoned him, but, as a punishment, sent 
 him many trials. 
 
 2. Of these the most severe was the revolt of his son Ab- 
 salom, tbe most beautiful man in Israel. Absalom began by 
 flattering the people and pandering to their prejudices. 
 When he thought himself strong enough he openly revolted. 
 
 OUESTIONS TO CHAPTER 50.-Who was chosen king ? What is said of him ? What 
 of his armies ' Who were subdued ? AVl.at was brought to Jerusalem ? What la 
 «aid of David's reign ? What was built on Mount Sion ? What was placed m it? 
 How were the priests divided ? W^h.'.t was the duty of the Levites ? 
 
THE REVOLT AND CHASTISEMENT OF ABSAL03I. 79 
 
 From all sides the people ran to his standard. When David 
 heard this he left Jerusalem, and, passing over the brook 
 Cedron, went, barefooted and his head uncovered, up the 
 Mount of Olives, weeping on the way. 
 
 3. A man from the house of Saul, named Semei, met David 
 as he fled, and, throwing stones at him, cursed him, calling 
 him a man of blood. Abisai, one of David's servants, wished 
 to kill Semei, but David forbade him, hoping God might 
 perhaps turn his curses into blessings. 
 
 4. In the mean time Absalom pursued his father beyond the 
 Jordan; the two armies met, and Absalom was defeated. 
 While he fled, mounted on a mule, Absalom passed under a 
 large oak-tree, in the branches of which his hair became 
 entangled, and, the mule passing on, he was left hanging by 
 the hair. AVhen Joab, one of the king's generals, heard this, 
 he ran and thrust three spears into the ungrateful heart of 
 Absalom. He threw the body into a deep pit, and cast upon 
 it a great heap of stones. 
 
80 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 5. AVhen David heard of his son^s death he was greatly 
 afflicted, and, weeping, cried out, " My son Absalom, would 
 to God I had died in your stead, Absalom, my son Absalom." 
 After this David returned to Jerusalem, accompanied by 
 his army and a great multitude of people who came forth to 
 meet him. 
 
 :^^^|P^, ^^^ J^^ 
 
 •'--^- ^^ p ^ 
 
 6. David is a figure of Jesus Christ — in his ^family residence, Bethle- 
 hem ; in the obscurity of liis youth ; in his victory over Goliath ; in his 
 sorrow when he passed over the brook Cedron ; by his ascent of the 
 Mount of Olives ; in his generosity to his persecutors ; and, finally, in 
 his triumphal entry into Jerusalem. 
 
 7. As David had to contend against two enemies, Saul and Absalom, 
 so have two enemies risen against Christ and His Church— the first, 
 Judaism, which the Church replaced ; the second, heresy, which has so 
 often risen against the Catholic Church, and, by flatterin'g the passions 
 of men, succeeded in blinding the multitude and leading them astray. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 51.— Whom did God send to David ? What did David do ? 
 What great punishment did God send ? Who cursed David ? WTiat happened fco 
 Absalom ? Where did David go ? Of vrhom is David a figure ? How ? 
 
THE WISDOM OF SOLOMON". 81 
 
 AM. 2986] 52.— The Last Days of David. [a.c.iou. 
 
 1. David reigned over Israel from his thirtieth to seven- 
 tieth year. When he saw his end approaching he called 
 together the princes and principal men of the nation, and 
 told them how he had intended to build a Temple to the 
 Lord ; how he had gathered together gold and silver, brass 
 and iron, and Avood and stone, but that God had forbidden 
 him, as he was a man of blood and of many wars. God, 
 however, w^ould allow his son Solomon to build the Temple. 
 
 2. Then David gave Solomon minute directions as to its 
 construction, and warned him that it was not a house for 
 man he was building, but a dwelling-place for the Lord. 
 David, besides, told Solomon never to forsake the Lord, but 
 to serve Him with a docile heart ; and, further, to remember 
 that, in the day he forsook God, God would forsake him. 
 
 David died, and was buried on Mount Sion, and Solomon, 
 his son, succeeded him. 
 
 A.M. 2989] 5o. — The Wisdom of Solomon. [A.c.ion. 
 
 1, In the beginning ot his reign Solomon loved the Lord, 
 and walked in his fathers footsteps. One night the Lord 
 aj)peared to him, and bade him ask what he would. Solomon 
 asked for wisdom, that he might rule with justice. When 
 the Lord heard this He was much pleased, and gave Solomon 
 not only the wisdom he had asked for, but also riches and 
 honors and a long life. 
 
 2. Besides, God gave him a true knowledge of all things 
 in nature^ so that he understood the admirable order of 
 creation, the power of the elements, the course of the seasons, 
 the position of the stars, the instincts of animals, and the 
 thoughts of men, together with a knowledge of the diversity 
 of plants, and the medicinal virtues of their roots. All 
 nature was open to his mind, whence it came to pass that the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 52.— How long did David rei.s^n ? What did he say about 
 the Temple ? Wh&t did he say to Solomon ? 
 
82 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 wise men of the world and the princes of nations stood in 
 admiration at the wisdom of Solomoi). 
 
 3. One day two women came to him demanding judgment 
 in their case. The first said : " This woman and myself live 
 together in one house. We have each had a child. During 
 the night her son died. When she discovered this she rose, 
 whilst I slept, and took my son from my side, and laid her 
 dead son in his place. In the morning I saw the dead child, 
 but, on a closer examination, I discovered it was not mine." 
 
 4. In answer to this the other said, " Surely your son is 
 dead, and mine lives." But the first answered, " It is not 
 so." Thus the two women disputed before the king. Then 
 Solomon ordered a sword to be brought and the living child 
 to be divided, and half to be given to one, and half to the 
 other. When the mother of the child heard this she was 
 filled with dismay and overwhelmed with agony. Torn with 
 a mother's love for her child, she cried out to the king, 
 " My lord, dve her the child alive; do not kill it." But the 
 other said, "Let it be divided." 
 
 5. Then Solomon ordered the living child to be given to 
 
THE BUILDING AND DEDICATION OF THE TEMPLE. 8^ 
 
 the first: "for," said he, " she is the mother." Soon this 
 judgment was known in all the land of Israel, and the people 
 were filled with admiration for Solomon, because they sa"' 
 the Spirit of God was in him. 
 
 A.M. 2992.1 54. — The Building and Dedication [a.c.ioo8. 
 of the Temple of Jerusalem. 
 
 1. In the fourth year of his reign Solomon began to build, 
 on Mount Moria, in Jerusalem, a Temple to the Lord. Dur- 
 ing its construction seventy thousand men were employed to 
 cut and bring the wood that was needed, while eighty thou- 
 sand more were engaged in quarrying and dressing the stone. 
 Besides these, thirty-six hundred overseers were needed to 
 see that all was done according as it had been planned. Ten 
 thousand Israelites were sent to cut down cedars and pine- 
 trees on the mountains of Libanus. 
 
 2. The building itself was of vast and magnificent propor- 
 tions. Its length was sixty cubits, its height thirty, and its 
 breadth twenty cubits. Besides this there were added porti- 
 cos that ran round the main building, and also courts for 
 the use of the priests and the people. The interior was lined 
 with cedar, and ornamented with carvings representing 
 cherubim, palm-trees, and all kinds of flowers. Everything 
 needed in the Temple for the worship of God was of the 
 purest gold, among which are enumerated ten tables, a large 
 number of candlesticks, and a hundred chalices. 
 
 3. At the end of seven years the Temple was finished, when 
 the princes and ancients of the people assembled together, 
 and carried the Ark from Mount Sion to the sanctuary pre- 
 pared for it. The people walked before, while the Levites 
 played upon cymbals and harps, and a hundred priests 
 sounded their trumpets, and all the multitude sang, " Praise 
 to the Lord, because He is good ; and His mercy endureth 
 
 Questions to Chapter 53.— What is said of Solomon ? What did God give him ? 
 What else besides wisdom ? What is said of the two women ? What was Solomon's 
 decision ? 
 
M HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 forev^er." On the way an innumerable number of oxen and 
 fiheep were offered in sacrifice. 
 
 4. Wken the Ark was placed within the sanctuary, a cloud 
 filled the Temple, and the multitude fell upon their knees. 
 Solomon, lifting up his hands towards heaven, said : " Lord, 
 the Grod ol Israel ! nothing can be compared to Thee ; nor 
 €an the heavens contain Thee, much less this house : never- 
 theless I have built it, that here Thou mayest listen to the 
 prayers of the people, and mayest be merciful to them/' 
 
 5. Whilst Solomon was yet praying and the people were 
 round about adoring, fire came down from heaven and con- 
 sumed the sacrifices. God again appeared to Solomon, and 
 told him his prayer was heard; and this Temple he had built 
 should ever be a place where the prayers of those who came 
 to offer their vows would be heard. 
 
 AM. 3023] 55^ — The Magnificence of Solomon, [a.c. 977. 
 — His End. 
 
 1. For the first twenty years of his reign Solomon walked 
 in the footsteps of his father David. His name and his 
 greatness were known throughout the world. Nations paid 
 him tribute, and his vessels whitened the seas from India to 
 Spain, carrying gold and ebony and precious stones to his 
 capital. 
 
 2. In this general prosperity many cities were built through 
 the land, and Jerusalem rose to the highest splendor and 
 magnificence. Solomon built a palace of untold wealth; his 
 throne was of ivory, overlaid with gold, while within the 
 palace hung fifty massive bucklers of the same precious 
 metal. 
 
 3. The vessels, the chalices, the utensils, and everything 
 necessary for the service of the Lord, were of the purest gold. 
 The people lived in peace, and neighboring nations sought 
 
 Questions to Chapter 54.— What did Solomon build ? How many men were en- 
 gaged upon it ? Describe the Temple and the things needed for the worship of 
 God. Describe the dedication. What happened when the Ark was placed in the 
 sanctuary ? What did God promise Solomon ? 
 
THE DIVISION OF THE KINGDOM. 85 
 
 Solomon's friendship. Even the Queen of Saba, dazzled by the 
 splendor of his fame, came to visit him, that she might for 
 herself see his magnificence and prove his wisdom. These 
 were the days of Israel's glory. 
 
 4. But Solomon did not end his reign as he began it. 
 AVlien he grew old he was led away from God by the blan- 
 dishments of pagan women; his heart became corrupted, and 
 he fell into idolatry; nay, to please his women, he built a. 
 temple for their idols. When the Lord saw this He became 
 exceedingly angry, and told Solomon that, for his sins, the 
 kingdorri would be divided and given to another: ''yet,'' said 
 the Lord, "for the love I bore thy father David, I will leave- 
 two tribes to thy son." 
 
 5. Hurried on by his passion, and blinded by his sins, Solo- 
 mon fell from his greatness. He oppressed his subjects, and 
 scandalized his people, until discontent and revolt showed 
 themselves everywhere. Amid general gloom, Solomon, the 
 wisest of men, died — a sad example of the weakness and 
 fickleness of man and the vanity of life. 
 
 AM. S029.] 56o — The Division of the Kingdom, lac. 97i_ 
 
 1. After the death of Solomon the people came to his son 
 Roboam, and asked him to lighten a little the burden which 
 his father had imposed upon them. Roboam bade them 
 return in three days. In the mean time he consulted the old 
 men, who recommended mercy and kindness; and then the 
 young men, who advised harshness. Following the advice 
 of the young men, Roboam said to the people, on the third 
 day: " My father put a heavy yoke upon you; I will make it 
 heavier. My father beat you with whips; I will chastise you 
 with scorpions." 
 
 2. When the people heard this they became very angry 
 and stoned Aduran, the king's messenger, and, choosing" 
 
 Questions to Chapter 55 —What is said of the first years of Solomon's rei^n ? 
 Describe Solomon's magnificence. What is said of the ornaments and vessels of 
 the Temple ? Who came to see Solomon ? How did Solomon end his days ? 
 
S6 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 Jeroboam, one of Solomon's servants, made him king over 
 ten tribes. The two tribes of Jiida and Benjamin adhered to 
 Roboam. 
 
 Thus, according as God had foretold Solomon, were the 
 Jewish people divided into two kingdoms — Israel and Jnda. 
 Jerusalem remained the cajDital of Juda, while Samaria, at a 
 later period, became the capital of Israel. 
 
 3. This sinful separatiou of the ten tribes from their harsh yet lawful 
 king is a figure of so many who, by heresy and sin, separate themselves 
 from the Catholic Church, God's true representative upon earth. 
 
 Jerusalem represented truth ; Samaria, heresy. At the former was 
 the Temple, where alone sacrifice pleasing to God could be offered. 
 There was the Ark of the Covenant, and there alone was the priesthood 
 that God had established. 
 
 4. The separated tribes, from which was formed the kingdom of 
 Israel, were by far more numerous than the two that remained faithful. 
 This mattered not. As with heresy, so with them ; in a few years they 
 entirely disappeared from history, leaving but a name behind them. 
 
 5. To the two tribes God showed mercy, for from them came the 
 Saviour of the world. So shall it be with the Catholic Church : she 
 has seen the rise and fall of all forms of heresies, many of which, for a 
 time, seemed to threaten her existence ; but they have passed away, 
 while she remains, as she will remain to the end. 
 
 END OF THE FOURTH AGE. 
 
 'Questions to Chapter 56.— How did Roboam treat the people ? What happened? 
 What was Jeroboam made ? Who adhered to Roboam ? Into what were the Jews 
 divided ? What were the capitals of the two nations ? W^hat is said of the king:- 
 dom of Israel and of the kingdom of Juda ? What is said of the Catholic Church 
 and hei'esy ? 
 
A GENERAL VIEW. Hi 
 
 AGE V 
 DECLINE OF THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL 
 
 FROM RDBOAM TO JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 PART FIRST. 
 
 THE KINGDOM OF ISRAEL TO ITS DESTRUCTION 
 BY THE KINGS OF ASSYRIA. 
 
 57.— A General View. 
 
 1. Soon after their separation from the Kingdom of Juda 
 the people of Israel fell into idolatry. It happened thus: 
 Jeroboam said to himself, "If my people go up to Jerusalem 
 to offer sacrifice, as the law commands, they will soon return 
 to Roboam and abandon me." So he made two calves of gold, 
 and, setting them uji, said to the people, " Go not up to 
 Jerusalem, for your gods are here." The people obeyed him 
 and adored the idols. 
 
 2. During his whole reign Roboam made war upon Jero- 
 boam ; nor was peace ever permanently established between 
 the two kingdoms. So bitter became the strife that fre- 
 quently the stranger and the pagan were called in to help the 
 weaker side. 
 
 For two hundred and fifty-three years Israel, whose capital 
 was at Samaria, maintained a separate existence. During 
 this time Israel had nineteen kings, most of whom came to 
 the throne by violence or by the murder of their predecessors. 
 Disorder, vice, idolatry, reigned supreme. 
 
 3. To punish the kings and correct the people, and that He 
 might leave them no shadow of excuse for their wickedness, 
 God, from time to time, raised up saintly men Qdlledi prophets. 
 These prophets preached and wrought miracles, both in the 
 kingdom of Israel and in the kingdom of Juda. 
 
 4. God did everything to save His chosen people ; at one 
 time humbling them by the hands of their enemies, at an- 
 
88 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 other cheering them on with the promises of the Redeemer. 
 But they were a perverse and stiff-necked people, nor would 
 they obey. Hence God could say to them, in all justice : 
 " Israel ! thy destruction is from thyself." 
 
 A.M. 3092.1 58. — God sends the Prophet Elias. lA.c.m, 
 
 1. Achab was one of the most wicked of all the kings that 
 ruled over Israel. In concert with his pagan wife Jezabel 
 he built a temple to the god Baal. He appointed four hun- 
 dred and fifty priests to serve this false god, whilst at the 
 same time he put to death all the priests of the true God he 
 could find in his kingdom. 
 
 2. When God saw the wickedness of this king, He sent 
 Elias the prophet to him to tell him no rain should fall in 
 Israel. When Achab heard this he became exceedingly 
 angry, and secretly sought to put Elias to death. But God 
 bade the prophet go to the torrent of Carith, where the 
 ravens would feed him. 
 
 3. Elias did as he was commanded, and night and morning 
 
 Questions to Chapter 57.— How did the people of Israel fall into idolatry ? What 
 did Roboam do against Jeroboam ? How long did the kingdom of Israel last f 
 What was its character ? Who were the propliets ? What did they do ? 
 
ELIAS AND THE PRIESTS OF BAAL. 89 
 
 the ravens brought him bread and flesh, and he drank from 
 the torrent. In time the torrent also dried up, when the 
 Lord told Elias to go to Serepta, in the land of the Sido- 
 nians, where a widow would feed him. 
 
 4. Elias went, and, as he was entering the city, he met the 
 widow, from whom he asked a little water to drink. When 
 she went to bring it Elias called after her to bring him also 
 a little morsel of bread. But she answered, " I have but a 
 handful of meal and a little oil in a cruse. I am gathering a 
 few sticks wherewith to cook it for myself and my son, that 
 we may eat it and die." 
 
 5. Elias bade her fear not, but to make a cake for him, 
 and then to make one for herself and son : " For her meal 
 would not fail, nor her oil diminish, until rain would fall 
 upon the earth." The women did as he commanded her, and 
 her meal failed not, nor did her oil diminish. 
 
 6. Some time afterwards the widow's son died, and at the 
 prayer of Elias the child was restored to life. When the 
 woman saw what was done she said to Elias: " Now I know 
 you are a man of God." 
 
 A.M. 3096] 59.— Elias and the Priests of Baal. [A.c.m. 
 
 1. For three years and six months no rain fell in Israel. 
 Again Elias presented himself to Achab, who with much 
 anger chid him for the distress that was then in the country. 
 But Elias answered him that he had not plunged Israel into 
 its present trouble, but the king himself by his sins and his 
 idolatries. 
 
 2. Then Elias bade the king assemble all Israel upon 
 Mount Carmel, and also the four hundred and fifty priests of 
 Baal. Achab did so, and went himself to the mountain. 
 When they were all assembled Elias made the following 
 proposition : " I am alone," said he ; "the priests of Baal 
 
 Questions to Chapter 58— WTiat is said of Achab ? What did he build ? Who 
 came to him ? Where did Elias go ? How was he fed ? Where did God send him ? 
 Tell what happened to the widow of Serepta ? 
 
90 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 tire four hundred and fifty : let two bullocks be given us ; 
 let them choose one and I will choose the other; let them 
 kill their bullock and I will kill mine ; and let each of us 
 lay our bullock upon wood, but put no fire under it ; then 
 let them call upon their gods and I will call upon my God ; 
 and let the God that shall answer by fire be God." The 
 proposition pleased the people. 
 
 n. The priests of Baal prepared themselves with great 
 solemnity, and, when they had dressed their bullock, laid it 
 on the altar. Erom morning till noon they called upon Baal, 
 but he heard them not. 
 
 ThenElias be^an to laugh at them, bidding them : " Cry 
 louder ; perhaps Baal was asleep ; or maybe entertaining 
 himself with a friend ; or perhaps he might be on a journey 
 and away from home." They continued to cry all the 
 louder, but no Baal spoke. 
 
 4. Elias built an altar also, and dressing his bullock laid 
 it on it. He dug a trench round about the altar and filled 
 it with water ; he also poured water on the wood. Then he 
 
THE VINEYARD OF NABOTH. 91 
 
 called upon the Lord to show His power, that the people 
 might be converted. 
 
 5. While Elias was yet praying fire came down from 
 heaven and consumed the holocaust, as also the wood and 
 the stones of the altar — nay, the very water in the trench. 
 When the people saw this they fell on their faces and cried 
 out : " The Lord, He is God; the Lord, He is the true God! " 
 
 Then the priests of Baal were slain, and shortly after rain 
 fell in great abundance. 
 
 60.— The Vineyard of Naboth. 
 
 1. A man named Naboth had a vineyard near the palace 
 of King Achab. The king wished to buy it, but Naboth 
 would not sell it: so Achab became very angry. When Jeza- 
 bel, the queen, heard what had happened, she sent for false 
 witnesses, who accused Naboth "of having blasphemed 
 against God and the king." Naboth was stoned to death, 
 and Achab took the vineyard. 
 
 2. By the command of God, Elias came to Achab and told 
 him because he had done this wicked thing, and unjustly 
 taken the vineyard of Naboth, the dogs would lick his blood 
 and eat the flesh of Jezabel. 
 
 This prophecy was fulfilled to the letter. Three years 
 after, Achab was mortally wounded in battle, and the dogs 
 licked his blood ; and some time after that, during the reign 
 of Jehu, Jezabel, by the king's orders, was thrown from 
 a window and trampled to death under the horses' feet. 
 When, some hours afterwards, her friends came to seek for 
 the body, it was found torn to pieces by the dogs. 
 
 QUESTION'S TO Chapter 59. -For how long: did no rain fall ? What proposal did 
 Ehas make ? How did the priests of Baal act ? What did Elias do ? What was the 
 result ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 60— What is said of Naboth's vineyard ? How did Achab 
 get it ? What did Elias tell Achab ? How was this prophecy fulfilled ? 
 
92 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 61.— The Prophet Eliseus. 
 
 1. By Grod's command Elias chose Eliseus for his suc- 
 cessor. When the time drew near that Elias should go to 
 God he strove to escape from Eliseus, but he could not; 
 and, while they were walking together, Elias was parted from 
 Eliseus by a fiery chariot and carried up into heaven by a 
 whirlwind. The mantle of Elias fell upon Eliseus, and he 
 was filled with the spirit and miraculous powers of his master. 
 
 2. One day Eliseus was insulted by some rude boys, who 
 mockingly called him " Bald-head." The prophet threatened 
 them in the name of the Lord, and at the same instant two 
 bears came from the woods and tore forty of these wicked 
 boys to pieces. 
 
 3. On another occasion, Naaman, a distinguished Syrian 
 general, came to Eliseus to be cured of leprosy. When he 
 came to the house where Eliseus was, the prophet sent him 
 word by his servant to go and wash seven times in the Jordan, 
 and he would be clean. Naaman became exceedingly angry, 
 because he thought he had been slighted by the prophet. 
 
 4. However, at the earnest advice of his servants, Naaman 
 
THE PROPHET ELISEUS. 
 
 93 
 
 went, and, bathing seven times in the Jordan, was cured. 
 When Naaman saw what was done he returned to Eliseus, 
 and acknowledged there was no God but the God of Israel. 
 Then he besought the prophet to take a gift, but he would 
 not. 
 
 5. When Naaman was gone, Giezi, Eliseus' servant, ran 
 after him and told him that two sons of the prophet's had 
 just called upon his master, and he had been sent for a talent 
 of silver and two changes of garments. Naaman gave him 
 two talents of silver, and Giezi returned to his master. 
 
 6. When Eliseus saw him he asked where he had been. 
 But Giezi denied he had been anywhere. Eliseus became 
 indignant at the lie, and said to him : " My spirit was 
 with you when the man turned back from his chariot to 
 meet you. Even now you have the silver and garments that 
 were given you. As a punishment for your sin the leprosy 
 of Naaman shall stick to you forever." And Giezi went out 
 a leper, white as snow. 
 
 • 7. After working many miracles, Eliseus died and was 
 buried. Some time after his death a man died, and his 
 friends came to bury him near the grave of Eliseus. But 
 
94 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 suddenly a band of robbers coming upon them, they threw 
 the dead man into the grave where the body of Eliseus lay. 
 Scarce had the dead man touched the bones of Eliseus when 
 he came to life and stood upon his feet. 
 
 This fact proves that even among the Jews God wrought miracles by 
 the relics of His saints. 
 
 A.M. 3197] 6*^. — Jonas the Prophet. [a.c.sos. 
 
 1. After the death of Eliseus God chose Jonas for His 
 prophet. One day God bade him go to Ninive and preach 
 penance, for the sins of the people had become very great. 
 
 Ninive was the capital of Assyria, and Jonas wished it to 
 perish. Hence he fled to the sea, and embarked aboard a 
 vessel going to Tharsis, thinking he would thus flee from the 
 Lord. 
 
 2. When the ship had pushed out from the land God 
 sent a violent storm, so that the vessel was in danger of being 
 lost. They cast lots to see who was the cause of the evil, 
 and the lot fell upon Jonas. Then he told them what he 
 
 Questions to Chapter 61.— Who succeeded Elias ? How did Elias go up to 
 heaven ? What fell upon Eliseus? What happened to the rude bojs ? Tell Ihe 
 stoi-y of Naaman. What happened to Giezi ? What happened to the dead man ? 
 
JONAS THE PROPHET. 95 
 
 iiad done, and advised them to cast him into the sea. The 
 sailors cast him overboard, and immediately the sea became 
 calm. 
 
 3. The Lord had prepared a great fish — a whale — which 
 swallowed up Jonas. For three days and three nights the 
 prophet was in the whale's belly. Then he prayed to the 
 Lord for help. God heard him, and on the third day the 
 fish vomited him out on dry land. 
 
 4. Jonas was a figure of Jesus Christ. Jonas was cast into the sea 
 tliat, by the loss of one, the crew might be saved. By the sacrifice of 
 Christ the world was redeemed. Jonas was three days in the whales 
 belly; Christ was three days in the tomb. 
 
 5. God said to Jonas a second time: " Go into Ninive and 
 cry, * Yet forty days, and Ninive shall be destroyed,' " When 
 the people heard these words they believed in God, and, 
 fasting, clothed themselves in sackcloth and ashes. Even 
 the king shared in the general penance, and by proclama- 
 tion commanded every one to abandon his sins, that perhaps 
 God would spare the city. When God saw the sincerity of 
 their repentance, He heard the prayer of the people and did 
 not destroy the city. 
 
 6. Jonas, fearing he might be considered a false prophet, 
 was displeased, and, going, built for himself a booth, outside 
 the walls of the city. During the night the Lord caused an 
 ivy to grow up, that it might shade the prophet from the 
 heat of the sun. Jonas was much pleased; but in the follow- 
 ing night God prepared a worm to strike the ivy, and it 
 withered. 
 
 7. Then there came a hot, burning wind, while the rays of 
 the sun beat upon the head of the prophet. Scorched by the 
 heat, discouraged and dejected, Jonas w^ished to die. But 
 the Lord said to Him : " You are grieved and dejected for 
 the loss of a miserable ivy that you neither planted nor made 
 to grow: should I not spare Ninive, a great city, in which 
 there are more than a hundred and twenty thousand mon ? " 
 
 Questions to Chapter 62.— Where was Jonas sent? What happened to him ? 
 IIow long was Jonas in the whale's belly ? How was Jonas a figure of Jesus Christ ? 
 What did the people of Niuive do ? How did Jonas act ? W'hat did Jonas build ? 
 What is said of the ivy ? What became of Ninive ? 
 
iJ6 HISTORl OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 A.M. 3278.; 63. — The End of the Kingdom [A.c.722. 
 
 of Israel. 
 
 1. Ninive, an idolatrous city, did penance, and found 
 grace with God; but Israel became daily more and more 
 wicked. She set God at defiance, and despised His prophets, 
 until, weary with her crimes. He resolved on her destruc- 
 tion. 
 
 2. Suddenly and unexpectedly, Salmanasar, King of As- 
 syria, came with a powerful army, and laid siege to Samaria, 
 the capital of Israel. After three years he took the city, and 
 led the greater portion of the inhabitants captives into As- 
 syria, while those who remained became mixed with the 
 neighboring nations. 
 
 3. The religion of the Samaritans was a compound of 
 Judaism and paganism^ The people of Judea hated the 
 Samaritans, both because of their religion and because of 
 their revolt. Hence, Our Savior was called a Samaritan, 
 because the Jews thought they could call a man no worse 
 name. 
 
 Those who were led away into captivity never returned, 
 but, becomijig mixed with the people of Assyria and the sur- 
 rounding nations, were lost to history, and perished as a 
 people. Not a trace of the ten tribes remains to-day. 
 
 A.M. 3286.] 64. — The Old Tobias. ia c. 7u. 
 
 1. Among those who were led into captivity by Salmanasar 
 was a God-fearing man, named Tobias. From his youth he 
 had avoided the society of the wicked and kept the com- 
 mandments. He sj)ent much of his time in consoling his 
 fellow-captives, and by his charities helping to relieve their 
 wants. To feed the hungry, to clothe the naked, and in the 
 night to bury the dead was his usual care. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 63.— Who destroyed Israel ? How ? What became of the 
 people ? What was the religion of the Samaritans ? Why was Chrisi called a 
 Samaritan ? 
 
THE COUNSELS OF TOBIaS TO HIS SON. 97 
 
 2. One day, wearied and exhausted with burying the dead,, 
 he returned to his house, and, lying down by the wall, fell 
 asleep. Whilst he slept the hot dung from a swallow^s nest 
 fell into his eyes, and he lost his sight. Tobias bore his 
 affliction without murmur, and strove to purify himself by 
 his trials. 
 
 3. Tobias being rendered helpless by the loss of his sight, 
 his wife Anna w^ent out every day to weave, that she might 
 help to support him. One day she received, over and above 
 her wages, a little kid. When Tobias heard it bleating he 
 began to fear lest it might have been gotten dishonestly, and 
 not until he had been assured that it was a gift would he 
 touch it. 
 
 65. — The Counsels of Tobias to his Son. 
 
 1. After Tobias had been proved in many tribulations he 
 thought he was going to die, so he called his son to him, that 
 he might give him some advice. 
 
 " When I die," said he, " fail not to bury me. Honor thy 
 mother, nor forget what she suffered for thee. When she 
 dies bury her by my side. Fear God and never sin; keep 
 pride from your heart, and seek the counsel of the wise man. 
 
 2. " Do to another what you would wish him to do to you. 
 Give alms according to your means : if you have much, give 
 much; if little, gi^e little: but give with a good heart. We 
 are poor, it is true; but, if we fear God and avoid sin, w^e 
 will receive much.'* 
 
 When the young Tobias heard his good old father speaking 
 in this manner he fell upon his neck, and, weeping, promised 
 to do all he had commanded. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 64.— What is said of Tobias ? What did he do ? How did 
 Tobias lose his sight ? What is said about the kid ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 65.— What counsels did Tobias give his sod ? How did 
 the young Tobias act ? 
 
98 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 A.M. 3300.7 66.— The Journey of the Young 
 
 Tobias. 
 
 lA.C. 700. 
 
 1. After this advice, Tobias wished to send his son to a dis- 
 tant city, called Rages, to collect a debt. Before he started 
 the old man was very anxious to select for him a suitable 
 companion — one who also knew the way. The young Tobias 
 went out to seek one, and he found a beautiful young man 
 standing girded and ready for the road. It was the Angel 
 Raphael, but Tobias knew it not. 
 
 2. Tobias asked the stranger if he knew the road to Rages. 
 He answered, "Yes.'' Then he led him into the house, when 
 the angel promised to lead the younger Tobias to Rages and 
 back again. Tobias blessed them, and they departed. 
 
 3. At the end of the first day's journey they came to the 
 River Tigris. When Tobias wished to wash his feet a mon- 
 strous fish ro^ up to devour him. The angel bade him fear 
 not, but seize the fish and draw it out. Tobias did so. 
 Then, according to the directions of the angel, he took out 
 the heart and the gall and the liver, and put them away to 
 
THE RETURN OF TOBIAS. 99 
 
 be used for medicine. They then roasted as much of the fish 
 as they could eat; the rest they salted and took with them. 
 
 4. When they drew near to a certain city the angel told 
 Tobias that there lived there a man named Raguel, a near 
 relation; that, moreover, he had a daughter named Sara, 
 whom he must ask in marriage. When Raguel saw him and 
 heard who he was, he was exceedingly glad, and readily gave 
 him his daughter. Tobias remained with his father-in-law 
 during the rejoicings for his marriage, but Raphael went on 
 to Rages and received the money for which they had come. 
 
 67.— The Return of Tobias. 
 
 1. When Tobias had been with Raguel for some time he 
 thought of returning home, lest his father might be uneasy at 
 his delay. At first Raguel strove to persuade him to remain; 
 but when he saw the young man resolved to go he divided 
 his property, and gave him half as a marriage gift, and, 
 blessing him and his daughter, dismissed them. 
 
 2. After they had come some distance on the way, Raphael 
 and Tobias, leaving Sara and the company to follow, went 
 on before. By the advice of the angel, Tobias took with him 
 the gall of the fish, which he had preserved. 
 
 Meanwhile the parents of Tobias became very anxious at 
 the long delay of their son. His mother wept unceasingly, 
 and every day went to the top of a neighboring hill, from 
 which she could see a great way off. 
 
 3. At length she saw him in the distance and recognized 
 him at once. Then she ran back and told her husband that 
 their son was coming. The old man, led by the hand, has- 
 tened to meet his son, and, kissing him, they both wept for 
 joy. In the mean time the dog that had accompanied the 
 younger Tobias on his journey ran on before, wagging his 
 tail and jumping with delight. 
 
 4. When they had all thanked God for His mercies, Tobias 
 
 Questions to Chapter 66.— Tell the history of Raphael. What is said about the 
 fish ? What is said of Raguel ? 
 
100 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 anointed his father's eyes with the gall of the fish which he 
 had brought with him, and immediately the old man re- 
 covered his sight. Falling on his knees, he praised God — 
 as well because He had afflicted him with blindness as now 
 because He had cured him. 
 
 Seven days after this, Sara arrived, and, with her, the ser- 
 vants, the flocks, and the camels her father had given her, 
 besides the money which Gabelus had paid. A great feast 
 was made, and they gave themselves up to rejoicing. 
 
 5. When the days of the feast were finished Tobias asked 
 his father what reward they would give the young man that 
 had accompanied him, or what recompense could be sufficient 
 for all he had done for them. After consulting they called 
 the angel and offered him half of all they possessed, but he 
 refused. Then he bade them rejoice and give thanks to God, 
 for His mercies to them, to pray and to fast, and to fear not; 
 " for," said he, " I am Eaphael, one of the angels that stand 
 before God, and have been sent by the Lord to heal you." 
 
 6. When they heard this they were much troubled, and 
 fell with their faces to the ground. But the angel said to 
 them: "Fear not; it was God's will I should be with you; 
 bless Him and sing His praise." Then he, disappeared, but 
 they continued to praise God and to publish all His wonders. 
 At a good old age they were both gathered to their fathers, 
 full of grace before God and men. 
 
 PART SECOND. 
 
 THE KINGDOM OF JUDA FROM THE YEAR 975 TO 
 THE BIRTH OF JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 A.M. 3025.] 68. — A Summary of the Principal [A.c.975. 
 
 Events. 
 
 1. From the death of King Eoboam to the year 588 before 
 Christ, eighteen princes of the house of David successively 
 
 Questions to Chapter 67.— What did Raguel divide ? What is said of the meet- 
 ing of the old and young Tobias ? How did Tobias recover his sight ? What is 
 said of Sara ? What was offered to Raphael ? What did he say ? 
 
THE KINGS OF JUDA FROM ROBOAM TO EZECHIAS. 101 
 
 governed Juda. Some of them were men of wisdom, who, 
 fearing God, listened to the prophets that were sent to them; 
 but many of them were wicked and perverse, who gave them- 
 selves up to idolatry and led the people into sin. 
 
 2. To punish these latter, in the year 606 God permitted 
 Jerusalem to be taken by the Babylonians, and the principal 
 men among the Jews to be led into captivity. Eighteen 
 years afterwards — that is, in the year 588 before Christ — the 
 entire population of Juda was carried into Babylon, and the 
 kingdom of Juda destroyed. 
 
 3. For seventy years the Jews remained captives in Baby- 
 lon, until they learned to humble themselves and acknowl- 
 edge their sins. During their captivity their faith was 
 strengthened by the words of the prophets, and by their 
 piety they edified their conquerors, and spread amongst them 
 a knowledge of the Reedemer. 
 
 4. At the end of seventy years— 536 before Christ— God 
 led the Jews back to their own country. They immediately 
 rebuilt Jerusalem and the Temple, and for two hundred years 
 lived in peace and contentment. 
 
 After the death of Alexander the Great — 323 years before 
 Christ — they were again persecuted by different nations, until 
 Herod, a stranger, ascended the throne of David. Then, 
 according to the prophecy of Jacob, the time was come when 
 Christ should be born. 
 
 C9. — The Kings of Juda from Roboam to Ezechias. 
 
 1. Abia, a brave but wicked prince, succeeded his father, 
 Roboam, on the throne of Juda. In turn he was succeeded 
 by x\sa, who, in the beginning, ruled with justice, and by his 
 many brilliant victories added to the glory of Juda, but at 
 last ended in forgetting God. 
 
 2. Josaphat, who succeeded him, was better than any of 
 his three predecessors. He abolished idolatry, and appointed 
 
 Questions to Chapter 68.— What is said of David's successors ? When were the 
 Jews carried into Babylon ? How long did they remain in captivity ? When did 
 the Jews return ? W^hat was rebuilt ? 
 
102 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 God-fearing men to judge the people and teach them the law 
 of God. For his piety, God gave him the victory over his 
 enemies. 
 
 3. Josaphat was succeeded by his son Joram, a cruel and 
 idolatrous prince, who, in turn, was succeeded by Ochozias, 
 as wicked as his predecessor. Ochozias was succeeded by his 
 wife, Athalia, who, for seven years, committed all kinds of 
 abominations in Juda. 
 
 She murdered all the children of the royal family, Joas, 
 the grandson of Ochozias, excepted, who was hidden .by 
 Joiada, the high priest. He afterwards ascended the throne, 
 and, during the lifetime of Joiada, was a virtuous and pious 
 prince, but after the death of the high priest, like so many 
 of his predecessors, fell into idolatry. 
 
 4. Amasias, Ozias, and Joatham successively reigned in 
 Juda. In some respects they were better than their prede- 
 cessors; yet they often fell into idolatry. 
 
 Once Ozias wished to usurp the duties of the priesthood, 
 and, entering into the Temple, insisted upon burning incense 
 before the Lord. The priest boldly resisted him, and ordered 
 him to leave the sanctuary. 
 
 5. Ozias became exceedingly angry, and threatened to 
 strike the priest with the censer he held in his hand. On 
 the instant he was struck by the hand of God, and covered 
 with a leprosy that never left him. Until the day of his 
 death, Ozias remained a public example of how God punishes 
 the presumption of a layman who assumes the duties of a 
 priest. 
 
 A.M. 3301.] '70. — The Pious King Ezechias. lac. egg. 
 
 1. The noble and pious Ezechias ascended the throne of 
 Juda after the death of Achaz, the wicked and idolatrous son 
 of Joatham. Like David, he was a man according to God's 
 own heart. He purified the Temple and abolished idolatry. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 69.— What is said of the successors of Roboam ? What is 
 said of Ozias ? 
 
KINGS PRECEDING THE BABYLONISH CAPTIVITY. 10*d 
 
 for which God blessed him, and Juda rose in power and in- 
 fluence. 
 
 2. During his reign, Sennacherib, the King of Assyria,, 
 laid siege to Jerusalem, but Ezechias feared not. While the 
 Assyrians lay round about the city, Ezechias went to the 
 Temple and prayed to the Lord. He also sent the priests,, 
 clad in their robes of mourning, to Isaias the prophet, beg- 
 ging him also to pray in their behalf. The Lord heard his 
 prayer, and in the night sent His angel into the camp of the 
 Assyrians, and there were slain ere the morning a hundred 
 and eighty thousand of the enemy. The rest perished in 
 their flight. 
 
 3. iVbout this time Ezechias fell seriously ill, and the 
 prophet Isaias came to him and warned him to arrange his 
 affairs, for he was about to die. When the kiug heard this 
 he became greatly alarmed, and, turning his face to the 
 Temple, prayed earnestly to the Lord. His prayer was heard, 
 and fifteen years were added to his life. His reign was one 
 of the most glorious in the history of Juda. 
 
 71. — The Kings immediately preceding the 
 Babylonish Captivity. 
 
 1. Manasses succeeded his father, Ezechias, on the throne 
 of Juda. He was a wicked prince, and wantonly shed the 
 blood of the innocent. He rebuilt the altars of the false 
 gods which his father had destroyed; and, influenced by his 
 bad example, the people became more sinful than even the 
 pagans. As a punishment for his crimes, God permitted this 
 wicked king to fall into the hands of the Assyrians, who led 
 him a captive to Babylon. 
 
 2. In his captivity he learned to acknowledge his faults 
 and to do penance for his sins. God took compassion on him 
 and brought him back to Jerusalem, where, in his latter days, 
 he strove to repair the scandals of his early reign. 
 
 Questions to Chapter TO.— What is said of Ezechias ? How was Sennacherib 
 defeated ? How many were killed y What was added to the life of Ezechias ? 
 
104 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. His son Anion succeeded him, only to imitate him in 
 his wickedness; but his grandson Josias strove to follow the 
 example of his latter days. During the reign of Josias, idol- 
 atry was rooted out and religion restored. That he might 
 not see the evils that were about to come upon the kingdom 
 of Juda, God took him to Himself after a short reign of nine 
 years. 
 
 4. He was succeeded by Joachaz, Joachim, and Sedecias, 
 all wicked princes, who led the people away from God, and, 
 by their idolatries, brought about the captivity of Babylon. 
 With but few exceptions, Juda was cursed with bad kiugs. 
 Her history is sin and its punishment, until, at length, she 
 -ended in crucifying Jesus Christ and being cast off by God. 
 
 72.— The Prophets. 
 
 1. From the beginning of the reign of Roboam to the cap- 
 tivity of Sedecias, God raised up men gifted with special 
 powers, and into whom He breathed His own Spirit. These 
 were the prophets, whom He sent to preach penance to the 
 people, and to threaten kings with the judgments that 
 awaited them if they continued to forget God. 
 
 2. The most renowned of the prophets who arose during the 
 •early history of Juda were Joel, Micheas, and Isaias. These 
 prophets were generally poor men, but bold in the power of 
 God; nor did they fear to resist kings, or to cry out against 
 their sins. 
 
 3. At their preaching many repented and for a while re- 
 turned to God. For their fearless war against sin, and their 
 •open denunciations of both kings and people, some of them 
 were put to death. Though dead, their words lived in the 
 hearts of the just, among whom the true faith wjis preserved, 
 ^nd by whom the hopes and promises that had been made of 
 the Eedeemer that was to come were handed down to cheer 
 the world. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 71.— What is said of Manasses ? How did God punish 
 him ? How did he end his days ? What is said of Josias ? What is said of Juda ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 72.— Who were the Prophets ? Who were much re- 
 downed ? What did they preach ? How did some of them die ? 
 
THE CAPTIVITY OF BABYLON. lOS- 
 
 73. — The Captivity of Babylon. 
 
 (from 606 TO 536 years a.c.) 
 
 1. After the death of the pious King Josias, Nebuchodo- 
 nosor, King of Babylon, came and besieged Jerusalem. When 
 he had taken the city he carried back with him to Babylon 
 the principal men of the nation, together with a part of the- 
 sacred vessels of the Temple. This happened in the year 606 
 before Christ, and was the beginning of what in history is- 
 known as the "Babylonian Captivity." 
 
 2. Three years after this Nebuchodonosor returned to Je- 
 rusalem, and carried Jechonias, the king, back with him to- 
 Babylon. He also, on this occasion, carried with him into- 
 captivity a great part of the people, besides immense treasures- 
 He left Sedecias to rule over the remnant of Juda. 
 
 3. Sedecias revolted, and Nebuchodonosor returned for the 
 third time, and destroyed Jerusalem, and burned the gorgeous, 
 and magnificent Temple of Solomon, carrying with him nearly 
 the entire Jewish people. He put out the eyes of Sedecias,. 
 and, loading him with chains, carried him a captive to Baby- 
 lon. This happened in the year 588 before Christ. 
 
 4. At this time lived Jeremias the prophet, who, long 
 before, had \/arned the people of the destruction that was 
 about to come upon them. Alone and in sorrow, he contin- 
 ued to weep over Jerusalem, and at times presented himself 
 to the people with a chain round his neck, as a sign of the 
 captivity that was near at hand. But his warnings were re- 
 ceived with curses and persecutions. 
 
 5. When at length Jerusalem was destroyed, Jeremias re- 
 mained to console the remnant of the nation that was left,, 
 and to weep amid the ruins of the once glorious city. 
 
 In his grand Lamentations, Jeremias cries out from the^ 
 depth of his sorrow: "How sorrowful, alas ! are the ways, 
 that lead to Mount Moria; there are now none to come to* 
 the feast. The gates of the city are destroyed ; the priests^ 
 weep; the virgins are without ornament. O you who pass- 
 by the way, see if there is sorrow like unto m}^ sorrow ! Alas X 
 
106 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 is this the city of magnificence, the perfect in beauty, the 
 
 , joy of the world ? '' 
 
 6. During their captivity the Jews did penance for their 
 sins and became sincerely converted to the Lord. Nebucho- 
 donosor was kind and considerate to them; but they wept 
 and sighed to return to their country. " By the rivers of 
 Babylon," cried they, " we sat, and wept when we remem- 
 bered Sion. On the branches of the willow-trees we hung up 
 
 ■our harps; for how could we sing the songs of Sion in a 
 strange land V 
 
 A.M. 3410.] 74, — Daniel and the Three Young- [a.c. 59c. 
 
 Men. 
 
 1. Amongst the captives at Babylon were several youths of 
 the royal race. Amongst these were Daniel and his three 
 companions, Azarias, Ananias, and Misael. By the command 
 of King Nebuchodonosor, they were selected, as well for the 
 beauty of their persons as for their intelligence, and orders 
 were given to feed them daily from the royal table. 
 
 2. But by the Jewish law several kinds of meats were for- 
 bidden to be eaten. These young men, fearing they would be 
 required to eat of these forbidden meats, came to the chief 
 -eunuch of the king and begged him to let them for ten days 
 be fed on pulse and to drink water only, and then if they 
 were not fatter and fairer than those who were fed from the 
 king's table, they would submit and eat what he wished. 
 
 3. The proposition pleased Malasar, the chief eunuch, and 
 -at the end of ten days their faces were fatter and fairer than 
 those who had been fed from the king's table. From this 
 time forward they were fed on pulse and water only. I 
 
 4. God gave them, besides comeliness of person, great, abun- \ 
 ■dance of wisdom, so that when some time afterwards they 
 were called before the king, none were found equal to them. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 73.— What is said of Nebuchodonosor ? When did lie re- 
 turn ? What did lie carry back with him ? Wlio was left ? What happened to 
 -Jerusalem and the Temple ? What is said of Jeremias ? What is said of the 
 Lamentations ? What is said of the Jews in captivitj' ? 
 
DANIEL SAVES SUSANKA. 107 
 
 Thus they were selected and placed in the service of Nebu- 
 chodonosor. 
 
 A.M. 3410.] YS. — Daniel saves Susanna. [a.c. 290. 
 
 1. Among the Jewish captives at Babylon was a man 
 named Joachim, as distinguished for his goodness as his 
 wife, Susanna, was for her beauty and her virtue. Many 
 of the Jews came to his house, for there two of the ancients 
 were wont to administer justice. 
 
 2. Joachim had an orchard near his house, where his wife, 
 Susanna, was accustomed to walk at mid-day. The two 
 judges, who were wicked men, knew this, and one day con- 
 cealed themselves in the orchard. According to custom 
 Susanna came in to walk, when they came to her and strove 
 to persuade her to commit sin with them, but she refused. 
 They then threatened to accuse her before the people. 
 
 3. When Susanna saw herself thus straitened on every side, 
 she knew not what to do. " If I yield," said she, " I am 
 ruined before God; and if I do not, I will not escape your 
 hands. However, it is better to fall into your hands inno- 
 cent than to sin against God." 
 
 So she cried with a loud voice, and the old men cried also. 
 When the people were come together the two men accused 
 Susanna. 
 
 4. On the morrow Susanna was cited before the tribunal. 
 She came accompanied by her parents and friends, all weep- 
 ing for the disgrace that had happened to them. The old 
 men renewed their charge, and faith was placed in their 
 words. Susanna was condemned to death, but she'prayed to 
 the Lord and He heard her. 
 
 5. AVhen they were leading her forth to be stoned, Daniel, 
 enlightened by the Spirit of God, cried out : " Let there be 
 another trial; these men have borne false witness !" The 
 people, hearing this, returned in haste. 
 
 6. Then Daniel commanded the two old men to be sepa- 
 
 QuESTiONS TO Chapter 74.— Tell the history of Daniel and his companions. 
 
108 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 rated one from the other. When this was done Daniel 
 asked the first under what tree he had seen Susanna. He 
 answered: '^ Under a mastic-tree." He was then put aside 
 and the other asked Under what tree he had seen the woman. 
 He answered : " Under a holm -tree." 
 
 :^ -^ 
 
 ^ |!|' ^ 
 
 "I'^H 
 
 ^^i^Sfflp^ 
 
 w^mi 
 
 W^ 
 
 
 
 ^m 
 
 Tj^% ^^^ ^KkWrml 
 
 IwlT^^flrMi^ni i Iffi^'^^^^^H 
 
 ^fm 
 
 
 ^^I^^^PJ^aL^^B 
 
 ^^^r 
 
 7. When the people heard their contradictory stories they 
 saw how false had been their accusation against the virtuous 
 Susanna, and praised God, who thus preserved those who 
 trusted in Him. 
 
 From that day Daniel was great in the eyes of the people. 
 
 A.M. 3417.] 76. — The Three Young Men in the 
 Fiery Furnace. 
 
 [A.C. 58S. 
 
 1. Nebuchodonosor made a statue of gold, and setting it 
 up, commanded the grandees and people of his kingdom to 
 fall down and adore it. Every one obeyed — Ananias, Misael, 
 and Azarias excepted. Daniel was not present, or he also 
 would have disobeyed. The Babylonians, seeing that the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 75.— Tell the history of Susanna. "Where was Susanna 
 cited on the morrow ? To what was she condemned ? Who saved Susanna ? How ? 
 
TUE THREE YOUNG MEN IN THE FIERY FURNACE. 109 
 
 three young men would not adore the idol, accused them to 
 the king. 
 
 2. When Nebuchodonosor saw that even he could not in- 
 duce them to adore his statue, filled with fury, he ordered a 
 furnace to be heated seven times more than usual, and the 
 young men to be thrown into it. His order was immediately 
 obeyed. However, the men who threw them in were burned 
 to death. 
 
 3. An angel descended with the three young men, whilst 
 God sent a soft, dewy air, that blew within the furnace like 
 an evening breeze. Not a hair of their heads was singed, 
 nor were their clothes touched by the fire. 
 
 4. When the king heard this wonder he came and looked 
 into the- furnace himself. "Did we not," he asked, "cast 
 three men, bound, into the fire ? Behold ! I see four 
 loose, and unhurt; and the fourth is like the Son of God." 
 Then the king cried out i '' Servants of God, come forth ! " 
 
 5. They obeyed; and when the king saw there was no sign 
 of fire upon them, he thanked God, who had thus saved His 
 servants, because they had preferred to die rather than sin. 
 
110 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. ^ 
 
 Nebiicliodonosor also published a decree that no one should 
 blaspheme against the God of the Jews. The young men 
 were advanced to the highest dignities. 
 
 A.M. 3466.] 77, — Daniel and King Baltassar. [a.c. 53*. 
 
 1. After Nebuchodonosor^s death, his grandson, Baltassar, 
 reigned in Babylon. He made a great feast for his nobles 
 and their wives. When they were all full of wine, the king 
 ordered the golden vessels which his grandfather, Nebucho- 
 donosor, had brought from the Temple of Jerusalem, to be 
 brought in, that he and his guests might drink from them. 
 Whilst they were drinking a hand appeared upon the wall, 
 and wrote certain words. 
 
 2. When Baltassar saw this he became greatly troubled, 
 and, trembling with fear, sent for his soothsayers ; but no 
 one could interpret the handwriting. Then Daniel was sent 
 for. 
 
 He said : " These are the words r Mane, Thecel, Phares; 
 and this is the interpretation : Mane — the days of thy king- 
 dom are numbered, and it is at an end; Thecel — thy merits 
 are weighed in the balance, and thou art found wanting; 
 Phares — thy kingdom is divided and given to the Modes and 
 Persians." 
 
 3. That same night this prophecy was fulfilled. The 
 Modes and the Persians, by turning the bed of the river 
 Euphrates, entered Babylon during the night, and Baltassar 
 was slain and his kingdom divided. Darius the Mede suc- 
 ceeded to the kingdom of Babylon. 
 
 78.— Daniel and the Idol Bel. 
 
 1. Cyrus, King of Persia, soon made himself master of 
 Babylon. He showed much attention to Daniel, and often 
 invited him to his table. One day Cyrus asked Daniel why 
 
 Questions to Chapter 76.— Tell the history of the golden statue. What was 
 done to the three young men ? How were they saved ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 77.— What happened to Baltassar ? What was the hand- 
 writing ? Who interpreted it ? Was it fulfilled ? How ? 
 
DANIEL IK THE LIONS^ DEN. Ill 
 
 he would not adore Bel, the god of the Babylonians. Daniel 
 answered that he adored only the living God, by whom all 
 things were created. 
 
 2. But the king said: "So is Bel a living god; he eats 
 daily a dozen measures of flour and forty sheep, and, besides, 
 drinks six pitchers of wine.^^ But Daniel only laughed at 
 him, and bade the king not to be deceived : " for clay and brass 
 could not eat." Then Cyrus sent for the priests of Bel, and 
 told them what Daniel had said. 
 
 3. The priests proposed that the king should himself place 
 the meats before Bel, and seal the door of the temple, and if, 
 on the morrow, they were not eaten, then they would will- 
 ingly suffer death. This proposition pleased Cyrus. 
 
 4. When Cyrus had put the priests out of the temple, he 
 set the meats before Bel. But Daniel, in the presence of the 
 king, sifted fine ashes on the floor of the temple. They then 
 closed the door, and sealed it with the king's ring. 
 
 During the night, as was their custom, the priests entered 
 the temple by a secret door, and, together with their wives 
 and their children, eat up the sacrifices that were placed 
 before the idol. 
 
 5. Early in the morning, Cyrus and Daniel came to the 
 temple and found the seals unbroken. When they entered, 
 and the king saw the empty table, he cried out:' " Great is 
 Bel, and he cannot be deceived ! '' But Daniel pointed to the 
 footprints that were upon the pavement. Having examined 
 the place a little closer, the secret door was found under the 
 table on which the meats had been placed. When the king 
 saw how he had been deceived he killed the priests, and 
 Daniel destroyed the god Bel and burned his temple. 
 
 AM. 3466] 79. — Daniel in the Lion's Den. [A.c.534. 
 
 1. Besides the god Bel, the Babylonian's also adored a great- 
 dragon. Cyrus said one day to Daniel: "However, you can 
 not say this is not a living god." Daniel, without discussing. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 78.— What is said of Bel ? How did Daniel undeceive^ 
 
 CjTUS ? 
 
112 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 the king's words, proposed to kill the dragon without sword 
 or club. When Cyrus consented, Daniel boiled pitch and fat 
 together, into which he mixed hair. He then made balls of 
 the mixture, aVid, putting them into the dragon's mouth, the 
 so-called god burst asunder. 
 
 2. When the Babylonians heard what had happened, they 
 •came, in great fury, and demanded that Daniel be delivered 
 »up to them. At first Cyrus refused, but at length yielded 
 to the fury of the mob. Daniel was delivered to them, and 
 they cast him into the lions' den. On purpose no food was 
 ^iven to the seven furious lions that were there confined, with 
 the hope that Daniel would be the sooner devoured; but 
 Daniel remained unhurt. 
 
 3. After six days Daniel was hungry. Now, at this time, 
 there lived amid the ruins of Jerusalem a prophet, named 
 Habacuc. He had boiled some pottage, and was carrying it 
 to the reapers that were in the field. 
 
 While on the way an angel appeared to him, and ordered 
 him to carry the dinner he had in his hands to Daniel, who 
 was then in the lions' den. Habacuc answered: "He had 
 never been in Babylon, and did not know the den of which 
 
THE JEWS RETURN FROM CAPTIVITY. 113 
 
 he spoke." The angel took Habacuc by the hair of the head 
 and, with the rapidity of lightning, carried him to Babylon, 
 and placed him over the den where Daniel was. 
 
 4. When Daniel had eaten the dinner thus so miraculously 
 sent him, he thanked God, who had not forgotten him in his 
 distress. But the angel carried back Habacuc, and placed 
 him where he had found him. 
 
 5. On the seventh day the king came to the lions' den, and 
 found Daniel quietly sitting in the midst of the wild beasts. 
 When Cyrus saw this he was much astonished, and imme- 
 diately caused Daniel to be drawn out and his persecutors to 
 be thrown in. Before these wicKed men had fallen to the 
 bottom of the den they were torn to pieces and devoured by 
 the starved and angry lions. The king also published an 
 edict, in which he commanded all to venerate and fear the 
 God of Daniel, because He was the Savior, working signs and 
 wonders upon earth. 
 
 6. The young men in the furnace and Daniel in tlie lions' den were 
 figures of Christ. Daniel came forth from the lions unhurt ; Christ rose 
 from the tomb glorious and immortal. Daniel remained with the Jews 
 during their long captivity to console and cheer them ; so does Christ 
 remain with His Church to guard and protect her against her enemies. 
 
 A.M.346S.] 80. — The Jews Return from Captivity. fA.c. 532. 
 
 1. When the seventy years of captivity foretold by the 
 prophets were finished, God moved the heart of Artaxerxes, 
 King of the Modes and Persians, with compassion for the 
 captives. In the year 532 before Christ Artaxerxes published 
 an edict that the Jews might return to Jerusalem and re- 
 build the Temple of the Lord. 
 
 2. Under the leadership of Zorobabel, a prince of the peo> 
 pie, more than forty thousand Jews returned at this time. 
 Artaxerxes was very kind to them, giving them money, and 
 restoring the vessels of gold and silver Nebuchodonosor had 
 
 Questions to Chapter T9.— How did Daniel kill the dragon ? What was done to 
 Daniel ? Who brought food to Daniel ? How was Daniel delivered ? Who were 
 figures of Christ ? How ? 
 
11-4 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 taken away. When the people arrived at Jerusalem they. ♦ 
 built an altar, until the Temple could be finished. For twen- 
 ty-one years they labored upon the new Temple. When it 
 was finished, and the old men came to see it, they wept and 
 lamented; for its magnificence was not to be compared to tho 
 Temple of Solomon. 
 
 3. Twenty years after Zorobabel had gone to Jerusalem, 
 Esdras, a holy priest, gathered together many of the Jews 
 that still remained in Babylon and led them back to their 
 own country. Here, with the aid of his saintly friend, Ne- 
 hemias, he strove to instruct the people in the law of God, 
 and purify them from the abominations which they had con- 
 tracted among their pagan masters. 
 
 4. Nehemias moreover urged the people to rebuild Jerusa- ' 
 lem. AVith ready willingness they followed his example, and, 
 from the high-priest to the least among them, each put his 
 hand to the work. 
 
 When the Samaritans saw with what rapidity the city rose 
 from its ashes, fearing for their own safety, they strove by 
 plots and falsehoods to stop the work; but they failed. So 
 earnestly did everybody work, that at the end of fifty-two 
 days the walls of Jerusalem and the gates and the towers 
 were finished. In time the city also was built up. 
 
 81. — The Prophets after the Captivity. 
 
 1. During the long captivity of Babylon, the prophets 
 Jeremias, Daniel, and Ezechiel instructed and sustained the 
 Jews by their prophecies. After their return to Jerusalem, 
 God raised up others to cheer and encourage His people. 
 Amongst these latter were Aggeus and Zacharias, by whose 
 prophecies that the Messias would one day enter this new 
 Temple, the people were strongly encouraged to push on the 
 work. It was in this sense they said, " The glory of the 
 second Temple will be far greater than the glory of the first." 
 
 Questions to Chapter 80.— Under whom did the Jews return ? What did Ihey 
 build? What is said of the new Temple ? Who led many of the Jews back ? What 
 did Esdras and Nehemias do ? What did the Samaritans strive to do ? 
 
ESTHER. 115 
 
 2. The last of the prophets whom God raised np among 
 the Jews was Malachias, who lived about four hundred years 
 before Christ. He preached against the hypocrites of his 
 day, and more especially against the priests. Malachias is 
 remarkable for his celebrated prophecy : " That God would 
 reject the sacrifices of the Old Law, and in their place insti- 
 tute a New Sacrifice, that would not cease from the rising to 
 the setting of the sun." This prophecy is fulfilled in the 
 sacrifice of the Mass. 
 
 3. About the year 277 a. c. the Old Testament was trans- 
 lated from the Hebrew into Greek. This translation is 
 known as the 8eptuagi7it. When this was done Greek was 
 spoken everywhere; hence by this translation a knowledge 
 of the Sacred Scriptures, and more particularly of the proph- 
 ecies concerning the Messias, was scattered among the pagan 
 nations. 
 
 4. About the same time also, under the inspiration of God, 
 a Jew named Jesus, tho son of Sirach, wrote a book of pious 
 sentences. The object of the book was to teach men truth 
 and lead them to God. This book is known as the book of 
 EcclerAasticus, 
 
 A.M.3495.] 83. Esther. [A.C.505. 
 
 1. The great kindness shown by the kings of Persia to the 
 Jews induced many of them to remain in Babylon. Amongst 
 these was Esther. 
 
 During the reign of Assuerus, Esther lived with her uncle, 
 Mardochai. By chance the king saw her, and, being much 
 pleased with her, made her his queen. 
 
 2. Her uncle, Mardochai, became very uneasy lest any- 
 thing would happen to his adopted daughter; hence he 
 stood daily before the king's palace. While Mardochai thus 
 watched over the interest of his adopted child, he one day 
 discovered a conspiracy by which two officers intended to 
 
 Questions to Chapter 81.— Who were the prophets during the captivity ? Who 
 were after ? WHiat is said of Malachias ? W'hat is the Septuagint ? Who wrote 
 the book of Ecclesiasticus ? 
 
116 HISTORY 0¥ THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 kill the king. Instantly he warned Esther, who told As- 
 suerus. The officers were put to death, and the event put in 
 the annals of the kingdom. 
 
 3. Some time after this the king raised Aman to the 
 highest dignities in the state. All the king's servants bent 
 the knee before him, Mardochai excepted. AVhen Aman 
 noticed this he became exceedingly angry, and resolved on 
 the destruction of the obstinate Jew. 
 
 4. That he might the better accomplish his object, Aman 
 pretended that the Jews were about to revolt, and succeeded 
 in persuading the king to publish an edict that all of them 
 that were in his kingdom should on the same day be put to 
 death, together with their wives and their children, and all 
 their possessions be confiscated to the crown. 
 
 5. When Mardochai heard the news he hastened to Esther 
 and urged her to plead for her people. But there was a law 
 lorbidding any subject to present himself before the king 
 unless called. Esther resolved to brave the danger. She 
 clothed herself in her most gorgeous apparel, and, begging 
 God to bless her mission, presented herself to the king while 
 he was sitting on his throne. 
 
 6. Esther threw herself at the king's feet, but fainted at 
 sight of his angry look. When Assuerus saw the distress of 
 his queen, he relented, and, descending from his throne, 
 raised iier up, and supported her till she recovered. Then 
 the king said to her: " Fear not, Esther; you shall not die. 
 What do you wish ? " The queen merely asked him to bring 
 Aman with him, and come the following evening to the ban- 
 quet she had prepared. The king promised to come. 
 
 ?. During the night the king could not sleep, and, to 
 amuse himself, ordered the annals of his reign to be read for 
 him. When it came to the conspiracy which Mardochai had 
 discovered, the king asked what reward Mardochai had re- 
 ceived for what he had done. Being answered, "None," 
 Assuerus sent for Aman, and asked: "What ought to be 
 done to the man whom the king wished to honor ? " 
 
 8. Aman, thinking the king wished to honor himself, said: 
 
ESTHER. 
 
 117 
 
 " The man whom the king would honor should be clothed in 
 the royal robes, and be placed on the kin^^'s horse, and the 
 first of the king's princes should walk before him and cry 
 aloud: ' Thus shall he be honored whom the king wishes to 
 honor/ " The king then bade Am an go and do to Mardochai, 
 the Jew, as he had counselled. Aman dared not disobey the 
 king. 
 
 9. In the mean time the hour for the queen's feast came on, 
 and Aman hastened to attend. During the feast the king 
 asked Esther what she wished, promising to give even to the 
 half of his kingdom. The queen asked but for her life and 
 the lives of her people. When the king heard how his con- 
 fidence had been abused, and how, under false pretences, the 
 Jews were about to be destroyed, he became angry and asked 
 who had dared to do this thing. Esther answered, "Aman." 
 
 10. The king rose in great fury, and, calling together his 
 eunuchs, asked what he should do. But one said, " Aman 
 has prepared a gibbet fifty cubits high on which to hang 
 Mardochai." Then the king said, *^ Hang Aman on it." 
 
 That very hour Aman was hung, and Mardochai invested 
 
118 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 with his dignity. The edict against the Jews was revoked, 
 and many of the pagans were converted. 
 
 11. Queen Esther was a figure of the Blessed Virgin. Esther was 
 alone exempted from the rigors of the Persian law ; the Blessed Virgin 
 was alone exempted from original sin. Esther saved her people ; Mary 
 gave a Savior to the world. 
 
 Mardochai was the faithful guardian of Esther ; Joseph was the 
 guardian of Jesus and Mary. Mardochai was placed in the highest 
 office of state ; Joseph holds one of the highest places in heaven. 
 
 83.— Judith. 
 
 1. When the Jews were reestablished in their own country, 
 God, in a most wonderful manner, again delivered them by 
 the hands of a woman. Holofernes, an Assyrian general, 
 advanced into Judea with a powerful army. He took many 
 of the cities, and treated the inhabitants with extreme cruelty. 
 At length he laid siege to Bethulia, and, cutting off the 
 aqueduct by which the city was supplied with water, the 
 inhabitants were soon reduced to the last extremity. 
 
 2. When they saw themselves in this condition they agreed 
 to surrender if within five daj^s they received no help. 
 There w^as within the city a young widow named Judith, of 
 great wealth and beauty. When she heard the resolution to 
 which the leaders had come, she laid aside the garments of 
 her widowhood, and, anointing herself, put on her richest 
 -ornaments. 
 
 3. Thus arrayed, she went, accompanied by her servant, to 
 the Assyrian camp. God also added to her beauty. When 
 Holofernes saw her he received her most kindly, and gave 
 orders to his servants to permit her to come and to go at her 
 pleasure. 
 
 4. Four days after her arrival in the Assyrian camp, Holo- 
 fernes gave a great banquet to the officers of his army. Late 
 in the night he threw himself upon his bed, and, being 
 
 Questions to Chapter 82.— Tell the history of Esther. What did Mardochai do ? 
 What is said of Aman ? What did Esther do ? What was the result ? What coun- 
 sel did Aman grive ? Where did Aman hasten to go ? What happened to Aman ? 
 What happened io Mardochai ? How is Esther a fig^ure of the Blessed Virgin ? 
 
JUDITH. 
 
 119 
 
 drunk, slept heavily. Judith drew near the bed on which 
 Holofernes lay, and, praying to God to strengthen her arm, 
 took the sword that hung at the top of the bed and cut off 
 his head. 
 
 5. Then she put the head in a bag and gave it to her ser- 
 vant, and, hastening from the Assyrian camp, came to 
 Bethulia. Wlien she had assembled the leaders and the 
 people, she showed them the head of Holofernes, and bade 
 them praise the Lord, who had protected her from sin, and, 
 by her hands, killed thmr enemy. 
 
 6. The Jews, seeing how God had thus fought for them, 
 hung the head of Holofernes from the walls of the city, and, 
 going forth, attacked the Assyrians, who, without a leader, 
 were easily overcome, and many of them slain. 
 
 Judith was much esteemed, not only by the inhabitants of 
 her native city, but by all Judea; and when she died all the 
 people wept. 
 
 QuESTioivs TO Chapter 83.— What is the history of Judith ? Whose head did she 
 cut off ? What did the Jews do ? What was done at the death of Judith ? 
 
120 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 A.M. 3837.] 84. — Eleazar the Martyr. [a.c. m. 
 
 1. In the year 333 before Christ, Alexander the Great put 
 an end to the kingdom of Persia, which had ruled over the 
 Jews since the time of Cyrus. After this they fell into the 
 power of the kings of Egypt, and finally under the power of 
 the kings of Syria. 
 
 2. Among these latter, Antiochus was very cruel. He 
 burned the sacred books, and forbade, under pain of death, 
 any one to observe the Law. Many basely apostatized, while, 
 on the other hand, many remained faithful, preferring death 
 to sin. 
 
 3. Among these latter was the venerable Eleazar, an old 
 man of ninety years of age, and much esteemed for his 
 knowledge of the Law. Antiochus commanded him to eat 
 the flesh of swine, threatening him with death if he refused. 
 But his religion forbade him to obey, and the brave old man 
 would rather die than offend God. 
 
 4. His friends strove to persuade him to yield, nay, even 
 urged him to save his life by pretending to eat the forbidden 
 flesh, though he did not. But Eleazar scorned deceit: "I 
 may deceive men," said he, " but I cannot deceive God, and 
 my example might lead others astray." The old man suf- 
 fered a cruel death, but truth triumphed in his sufferings. 
 
 A.M. 3837.] 8j5. — The Martyrdom of the Seven [a.c.ics. 
 Machabees. 
 
 1. Amongst others that were brought before Antiochus 
 were the seven Machabees and their mother. When they 
 were ordered to eat the forbidden flesh of the swine they re- 
 fused, and said they would rather die than break the laws of 
 God. 
 
 2. When the king heard this he became very angry, and 
 ordered the seven brothers to be beaten with rods. But the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 84.— Into whose power did the Jews fall ? What is said of 
 Antiochus ? What is said of Eleazer ? 
 
THE MARTYRDOM OF THE SEVEN MACHABEES. 
 
 121 
 
 heroic youths still refusing to obey, Antiochus commanded 
 frying-pans and brazen caldrons to be made hot. Then the 
 executioners seized the eldest and cut out his tongue ; after 
 this they tore off the skin from his head, and chopped off his 
 hands and his feet, and at last threw him into the red-hot 
 frying-pan. His mother and his brothers stood encouraging 
 him and exhorting him to persevere. 
 
 3. When the first was dead, the second eldest was brought, 
 and the skin of his head also pulled off. He, too, was asked 
 if he would eat the forbidden meat ; but he boldly answered, 
 " No.'' He was tormented as his brother had been. The 
 third and the fourth, as also the fifth and the sixth, willingly 
 offered themselves to the executioners, and died proclaiming 
 their faith in God and their hopes of eternal happiness. 
 
 4. The youngest still remained. The king hoped by kind- 
 ness to win him over. He promised him honors and riches, 
 even his own friendship, if he would renounce the Jewish 
 religion; but he would not yield. Then the king exhorted 
 the mother to persuade her son to save his life, but she only 
 
122 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 the more encouraged her child to be a worthy successor of 
 his six martyred brothers. 
 
 5. AVhile his mother was yet speaking to him, he boldly 
 cried out: "I will not obey the king, nor will I break the law 
 of God.'' When the king heard this he was greatly incensed, 
 and ordered him to be more cruelly tormented than any of 
 the rest. Last of all the mother sulfered death with the 
 same heroic constancy that had marked the sufferings of her 
 seven noble sons. 
 
 ;^.M. 3838.] 86. — Mathathias and Judas [a.c. m. 
 
 Machabeus. 
 
 1. During the reign of Antiochus there lived in Judea a 
 priest named Mathathias, who had five sons. When he saw 
 the abominations that were committed against the Law, and 
 the cruelties with which the people were oppressed, he re- 
 solved to free his country. Calling upon all those who would 
 defend the Law of God to follow him, he fled with his sous 
 and many others into the mountains. 
 
 2. At first he was content with overthrowing the idols and 
 the altars of the pagan gods; then, as his numbers increased, 
 he began to make war on the enemies of his country. 
 
 After his death the leadership fell upon his son Judas, 
 who, because of his invincible courage, was called Machabeus. 
 Bold as a lion, he met and vanquished the generals of An- 
 tiochus one after another. 
 
 3. He also retook Jerusalem and purified the Temple. The 
 altar was consecrated anew, amid the sounds of harps and 
 lutes and cymbals; the sacrifices were restored; and a great 
 feast was appointed to celebrate his victories. 
 
 4. When Antiochus heard of the success of the Machabees 
 he became very angry. Gathering together an immense 
 
 Questions to Chaptet'. 85.— What i^ said of the Machabees ? How was the eldest 
 brother put to death ? How \jc.z V.io second eldest ? llov/ did the others die ? How- 
 did the king act towards the youngest ? What was done to the mother ? 
 
MATHATHIAS AND JUDAS MACHABEUS. 
 
 125 
 
 army, he resolved to lead it himself against Jerusalem, and 
 forever destroy the place; but God's judgments overtook him 
 on the way. 
 
 One day he fell from his chariot and hurt himself very 
 badly. His sores putretied, and worms began to crawl out of 
 his wounds; the flesh fell off from his bones, and the whole 
 body sent forth a stench insupportable to himself as well as 
 all around him. 
 
 5. When Antiochus saw how grievously he suffered, he 
 acknowledged the hand of God in his punishment, and, hoping 
 to escape death, humbled himself and lamented his cruelty. 
 He even promised to repair, as far as he could, the evils he 
 had done. But his repentance was insincere, and God lis- 
 tened not to his prayer. He died amid the most cruel tor- 
 ments, leaving to the world a frightful example of the justice 
 of God. 
 
 6. After his death his son strove to reconquer Judea; but 
 the Machabees, trusting in God, assembled their followers 
 
124 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 and went forth to battle. In the heat of the engagement 
 suddenly there came from heaven five men, whose armor 
 shone as the sun, and whose horses were covered with golden 
 harness. Two placed themselves on either side of Judas, 
 whilst the other three hurled darts on the enemy: at the 
 same time the lightning flashed in the faces of the Syrians. 
 Stunned and confounded, many fell to the ground, whilst the 
 others turned and fled. The enemy left twenty thousand 
 infantry and six thousand cavalry dead upon the field. 
 
 7. After rnany victories Judas established the independence 
 of his country; yet not without loss. Many of the Jews were 
 killed; but on examining the bodies of the dead there were 
 found concealed under their coats offerings that had been 
 stolen from the temples of the pagan idols. Then all knew 
 the cause of their death. 
 
 8. When Judas saw why they hud been punished, he did not 
 despair, but, trusting in the power of prayer and the mercy 
 of God, sent twelve thousand drachmas of silver to Jerusalem, 
 
FROM THE MACHABEES TO JESUS CHRIST. 125 
 
 that sacrifices might be offered for them, saying: "It is a 
 holy and wholesome thought to pray for the dead/' 
 
 87.— From the Machabees to Jesus Christ. 
 
 1. After the death of the pious and heroic Judas, his 
 brothers, one after another, were placed at the head of the 
 nation. Under their wise guidance many victories were won 
 and peace established, and Judea began again to flourish. 
 Unhappily, their successors did not walk in their footsteps,, 
 and gradually the inconstant Jews fell again into sin. 
 
 2. The nation, however, still recognized the one true God,, 
 and exteriorly observed the forms of the Law; but the hearts 
 of the people were far from God. 
 
 Two sects rose up among them : one, the hypocritical Phar- 
 isees; the other, the incredulous Sadducees. The former 
 placed all perfection in the exterior observance of the Law; 
 the latter denied much that was in the Law, more particularly 
 the resurrection of the dead. 
 
 3. Beyond Judea the world was buried in idolatry and 
 abomination; cruelty and oppression were everywhere, and 
 mankind longed for the coming of the Messiah. There re- 
 mained but one thing more, — the fulfilment of the prophecy 
 made by Jacob to his son Juda, — r.nd this v/as not long de- 
 layed. 
 
 4. The successors of the Machabees lived in continual war,, 
 civil as well as foreign; brother fought against brother; mur- 
 der and rapine replaced peace and honesty. As a last hope,, 
 the Romans were called in to arbitrate between the parties. 
 Soon they filled the country with their armies; the govern- 
 ment was seized upon, and Herod, a stranger, appointed king 
 of the Jews. Thus perished the kingdom of Jud^a; the 
 sceptre had passed from the tribe of Juda; the time was 
 
 Questions to Chapter 86.— What is said of Mathathias ? What is said of Judas 
 Machabeus ? How did Antiochus die ? How was the son of Antiochus defeated ? 
 What did Judas send to Jerusalem ? Why ? 
 
126 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 come when the Messiah, the Savior, Our Lord Jesus Christ 
 should come to bless the world and save mankind, to whon 
 be praise and benediction forever and ever. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 87.— What is said of the later history of the Jews ? Wh^ 
 were the Pharisees ? Who were the Sadducees ? What is said of the world in get 
 eral ? What alone was wanting ? Who were brought into Judea ? Why ? Wh 
 was made king ? For whom was the time come ? 
 
 END OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 PART FIRST 
 THE HISTORY OF OUR LORD JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 1. — The Birth of John the Baptist Announced. 
 
 1. During the reign of King Herod there lived in the 
 raountains of Judea an aged priest, named Zachary, and his 
 wife, Elizabeth. Though just before God and otherwise 
 happy, there was one drawback — they had no family. They 
 had often asked for a son, but their prayers seemed unheard. 
 
 2. One day while Zachary, according to the custom of the 
 priests, was burning incense within the sanctuary, suddenly 
 an angel appeared at the right of the altar. Zachary was 
 much frightened, but the angel bade him fear not. Then 
 the angel told him his prayer had at length been heard, and 
 his wife, Elizabeth, in her old age, would bear him a son, and 
 he should call his name John. 
 
 3. When Zachary heard this he began to doubt, and to 
 
 127 
 
128 
 
 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 reason with himself, saying he was old and his wife was old. 
 In answer to his objections the angel said to him : " Because 
 you have doubted and have not believed my word, you shall 
 
 be dumb till what I have announced to you come to pass." 
 The angel disappeared, but Zachary was struck dumb from 
 that moment. 
 
 2.— The Birth of Jesus Announced. 
 
 1. Six months after the events above related, the angel 
 Gabriel was sent to Nazareth, a little town in Galilee, to a 
 virgin called Mary. Though of the royal family of David, 
 she was very poor in this world's goods; but in virtues she 
 was exceedingly rich. A short time before the angel ap- 
 peared to her she had been married to a poor carpenter, 
 called Joseph, who, like herself, also belonged to the house 
 of David. 
 
 2. While this humble virgin was deeply absorbed in prayer. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 1.— What is said of Zacharj and Elizabeth ? What hap- 
 pened to Zachary at the altar ? 
 
THE BIRTH OF JESUS ANNOUNCED. 
 
 129 
 
 suddenly the angel Gabriel entered her chamber, and said to 
 her: " Hail, full of grace ! the Lord is with thee; blessed art 
 thou amongst women ! " 
 
 3. When Mary heard these strange and, to her, startling 
 words she became exceedingly troubled, not knowing what 
 they could mean. But the angel hastened to relieve her 
 anxiety by telling her that God had sent him to announce 
 the coming of the Messiah, and that she had been chosen to 
 be His mother. AVhen Mary objected that she was a virgin, 
 and knew not man, the angel bade her fear not : " for the 
 Holy Ghost would come upon her, and the power of the 
 Most High would overshadow her, and the Holy One that 
 should be born of her should be called the Son of God." 
 
 4. To confirm bis words Gabriel told her that her cousin 
 Elizabeth had also conceived. When Mary understood the 
 great things God proposed to do in her she no longer op- 
 posed the divine will, but gave her consent. The same mo- 
 ment she consented she became the Mother of God, In her 
 was thus fulfilled the promise made in the garden of para- 
 
130 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 dise, that the woman should crush the serpent's head. The 
 Son of Mary has indeed conquered the devil. 
 
 3.— Mary visits Elizabeth. 
 
 1. After the angel left her, Mary hastened to visit her 
 cousin. When she entered the house, Elizabeth was sud- 
 denly filled with the Holy Ghost, and, in an ecstasy of joy, 
 cried out: "Blessed art thou amongst women, and blessed is 
 the fruit of thy womb! " 
 
 2. Mary was also cari-ied away with the fulness of the grace 
 that was within her, and burst forth into that magnificent 
 canticle the Church daily sings, and is so well known as the 
 Magnificat, viz.: 
 
 " My soul doth magnify the Lord, and my spirit hath re- 
 
 QuKSTioNS TO Chapter 2.— Who came to Mar}' ? Who was she ? What is said of 
 Mary? W^hat did Gabriel say to her ? How did Mary act ? To con fiiiu his words, 
 what did Gabriel tell Mary ? 
 
THE BIRTH OF JOHN THE BAPTIST. 131 
 
 joiced in God, my Savior; because He hath regarded the 
 humility of His handmaid. Behold, from henceforth all 
 generations shall call me Messed.'' * 
 
 3. Mary remained about three months with Elizabeth; 
 after this she returned to her own humble home, at Nazareth, 
 where she gave herself up to prayer and to the duties of her 
 house. 
 
 4. — The Birth of John the Baptist. 
 
 1. When the time was come Elizabeth brought forth a 
 son. It was customary among the Jews to give a name to 
 the child at its circumcision. Now when the neighbors 
 gathered together to do for the child as the law required, 
 they thought to call him by his father's name. But Eliza- 
 beth objected, and ordered him to be called John. 
 
 2. Some hesitating, they asked the father; but he, being 
 dumb, took a pen and wrote, " John is the name." On the 
 instant Zachary recovered his speech, and began to praise 
 God and to publish His works. 
 
 Fear came upon all when they saw and heard what had 
 happened; and, wondering, they asked: "What w^ould the 
 child become, for the hand of God was with him ?" 
 
 3. Soon the news of these wonders was spread through the 
 mountains of Judea, and excited in some hopes, in others 
 fears, according as each regarded it. 
 
 The child grew, and the Spirit of God was in him. At a 
 tender age John went into the desert, where he remained in 
 prayer and penance, until God bade him come into Judea 
 and preach to the people of Israel. It was of him the prophet 
 Malachias said, " I will send My angel, who will prepare the 
 way before Me." 
 
 Questions to Chapter 3.— Wliere did Mary go ? What happened when Mary 
 met Elizabeth ? What is said of the Magnificat ? How long did Mary stay with 
 Elizabeth ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 4,— What happaned at the birth of John ? What at his 
 circumcision ? How was John regarded ? Where did he go ? 
 
 * For eighteen centuries has this prophecy been fulfilled in the Catholic Church 
 by the daily recital of the *' Hail Mary.'" 
 
132 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 A.M. 4000.] 5.— The Birth of Jesus Christ. [a.d.u 
 
 1. When Joseph discovered the condition of his wife Mary, 
 he was very much troubled, and, not understanding the deep 
 mystery that surrounded her, resolved to put her away se- 
 cretly. Whilst he was thus debating the matter with him- 
 self, the angel of the Lord appeared to him in sleep and told 
 him to fear not, for Mary had become a mother by the over- 
 shadowing power of God; and, moreover, the angel bade him 
 call the child that would be born of her Jesus — that is to 
 say. Savior. Joseph did as he was commanded. 
 
 2. Soon after this, Augustus, the Roman Emperor, pub- 
 lished an edict that the whole world should be enrolled. This 
 enrolment first began in Judea, and every one was required 
 to go to his family city, there to be enrolled. It was thus 
 Joseph and Mary, being descendants of David, were forced to 
 go to Bethlehem, the city of David. 
 
 3. When they arrived the city was full of strangers, and 
 they could find no place in the inns or among their friends, 
 and so were forced to seek for shelter in a poor stable, near by 
 the gates of the city. It w^as in this wretched place, that but 
 poorly served as a shelter for the ox and the ass, that Jesus 
 Christ, the Son of God, and the Master of all things, was 
 born. With holy joy and tender care, Mary, the Virgin 
 Mother, wrapped her child in swaddling-clothes and laid Him 
 in the manger. 
 
 4. The prophecy of Micheas was accomplished: ''And 
 thou, Bethlehem, art the least among the cities of Juda, but 
 out of thee shall come the Ruler of Israel." 
 
 6.— The Shepherds. 
 
 1. On the night Christ was born a few shepherds were 
 watching their flocks a short distance from Bethlehem. Sud- 
 denly an angel of the Lord appeared to them and a bright light 
 
 Questions to Chapter 5. — What is said of Joseph ? How was he prevented from 
 sending Mary away ? What is said of Augustus ? Why did Mary and Joseph go to 
 Bethlehem ? Where was Christ born ? What prophecy was fulfilled ? 
 
THE SHEPHERDS. 
 
 133 
 
 shone round about them. Great fear came upon them ; but 
 the angel bade them fear not, for he came to announce to 
 
 them tidings of great joy. Then he told them that in the 
 neighboring city of Bethlehem a child had just been born. 
 
134 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 who was Christ the Lord and the Savior of the world ; 
 and, as a sign of the truth he told them they would find the 
 child wrapped in swaddling-clothes and laid in a manger. 
 While he was yet speaking a great multitude of angels sud- 
 denly appeared and began to sing, " Glory to God in the 
 highest, and peace on earth to men of good-will ! " 
 
 2. When the angels disappeared the shepherds hastened 
 to go over to Bethlehem, where they found the child lying in 
 the manger. Wondering, they told Mary and Joseph all they 
 had heard, and, having adored the infant King, returned, 
 glorifying God. 
 
 Eight days after this the child was circumcised and re- 
 ceived the name of Jesus. 
 
 7. — The Kings from the East. 
 
 1. Some time after the birth of Christ there came intc 
 Jerusalem three Eastern kings, asking where they could find 
 
 Questions to Chapter 6.— What is said of the shepherds ? What sign was giver 
 the shepherds ? Where did they find the child ? When was Jesus circumcised ? 
 
JESUS PRESENTED IN THE TEMPLE. 135 
 
 the new-born King of the Jews, for they had seen His star 
 in the east, and were come to adore Him. When Herod, 
 the king, heard this he was very nnich troubled, as was 
 also all Jerusalem. Then he called together the chief priests 
 and doctors of the law and asked where Christ should be 
 born. They promptly answered at Bethlehem. 
 
 2. When Herod heard this he called the three kings 
 privately to him, and bade them go and search for the child, 
 and when they had found Him, to come and tell him. So he 
 dismissed them. They had scarcely left Jerusalem when the 
 star they had seen in the east again went before them, until 
 it stood over where the child was. Entering, they found the 
 infant Savior, and, falling down, adored Him. They then 
 presented gifts of gold and frankincense and myrrh. 
 
 3. In the night God warned them in a dream not to re- 
 turn to Herod, for he meditated mischief to the child. They 
 therefore returned another way into their own country. 
 
 We have also a star, tliat leads us to the heavenly Jerusalem, namely, 
 the grace of God, by which we are enlightened and led on to the truth 
 taught us by the Church. 
 
 8. — Jesus presented in the Temple. 
 
 1. Forty days after the birth of Jesus, Mary and Joseph 
 carried the child to the Temple, that they might present Him 
 to the Lord. They also took with them the usual offering 
 of the poor, — tivo turtle-clothes, — according as the Law pre- 
 scribed. 
 
 2. At this time there was living at Jerusalem a man named 
 Simeon. He was very pious, and the Holy Ghost had re- 
 vealed to him that he should not die until he had seen the 
 Savior. When Mary and Joseph entered the Temple, Sim- 
 eon, led by the Spirit, also entered. Seeing the child, he took 
 Him in his arms and cried out : " N^ow, Lord, dismiss 
 
 Questions to Chapter 7.— Where did tlie wise men come from ? How did 
 Herod act towards them ? What again appeared? What did they find ? W^hat 
 did they offer ? How did they return to their own country ? 
 
136 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 
 
 Thy servant in peace, because my eyes have seen Thy salva- 
 tion/^ 
 
 3. After this he blessed Mary and Joseph ; but he warned 
 her that a sword of sorrow should one day pierce her heart. 
 
 While Simeon was speaking, a prophetess named Ann 
 entered the Temple. Slie also took the child in her arms, 
 and, praising God, went forth, publishing the news to all who 
 were looking for the redemption of Israel. 
 
 9. — The Flight into Egypt. 
 
 1. Herod, seeing the Magi did not return to him, became 
 very angry, and, resolving to destroy this new-born King, 
 ordered all the children in Bethlehem and the country round 
 about to be put to death. He foolishly thought Jesus would 
 surely be killed among the rest, little dreaming how easily 
 God could shield Him. 
 
 2. Whilst Herod was preparing for the murder of the holy 
 innocents, an angel appeared to Joseph in his sleep, and told 
 
 Questions to Chapter 8.— When was Jesus presented in the Temple ? What 
 happened ? What did Simeon do and say ? What did Ann do ? 
 
THE FLIGHT INTO EGYPT. 
 
 137 
 
 him to take the child and its mother and flee into Egypt, 
 and to remain there until told to return. Without a word of 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 y 
 
 iT" i II 
 
 
 IH 
 
 1 
 
 ll 
 
 nl^H^ 
 
 
 ■ ' '^^A A^ 
 
 i^^^^ 
 
 H 
 
 1,1 
 
 
 
 "l^^Jt 
 
 
 ^» 
 
 
 
 
 ^Mk 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^M 
 
 w/^^^k| 
 
 
 ijH 
 
 ^^^KS 
 
 I 
 
 8 
 
 WiwL 'g 
 
 
 ^S 
 
 ^Bf^^'M^RVv. -^^/m^M 
 
 ■ 
 
 - - 
 
 
 
 ' J^^fc*^:^«j^^B 
 
 ^^^^^^SHII^Hil^OBhuic:^^' »>- 
 
 ^^.^ 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^l^^»M! 
 
 
 £ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^^^^^-'^^^^^^ 
 
 ^^^^ **^^*^^^2 
 
 »*- 
 
 complaint, Joseph rose, and, taking the child and its mother, 
 went into Egypt. 
 
138 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. He had scarce gone, when Herod's messengers came to 
 Bethlehem, and, tearing the chiklren from their mothers' 
 arms, murdered them. Every house was filled with lamenta- 
 tion and sorrow, and the prophecy of Jeremias was fulfilled : 
 "Kacliel hewailingher children, and would not be comforted, 
 because they were not.^' As a punishment for his cruelty, 
 Herod died, some years after, amid the most horrid torments. 
 
 4. Again the angel aj)peared to Joseph, and commanded 
 him to return to Judea, because Herod was dead. Joseph 
 rose, and, taking the child and Mary, returned, and dwelt in 
 Nazareth. Thus it came to pass that Christ was called a 
 Nazarene. 
 
 Jesus, tlie Savior of the ,world, was saved by a miracle ; so was 
 Moses, the Savior of the Israelites, saved by a miracle. 
 
 10. — The Child Jesus in the Temple, lad. 12. 
 
 1. In accordance with the custom of the Jews, Mary and 
 Joseph went up every year to Jerusalem to celebrate the 
 feast of the Pasclt. At the age of twelve years Jesus also 
 
 Questions to Chapter 9.— What riid Herod order? How was Jesus saved ? 
 What was done to the children ? Kow did Herod die ? Where did Joseph dwell 
 after his return from Egypt ? 
 
THE PREACHING OF JOHN THE BAPTIST. 139 
 
 went up to Jerusalem with His parents. When the celebra- 
 tion was over, Mary and Joseph, together with their friends, 
 returned to their homes ; but Jesus remained in Jerusalem. 
 
 2. Not finding the child in their own company, His parents 
 thought He was with some of their friends, and so continued 
 the journey. But, when at night they sought Him and could 
 not find Him, they were filled with much anxiety, and has- 
 tened back to Jerusalem. 
 
 3. After a search of three days they found Him in the 
 Temple, in the midst of the doctors, listening to them and 
 asking them questions. All were astonished at His wisdom 
 and His answers. 
 
 His mother, approaching, asked Him why He had acted 
 thus towards them. In a kindly manner He told them He 
 was there engaged about His Father's business. In obedience 
 to their wishes He returned to Nazareth, and was subject to 
 them. He also grew in age and wisdom and grace before 
 God and men. 
 
 THE PUBLIC LIFE OF JESUS CHRIST, 
 11. — The Preaching of John the Baptist. 
 
 1. For thirty years Jesus lived in obscurity at Nazareth. 
 AVhen the time was come that He should begin His public 
 life. He commanded John the Baptist to come forth from the 
 desert, where, from his childhood, he had lived, and to preach 
 to the people. John obeyed, and came into the country about 
 the Jordan. 
 
 2. Soon the fame of John's preaching was spread far and 
 near, and great crowds from Jerusalem and Judea came to 
 him by the banks of the Jordan. Here they saw a man of 
 most austere manners, with a leathern girdle round his waist, 
 whose food was the wild locust, and whose cry was, " Do 
 penance, for the kingdom of God is at hand." Many were 
 baptized, confessing their sins. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 10.— What happened when Jesus was twelve years old ? 
 Where was He found ? How did He act towards His parents ? 
 
140 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. When John saw the Pharisees and Sadducees amongst 
 the multitudes that came to hear him, he cried out to them : 
 "*Do penance, and trust not to your descent from Abraham, 
 for the axe is about to be laid to the root of the tree." 
 
 John the Baptist made a great impression on his hearers, 
 and many thought he was the Messiah. But he said he was 
 not; on the contrary, he was but the voice of one crying in 
 the wilderness. 
 
 12.— Jesus is Baptized and Tempted. 
 
 1. Jesus also came to John, at the Jordan, to be baptized. 
 At first John refused, saying he was not worthy to do so 
 great an act. But when Christ bade him do it, that thereby 
 "they might fulfil all justice," John yielded, and baptized 
 Jesus. Immediately the heavens were opened, and the Holy 
 Ghost descended in the form of a dove, and rested on Jesus, 
 whilst a voice from heaven was heard, saying: "This is My 
 beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased." 
 
 Questions to Chapter 11. — How lon^ did Jesus live at Nazareth ? What is said 
 of John the Baptist ? What was his cry ? What did John say of himself ? 
 
JESUS IS BAPTIZED AND TEMPTED. 
 
 141 
 
 2. After His Baptism Jesus was led by the Spirit into the 
 desert, there to be tempted by the devil. After He had fasted 
 forty days and forty nights, the devil came to Him, and 
 strove to persuade Him, as a proof of His divinity, to turn 
 the stones into bread; "but Jesus would not. 
 
 ;'). Again the devil dared to tempt Him, by carrying Him 
 to Jerusalem, where he placed Him on the pinnacle of the 
 Temple, telling Him to cast Himself down : " For if He were 
 the Son of God the angels would protect Him." But Jesus 
 said, " Tempt not the Lord thy God.'' 
 
 4. A third time Satan came, and, carrying Jesus Christ up 
 into a high mountain, showed Him all the kingdoms of the 
 earth, promising to give them to Him, if He would fall down 
 and adore him. But Jesus, with a holy anger, bade him " Be- 
 gone, for the Lord only should be adored." Then Satan left 
 Him, and angels came and ministered to Him. 
 
 In the deluge, water cleansed the world from its corruptions ; in Bap- 
 tism, water cleanses the soul from its sin. 
 
 Questions to Chaptkr 12 —What happened at the Baptism of Jesus ? What hap- 
 pened after His Baptism ? Describe Christ's temptations. 
 
142 HISTORY OE THE NEW TESTAMENT, 
 
 13.— Jesus the Lamb of God. 
 
 1. Some time after His Baptism, Jesiis came into the coun- 
 try where John was baptizing. When John saw Him, point- 
 ing to Him, he exclaimed: " Behold the Lamb of God, who 
 taketh away the sins of the world. This is He of whom I 
 have already spoken when I said, * There is one who will 
 come after me, who is preferred before me;^ and He is the 
 Son of God, for at His Baptism I saw the Holy Ghost descend 
 from heaven in the form of a dove, and rest upon Him.'' 
 
 2. Under the Jewish religion every clay there was offered on the altar 
 of holocausts a lamb to the Lord ; under the New Law Jesus Christ is 
 this Lamb of Sacrifice, that was once offered on Calvary, and is now 
 daily offered in the Sacrifice of the Mass. 
 
 14. — The First Disciples of Jesus Christ. 
 
 L On the following day, as Jesus was walking on tlie 
 banks of the Jordan, two of the disciples of John the Baptist, 
 named Andrew and John, saw Him. They remained with 
 Jesus during the day. Toward the evening Andrew brought 
 Simon, his brother, to Jesus. As soon as Jesus saw him. He 
 said, " Thou art called Simon, son of Jona: hereafter thou 
 shalt be called Peter.'" 
 
 2. The next day Jesus saw Philip and said to him, 
 "Follow Me."" AVhen Philip had listened for a while he 
 hastened to seek his brother Nathaniel. Finding him under 
 a fig-tree, he told him that at last the Messiah was come, and 
 Jesus of Nazareth was the person. At first Nathaniel was 
 inclined to be incredulous, owing to the prejudice that ex- 
 isted against the Nazarenes, but at last he yielded and went 
 with his brother. 
 
 3. When Jesus saw him coming. He said : " Behold, an 
 Israelite indeed, in whom there is no guile.^' But Nathan ieFs 
 astonishment knew no bounds when Jesus told him how 
 Philip had found him under the fig-tree, and how H3 had 
 
 Questions to Chapter 13.— Tell what John said when he saw Jesus the second 
 time. What is said of the lamb in the Old Law, and what in the New ? 
 
THE MARRIAGE AT CA^'A. 
 
 143 
 
 known him long before. Filled with awe, Nathaniel bowed 
 himself before Jesus, and acknowledged Him to be the Son 
 of God. Nathaniel afterwards became one of Christ's dis- 
 ciples under the name of Bartholomew. 
 
 15.— The Marriage at Cana. 
 
 1. Three days after Jesus had called Philip and Nathaniel 
 to follow Him, a marriage-feast was celebrated at Cana of 
 Galilee. Jesus and Mary were there, as also the newly- 
 chosen disciples. During the feast the wine failed, when 
 Mary, coming to Jesus, mentioned the fact to Him. At 
 first Jesus seemed inclined to do nothing to remove the 
 embarrassment of the master of the house; but Mary, who 
 knew the kindness of her Son, came to the servants and bade 
 them do whatever He told them. 
 
 
 1 
 
 wm, 
 
 B|p|i| 
 
 1 
 
 ■wg 
 
 % ^> j 
 
 ^l*y^l i ' 
 
 mi 
 
 M4f^r ^a «-^ 
 
 -'% 
 
 
 £ 
 
 
 
 ^^^^^PM 
 
 *^' 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 1" ■ 
 
 
 
 B^^^^ 
 
 hI^^SbB 
 
 
 2. There stood six stone pitchers, each containing from two 
 to three measures. Now Jesus came to the servants and told 
 them to fill them with water; then to draw out and carry to 
 the chief steward. When the steward had tasted the water 
 
 Questions to Chapter 14.— Who were the first disciples of Cliiist ? What did 
 Christ say to Peter ? What is said of Phihp and Nathaniel ? By wliat name is 
 Nathanif 1 also known ? 
 
144 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENTo 
 
 made wine, he was much astonished, and, calling the bride- 
 groom, chid him for having kept the best wine to the end of 
 the feast. 
 
 This was the first public miracle Jesus wrought, and those 
 who saw it not only were astonished, but believed Jesus was 
 the Son of God. 
 
 8. It was at this feast of Cana that Jesus sanctified marriage, and 
 raised it to the dignity of a sacrament. And this change of water into 
 wine was emblematic of that still greater change in the Sacrifice of the 
 Mass, where wine is changed into the blood of Jesus Christ, 
 
 THE FIRST YEAR OF CHRIST'S PUBLIC MINISTRY. 
 
 16.— Christ's Zeal for the Sanctity of the 
 
 Temple. 
 
 [A.D. 31. 
 
 1. About thic time Jesus went up to Jerusalem to cele- 
 brate tho feast of the Pasclu Entering the Temple, He found 
 
 Questions to Chapter 15.— Who were at the marriage-feast ? What failed ? 
 How was tlie wine suppHed ? What was the first public miracle Jesus wrouglit ? 
 When was marriaco inoLItuted ? 
 
NICODEMUS COMES TO SEE JESUS. 145 
 
 many who were there selling oxen and ^heep and doves, 
 while the money-changers sat at their tables. Animated 
 with a holy zeal. He made a whip of cords and drove out 
 those who thus profaned the house of God. No one dared to 
 resist Him, and soon the place was empty. 
 
 2. The few who remained asked by what authority He 
 assumed to act as He had done. His only answer was, 
 " Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up." 
 He meant His body, but the Jews thought He meant that 
 grand and gorgeous temple that had cost their forefathers 
 forty-six years of labor and an immense treasure of gold 
 and silver. 
 
 3. During the celebration of this Paschal feast Jesus 
 wrought a great many miracles in and near Jerusalem. 
 Many, when they saw His works and heard His words, were 
 led to believe in Him. 
 
 ITo— Nicodemus comes to see Jesus. 
 
 1. Whilst Jesus was at Jerusalem celebrating this feast 
 of the Pasch, Nicodemus, a member of the great Jewish 
 Council, came to Him in the night-time and said: " Master, 
 we know Thou art a teacher from God, for no man can do 
 what Thou doest if God were not with him." 
 
 2. After they had talked together for a while, Nicodemus 
 asked what he must do to be saved. Jesus answered, "He 
 must be born again of water and the Holy Ghost." When 
 Nicodemus heard this he was much puzzled to understand 
 what he had heard; but Christ only repeated His words, and 
 added, "That God had sent His only-begotten Son into the 
 world, that the world might be saved through Him." 
 
 2. It was at tliis interview that Christ tauglit tlie necessity of Bap- 
 tism. The Catholic Church not only teaches this doctrine to-day, but 
 insists that all her children shall be bai^tised. As the Israelites were 
 
 Questions to Chapter 16.— How did Jesus purify the Temple ? W^hat did Jesus 
 say to those who remained ? 
 
14G 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 saved from the slavery of Egypt by passing through the Red Sea, so 
 are Christians freed from the slavery of sin by the waters of Baptism. 
 
 18.— Jesus at the Well of Jacob. 
 
 1. When the feast of the Pasch was over 'Jesus passed 
 thi-ongli Judea, baptizing as He went. On His way to Naza- 
 reth He came to a city called Sichar, in the country of 
 Samaria. Being weary, He sat down near a well which for- 
 merly Jacob had dug, and which was much- visited by the 
 people, because it was near the gate. His disciples, leaving 
 Him, went into the citv to bnv bread. 
 
 2. While Jesus was sitting by the well, a woman came to- 
 draw water. Jesus asked her for a drink. Now the Jews so- 
 hated the Samaritans that they would have preferred to die- 
 rather than ask a favor from them. So, when the woman 
 heard the request, she was very much astonished, and asked 
 how it came that He, who was a Jew, asked her for a drink. 
 
 3. Jesus said to her, if she knew who it was that asked 
 her for a drink, maybe she would ask Him for a drink; for 
 
 Questions to Chaptkb 17. — Who came to see Jesus ? What did Nicodemus say- 
 to Jesus ? W^hat answer did Jesus give ? What did Christ teach at this interview ? 
 
JESUS PREACHES AT NAZARETH. 147 
 
 He would give her living water. AVhen she heard of living 
 water, and how those who drank of it would not thirst again, 
 she asked for it, that she might be saved the trouble of com- 
 ing so often to draw water. Then Jesus revealed to her the 
 secret sins of her life. Being struck at the Spirit of God, 
 which she so clearly saw in Him, she said: " Sir, I see Thou 
 art a prophet." 
 
 4. The Samaritans had built a temple on Garizim, a moun- 
 tain near the city of Sichar, where they were accustomed to 
 offer sacrifice, as the Jews did at Jerusalem. The woman 
 asked, "Who was right, the Jew or the Samaritan?" But 
 Jesus said: "The time will come — nay, was come — when 
 men would worship God neither on Mount Garizim nor at 
 Jerusalem." 
 
 5. Jesus also said to her that He was the Messiah. AVhen 
 she heard this she left her water-pot, and, hastening into the 
 city, told the inhabitants all that had happened. The Samar- 
 itans came to Jesus, and asked Him to remain with them. 
 He stayed two days, teaching and instructing them, many 
 believing in Him. 
 
 6. The water wliicli Jesus gives is interior liglit to guide the soul, 
 and grace to overcome the passions. Those who will truly serve God 
 must offer Him not the appearances of piety, but humility, faith, and 
 charity. These are the fountains from which all true religion springs. 
 
 19. — Jesus preaches at Nazareth. 
 
 1. After Jesus left Sichar He returned to Nazareth, His 
 native city. It was His custom to go frequently into tlie 
 synagogue. One day, while many of the people were assem- 
 bled, Jesus rose up to read. The book of Isaias was given 
 Him, and, opening it, He read from the place where it is 
 written: "The Spirit of the Lord is upon Me; He hath 
 anointed Me, and sent Me to preach the Gospel to the poor,, 
 and to heal the contrite of heart." 
 
 Questions to Chapter 18.— Tell what happened at the well of Jacob. What 
 did Jesus ask for ? What astonished the woman ? What did Jesus reveal to hei- ? 
 What did the woman tell the people of the city ? What did the Samaritans do ? 
 How did Jesus act ? 
 
148 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 2. Having shut the book, He returned it to the doctors. 
 All eyes were fixed npon Him, and wonder and doubt filled 
 their minds when He began to show them what the prophets 
 had said of the Messiah. But they were confounded when 
 He referred these prophecies to Himself, and clearly proved 
 He was the Messiah. 
 
 3. " Is not this," said they, " the son of Joseph the carpen- 
 ter ?^^ In answer, Jesus said, '- It was not wonderful that He 
 was not believed, for a prophet had no honor in his own 
 countryc Even," said Ho, " Elias was rejected by his own^ 
 and was forced to confer hie favors upon the pagan widow 
 of Sarepta." 
 
 4. When the people heard this they were filled with rage, 
 for they saw He referred to them. They finally forbade Him 
 to speak any more, and, thrusting Him out, brought Him to 
 the brow of the mountain on which the city was built^ in- 
 tending to cast Him down. But Jesus, when He saw Himself 
 on the edge of the precipice, turned, and with a calm dignity^ 
 that utterly confounded and paralyzed His enemies, passed 
 through their midst. 
 
 20. — The Miracle of Jesus at Capharnaunio 
 
 1. From Nazareth Jesus went to Capharnaum, where He 
 taught on the Sabbath days. All were in admiration and 
 astonishment at His doctrines; for He spoko as no man had 
 ever spoken, and His words penetrated into the inmost 
 recesses of their hearts. 
 
 2. One day, while He was speaking, a man who was pos- 
 sessed by a devil cried out : " Let us alone ! What have we 
 to do with Thee ? I know Thou art the Holy One of God." 
 But Jesus rebuked the devil and drove him out of the man. 
 W^hen the peoj^le saw this, fear came upon them, and they 
 knew not what to think. 
 
 3. Going out of the synagogue, Jesus entered the house 
 
 Questions to Chapter 19.— What did Jesus do at Nazareth ? What confounded 
 the people ? What question did they ask ? How were they answered ? What 
 did they propose to do to Jesus ? How did He escape ? 
 
THE MIRACULOUS DRAUGHT OF PISHES. 149 
 
 of Simon and Andrew, liis brother. Simon's mother-in-law 
 was very sick. Her friends asked Jesns to do something for 
 her. He approached the bed on which she lay, and, taking- 
 her by the hand, lifted her up. Immediately the fever left 
 her, and, rising, she began to minister to Him and His- 
 disciples. 
 
 4. During the evening of this same day the inhabitants of 
 the city came to Peter's house, carrying with them the sick 
 and those that were possessed. Jesus went to the door and 
 cured the sick and drove out the devils. On the next daj 
 He went into Galilee, where He also cured the sick and the 
 infirm. 
 
 5. Under the Jewish dispensation, the saints and the prophets also- 
 wrought miracles, but in the name of God, from whom they had tbeir 
 authority. Jesus, on the contrary, wrought His miracles in His own. 
 name, and by His own authority, thus distinguishing Himself from 
 those who went before Him and from those who came after Him. 
 
 21. — The Miraculous Draught of Fishes. 
 
 1. Jesus passed over from Capharnaum to Lake Genesa- 
 reth. Here the multitude pressed to see Him and to liear 
 His words. By the shore were two vessels; the nearest,. 
 Peter's. Into this Jesus entered, and requested Peter to push 
 out a little from the land. Then He sat down and taught 
 the multitude. 
 
 2. When Jesus had finished speaking. He told Peter to 
 launch out into the deep and to let down his net. Peter 
 answered that he and his partners had been fishing all the 
 night, but had caught nothing; yet, as He wished it, they 
 would let down the net. Scarce had they done so when the 
 net was filled with such a quantity of fish that it was nearly 
 breaking. They made signs to their partners to come and 
 help them, and both ships were filled, so that they were 
 almost sinking. 
 
 3. When Peter saw this he fell at the feet of Jesus and 
 
 Questions to Chapter 20.— What did Jesus do at Capharnaum ? What mira- 
 cles did He do ? What did the saints and prophets do ? 
 
150 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT, 
 
 said, "Depart from me, Lord, for I am a sinful man/^ 
 But Jesus answered, " Fear not, from hencefortti thoti shalt 
 
 be taking men." Having brought the ships to the shore, 
 Peter and his companions left all and followed Jesus. 
 
 4. Jesus cliose Peter's ship from wliicli to teacL. In tlie Roman 
 Catholic Churcli, of wliicli Peter's ship was a figure, Jesus Christ con- 
 tinues to teach through the Popes, who are the lawful successors of 
 Peter. 
 
 The miraculous draught of fishes was also symbolic. The sea is the 
 world, the net the Church. The fishers are the bishops and priests ; the 
 fish are the faithful who voluntarily enter the Church, that thereby 
 they may be saved. 
 
 22.— The Paralytic. 
 
 1. One day, while Jesus taught in a certain house of 
 Capharnaum, surrounded by the Pharisees and doctors, who 
 had come from Galilee and the surrounding towns to hear 
 Him, a man sick of the palsy was brought to the door. 
 AVhen those who carried the sick man found, because of the 
 multitude, they could not reach Jesus, they went up on the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 21.— What did Jesus do at Lake Genesareth ? What 
 miracle did He work ? What is said of Peter's ship ? 
 
THE SERMON ON THE MOUNTAIN. 151 
 
 roof of the house. — which, according to the custom of the 
 East, was flat and had an opening in it, — and let the sick 
 man down into the midst of the crowd. 
 
 2. Jesns, seeing their faith, said to the sick man: "Thy 
 sins are forgiven." When the doctors and the Pharisees 
 heard this they said : " This man blasphemes. Who can 
 forgive sins but God alone ? " Jesus, who knew the thoughts 
 of their hearts, asked them whether it was easier to forgive 
 sins than to cure the man. " But that you may know," 
 said He, " that the Son of Man has power to forgive sins, I 
 say to this sick man: Arise, take up thy bed and go into thy 
 house." And the sick man rose, and took up his bed, and 
 returned to his house, praising God. 
 
 3. All those who saw this palpable miracle were con- 
 founded and astonished. They had heard Jesus say, "Thy 
 sins are forgiven," and, in proof of His power to forgive sins, 
 they had seen Him cure the man. Hence it was not aston- 
 ishing that, being unable to explain the mystery, they simply 
 cried out, " We have seen wonderful things to-day!" 
 
 23. — The Sermon on the Mountain. 
 
 1. Jesus, seeing a great multitude come to Him, went up 
 hi to a mountain and sat down. His disciples came to Him, 
 and the multitude stood round about, on the sides of the 
 mountain, listening in silence. Jesus thus began: 
 
 The Eight Beatitudes. 
 
 2. Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom 
 of heaven. 
 
 Blessed are the meek, for they shall possess the land. 
 Blessed are they that mourn, for they shall be comforted. 
 Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after justice, for 
 they shall be filled. 
 
 3. Blessed are the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 22.— What did Jesus say to the man sick of the paisy : 
 What did the doctors say ? What did Jesus do ? What effect had this miracle on 
 the multitude ? 
 
152 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTA MKNT. 
 
 Blessed are the clean of heart, for they shall see God. 
 
 Blessed are the peacemakers, for they shall be called the 
 children of God. 
 
 Blessed are they that suffer persecution for justice' sake, 
 for theirs is the kingdom of God. 
 
 The Dignity and Duties of the Apostles. 
 
 4. After Jesus had spoken thus to the people, He turned to 
 His apostles, and told them they were the salt of the earth 
 and the light of the world; and that if the one lost its savor, 
 or the other was put under a bushel, each was equally worth- 
 less. 
 
 The Duties of Christians. 
 
 5. Again turning to the people, Jesus said to them that 
 their "justice should be more than that of the Scribes and 
 Pharisees ; neither should they kill, nor call another fool; 
 nor should they offer a gift to God whilst they were in anger 
 with their brother." Besides these grand maxims of justice. 
 He taught them to love their enemies, to do good to those 
 that hated them, and to pray for those that persecuted and 
 calumniated them. 
 
THE SERMON ON THE MOUNTAIN. 153 
 
 The Sanctity of Marriage. 
 
 6. Having thus spoken of the general duties of Christians 
 one to another, Jesus gave the following very clear and de- 
 cided command concerning the nature and sanctity of mar- 
 riage, to wit, " Let no man put away his wife; for what God 
 has joined together, let no man put asunder." Then He 
 added that, in all their actions, they should have purity of 
 intention, nor do anything for the applause of men. 
 
 The Works of a Christian. 
 
 7. After this, Jesus spoke to the multitude of the vanities 
 of life and the folly of laying up treasures on earth. He 
 bade them rather lay up treasures in heaven, where neither 
 the moth nor the rust could consume nor the thief steal. He 
 also told them not to be anxious for the things of life — how 
 they should be clothed or what they should eat; for the birds 
 neither sowed, nor did they gather into barns, and yet God 
 fed them. 
 
 8. "Consider," said He, "the lilies of the field: they 
 labor not, neither do they spin; and yet Solomon in all his 
 glory was not arrayed as one of them." He added : " No 
 man can serve two masters: you cannot serve God and 
 mammon." 
 
 The End of the Sermo7i. 
 
 9. Besides these and many other exhortations, Jesus said : 
 "Swear not: let your words be yea, yea; no, no; do unto 
 others as you wish them to do unto you; judge not, that you 
 be not judged." 
 
 10. Then Jesus concluded with that beautiful similitude 
 that has been so often quoted: that those who did as He 
 had commanded " would be like a house built on a rock : the 
 winds blew and the floods came, but the house fell not; but 
 those who kept not His words would be like a house built on 
 the sands : when the winds blew and the floods came, it fell." 
 
 11. AVhen the people heard all these words they were in ad- 
 miration not only at the doctrines they heard, but also with 
 
154 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 Jesus Himself, for He spoke to them not as the Scribes and 
 Pharisees, but as one having authority. 
 
 24.— The Leper. — The Centurion's Servant. 
 
 1. When Jesus came down from the mountain, a leper 
 came to Him and, adoring, asked to be cleansed. Jesus 
 stretched forth His hand and touched him, and imnaediately 
 he was cieansed. Then He commanded the leper to go to the 
 priest and oifer the gift prescribed by Moses. , 
 
 2. Among the Jews, wlien a leper was cured, be was required to 
 show himself to the priest, who, having examined him, declared him 
 cleansed, and removed from him the restrictions imposed by the law. of 
 Moses. This declaration of the Jewish priest was a figure of the sacra- 
 mental absolution of the Christian priest, who, absolving sinners, may 
 be justly said to cleanse them from a spiritual leprosy. 
 
 3. Jesus came again into Capharnaum, where a Roman 
 centurion approached Him and told Him that his servant 
 lay dangerously ill. Jesus offered to go and cure him, but 
 the centurion said: "Lord, I am not worthy that Thou 
 shouldst enter under my roof; say only the word, and my 
 servant shall be healed.^' 
 
 4. When Jesus heard this He declared He had not found 
 such faith in Israel; nay, that many would come from the 
 east and the west, and sit down with Abraham and Isaac 
 and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven, but the Jews them- 
 selves would be cast forth, because they would not believe. 
 
 5. Then He turned to the centurion and said: "As you 
 have believed, so be it done;" and immediately the servant 
 was cured. 
 
 The Jews did not receive Christianity as willingly as the Gentiles ; 
 in like manner Joseph's brethren despised him, whilst the Egyptians 
 admired him. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 23.— What was the first part of the Sermon on the Mount- 
 ain ? Repeat the eight beatitudes. Wliat did Jesus say of tlie apostles * What 
 was said of Christians in general ? What was said of marriage ? What other 
 lessons did Jesus give ? What effect had Christ's words on the multitude ? 
 
 Questions to Chaptkr 24.— What is said of the leper ? What was a custom 
 among the Jews ? What was it a figure of ? What happened at Capharnaum ? 
 
THE widow's son OF NAIM. 
 
 155 
 
 25. — The Widow's Son of Nairn. 
 
 1. Once when Jesus was entering the city of Nairn,, accom- 
 panied by His disciples and a great multitude, He met a 
 funeral procession in which a widow's son was carried out to 
 be buried. Jesus, seeing the great sorrow of the mother, and 
 the many friends that were with her, came and said, " Weep 
 not.'' 
 
 2. Then He approached the bier on which the dead man 
 lay, and, touching the body, said, "Arise;" and the young 
 man rose up and began to speak. Jesus presented the son to 
 the mother. When those who were present saw what was 
 done, great fear came upon them, and they began to glorify 
 God, because " a great prophet had arisen amongst them." 
 
 3. This miracle is symbolic of the future resurrection, when God will 
 raise up all men from the grave. Even now it has its fulfilment in 
 the Sacrament of Penance, where Jesus Christ, through His priests^ 
 raises up the sinner from the spiritual death of sin. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 25.— Tell how Jesus raised the widow's son. 
 
156 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMEifT. 
 
 26.— Mary Magdalene. 
 
 1. A certain Pharisee, named Simon, invited Jesus to oome 
 and eat with him. Jesus went, and, while He was at table, 
 Mary Magdalene came and brought with her an alabaster 
 box filled with precious perfume. Entering the house, she 
 cast herself on her knees, and began to wash the feet of Jesus 
 with her tears, and to wipe them with the hair of her head; 
 then, kissing them, she anointed them with the precious per- 
 fume she had brought. 
 
 2. When the Pharisee saw this he began to doubt in Jesus, 
 saying to himself: "Were this man a prophet. He would 
 surely know this woman is a sinner.'^ 
 
 Jesus, knowing his thoughts, spoke to him as follows: 
 "A certain man had two debtors: one owed him five hun- 
 dred pence; the other, fifty. As neither could pay him, he 
 forgave them both. Which, do you think, loved him most ? " 
 The Pharisee said : " I suppose he to whom he forgave most." 
 
 3. " You see this woman," said Jesus. " I entered your 
 house, and you gave Me no water for My feet; yet she has 
 washed them with her tears, and wiped them with her hair. 
 
JESUS CURES A MAN SICK FOR THIRTY-EIGHT YEARS. 157 
 
 You did not anoint My head, but she has anointed My feet. 
 I say to you many sins are forgiven her, because she has 
 loved much." 
 
 27.— The Messengers of John the Baptist. 
 
 1. Owing to the poverty and obscurity of His life, many 
 thought Jesus was not the Son of God, and could not be the 
 Messiah. John the Baptist, not that he doubted, but that 
 he miglit afford Jesus an opportunity of publicly proclaiming 
 His divinity, sent two of his disciples to ask Him if He were 
 the Messiah or not. 
 
 2. Jesus, without saying yes or no, simply referred to the 
 miracles He had wrought and the evils He had cured, and 
 told the messengers to say to John: "The blind see, the 
 deaf hear, the dead rise, and the poor have the Gospel 
 preached to them." These things had been long before 
 prophesied of the Messiah by Isaias. 
 
 THE SECOND YEAR OF CHRIST'S PUBLIC MINISTRY. 
 
 28. — Jesus cures a Man who had been Sick Thirty- 
 eight Years. 
 
 1. In the second year of His public preaching, Jesus went 
 up to Jerusalem to assist at the Paschal solemnities. There 
 was at Jerusalem a pond, called Bethsaida, having around it 
 five porches. In these porches lay many sick, such as the 
 blind, the lame, and the paralytic. 
 
 2. At certain times an angel came down into the pond and 
 moved the waters, and he who first entered after the waters 
 had been disturbed was cured of whatever disease he might 
 nave. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 26. —Give the history of Mary Magdalene and the anoint- 
 ing of Jesus. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 27.— For what did John send messengers ? What answer 
 did Jesus give John's messengers ? 
 
158 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. Now there lay in one of the porches a man who had 
 been sick for thirty-eight years. Jesus came to him and 
 asked him if he would like to be cured. The poor man 
 answered he had little chance, for he had no one to put him 
 in after the angel had troubled the waters. Jesus said to 
 him: "Arise; take up thy bed and walk." The man rose, 
 iind, taking np his bed, walked. 
 
 4. The Jews, seeing what Christ had done, began to 
 murmur, because He had cured the sick man on the Sab- 
 bath. When Jesus met their objections by tolling them that 
 not only His Father worked, but that He also worked, they 
 became exceedingly angry; for they saw by this He made 
 Himself equal to God. 
 
 5. They then strove to kill Him, but He all the more de- 
 clared Himself the Son of God, and that in Him, and through 
 Him, were men to be saved. Then He appealed to the works 
 He did as the best testimony that His Father had sent Him. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 28.— Tell the histoiy of the man who had been sick for 
 thirty-eight years. How was he cured ? What did the Jews complain of ? What 
 ■did they strive to do ? What, did Christ declare * 
 
THE SEVEN PARABLES OP THE KINGDOM OE GOD. 159 
 
 29.— The Seven Parables of the Kingdom of God. 
 
 1. Jesus came again to Lake Geiiesareth, and, entering a 
 ship, taught the multitude that stood on the shore. 
 
 2. Tiie Parable of tlie Sower. — A man went out to sow 
 seed. Some fell by the wayside, and the birds picked it up; 
 some fell on stony ground, and, springing up, soon withered 
 away, because it had no root; some fell among thorns, and was 
 soon choked; but others fell upon good ground, and brought 
 forth fruit — some a hundred, some sixty, some thirty fold. 
 
 3. Jesus afterwards gave this explanation of the parable to 
 His disciples : The seed is the word of God : that by the way- 
 side are those who hear; but the devil comes and takes the 
 word out of their hearts, lest, believing, they should be saved. 
 The seed that fell upon the rock are those who, at first, joy- 
 fully receive the word, and for a while believe, but, having 
 no roots, in time of temptation easily fall away. 
 
 4. That which fell among thorns are those who hear, but. 
 
IGO 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 going away, are choked with the cares and pleasures of life, 
 and yield no frnit. But the seed that fell on good ground 
 are those who, hearing the word with a good heart, keep it, 
 and bring forth fruit in patience. 
 
 5. The Parable of the CocJde. — Jesus spoke another 
 parable: A man sowed good seed in his field, and when he 
 slept his enemy came and sowed cockle. When the blades 
 sprang up the cockle appeared; but the master bade the ser- 
 vants let both grow until the harvest, when he would tell the 
 reapers to gather the cockle into bundles and burn it, but to 
 gather the wheat into his barn. 
 
 6. The following is the interpretation of this parable: 
 The sower is th.e Son of God; the field is the world; the 
 seed is the good ; the cockle is the bad ; the enemy that 
 sowed the cockle is the devil; the harvest is the end of the 
 world; and the reapers are the angels. As the cockle was 
 gathered and burned, so shall the wicked be iu the day of 
 judgment. 
 
 7. The Parable of the Mustard-seed. — Jesus spoke another 
 parable: The kingdom of heaven is like to a grain of mus- 
 
THE SEVEN PARABLES OF THE KINGDOM OF GOD. 161 
 
 tard-seed: it is the least of all seeds; but when it grows up 
 and becomes a tree, the birds can rest in its branches. 
 
 8. The Parable of the Leaven. — A woman took leaven and' 
 hid it in three measures of meal, until the whole was leav- 
 ened • so is the kingdom of God. 
 
 9. The ParaUe of the Treasure. — The kingdom of heaven 
 is like to a treasure hidden in a field: when a man finds it, 
 lie goes and sells all he has and buys that field. 
 
 10. The ParaUe of the Pearl. — The kingdom of heaven is 
 again like to a merchant seeking pearls : he finds one of great 
 price ; then he goes and sells all he has and buys it. 
 
 11. The Parable of the Good and Bad Fishes. — Again the 
 kingdom of heaven is like a net cast into the sea: it gathers 
 all kinds of fishes; but, when it is drawn. out, men select the 
 good and cast away the bad : so shall it be at the end of the 
 world— the angels shall separate the just from the unjust. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 29— What is the parable of the sower ? Tell the parable 
 of the cockle. What is its interpretation ? What are the other parables ? 
 
 -*" / 
 
162 
 
 HISTORY OF THE IS^EW TESTAMEIS^T. 
 
 30.— The Tempest Calmed. 
 
 1. After Jesus had finished speaking to the people, He 
 said to His apostles : " Let us pass over to the other side." 
 Before they started, a Scribe came to Him and proposed to 
 follow Him; but Jesus, knowing how selfish his heart was, 
 simply answered : " The foxes have holes, and the birds have 
 nests, but I have not whereon to lay My head." When the 
 Scribe heard this he went away. 
 
 2. Shortly after the ship left the land a violent storm 
 arose. The waves covered the ship, but Jesus slept. The 
 storm increasing, the disciples came to Jesus and told Him 
 they feared all would be lost. Then Jesus rose and, chiding 
 them for their want of faith, calmed the winds and the sea. 
 When the disciples saw this a great fear came upon them. 
 
 3. The stormy sea is the world; the ship is the Church, which rides 
 safely amid the tempest, for Christ is with her. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 
 tempest. 
 
 -What is said of the Scribe ? Tell the storj of tbf» 
 
THE DAUGHTER OF JAIRUS. 
 
 163 
 
 31.— The Daughter of Jairus. 
 
 1. When the ship landed, a multitude of people came and, 
 with great joy, welcomed Jesus. Among those who met Him 
 was a man named Jairus, a ruler of the synagogue, who 
 begged Him to come and heal his daughter, who lay danger- 
 ously ill. Jesus went with him. 
 
 M'ftf^^MJi 
 
 
 |[-^>^ssS 
 
 I^H^QI^^HI^H^bSmr ' 
 
 
 
 2. As Jesus was passing through the crowd, a woman who 
 had been sick for twelve years, and had in vain sought relief 
 from many physicians, came beliind Him and touched His 
 garment. Stie was immediately cured. 
 
 3. Whilst they were on the way, a servant came to Jairus 
 and told him his daughter was dead, and it was useless to 
 trouble himself any further. But Jesus said to him: "Fear 
 not; only believe." 
 
 4. When they came to the house where the young woman 
 was, they found a great crowd weeping and lamenting. But 
 Jesus, approaching, said : " Weep not ; she is not dead." 
 They laughed at Him, for they all knew too well she was 
 dead. 
 
164 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 5. Then Jesus took with Him Peter and James and John 
 and the parents of the girl, and went into the room where 
 she lay. Taking her by the hand, He said : " Arise ! " and 
 immediately she rose and began to walk through the house. 
 
 33.— Jesus chooses His Apostles. 
 
 1. Every day crowds of people came from far and near to 
 hear Jesus. He was moved with great compassion for them. 
 Seeing them wandering about like sheep without a shepherd. 
 He said to His disciples: "The harvest is great, but the 
 laborers are few." 
 
 2. The following night was spent in prayer. In the morn- 
 ing Jesus called His disciples, and from amongst them chose 
 twelve, whom He called apostles — that is, sent. Their names 
 were Peter and Andrew, James and John, Philip and Bar- 
 tholomew, Thomas and Matthew, James the Less and Thad- 
 deus, Simon Zelotes and Judas Iscariot. 
 
 3. AVhen Jesus had chosen them. He gave them power to 
 heal the sick, to raise the dead, and to drive out devils. 
 Then He sent them forth to preach, but forbade them to 
 take anything with them but their staff. They were thus 
 taught to put their trust in God, and not to hope for success 
 through human means. 
 
 4. He moreover told them they must suffer for His sake — 
 nay, that they would be scourged and put to death. " But,'^ 
 said He, "the disciple is not above the master; and if they 
 do these things to Me, how much more to you ? " 
 
 5. But He consoled them by the promise that He would be 
 with them, and speak through them; and that those who 
 heard them heard Him, and that those who despised them 
 despised Him. 
 
 6. The apostles went forth two by two, preaching and 
 driving out devils and healing the sick. Some time after 
 this Jesus added seventy disciples, whose duties were to help 
 the apostles, and go before Christ as the apostles had done. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 31.— What did Jesus do to the daughter of Jairus ? What 
 happened to the woman in the crowd ? 
 
JOHN THE BAPTIST BEHEADED. 165 
 
 7. The blessing wliich Our Lord gave by His doctrines was spread 
 through His apostles, as the blessing given to Abraham long before de- 
 scended to the sons of Jacob. As Gideon with his little band vanquished 
 his enemies, so did the apostles with their staff change tLe face ol 
 bociety and subdue the world to tne yoke of Christ. 
 
 33.— John the Baptist Beheaded. 
 
 1. Herod, tetrarch of Galilee, had married Herodias, his 
 brother's wife. John the Baptist came to him, and told him 
 it was not lawful for him to have his brother's wife. When 
 Herod heard this he became exceedingly angry, and cast 
 John into prison, hoping thus to silence him. 
 
 2. Now it happened that Herod, on his birthday, gave a 
 grand feast to the princes of Galilee. During the feast the 
 daughter of Herodias danced for Herod and his court. The 
 king was much pleased, and promised to give the young 
 woman whatever she would ask, even to the half of his king- 
 dom. He confirmed this promise with an oath. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 32.— Who were the apostles ? What powers diii He give 
 them ? Where did He send them ? How did He console them ? What did the 
 apostles do ? Whom did Jesus add to the apostles ? 
 
166 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. The damsel hastened to her mother, who advised her to 
 ask for the head of John the Baptist, that thus they might be 
 revenged on him for what he had said. The daughter re- 
 turned and asked for the head of John. 
 
 4. When Herod heard this he was Tery sad, but, because of 
 his oath, he sent and had John beheaded. The head was 
 phxced upon a dish and brought to the young woman, who 
 carried it to her mother. 
 
 5. Like Jolin the Baptist, tlie saintly and fearless prophet Elias had 
 presented himself, on a similar occasion, before King Achab. Like 
 Herod, Achab also hated the truth, and strove to put the man of God to 
 death, but failed. 
 
 34.— The Miracle of the Loaves and Fishes. 
 
 1, About the time of the Pasch, the apostles returned from 
 their first mission. Coming to Jesus, they told Him what 
 they had done and what they had taught. Jesus then took 
 them with Him, and they crossed the Sea of Galilee, and 
 went into the desert. A great multitude followed them. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 33. — For what was John the Baptist cast into prison ? 
 How did he die ? 
 
THE PROMISE OF THE BLESSED SACRAMKNT. 167 
 
 When Jesus saw how many had come, He began to teach 
 them and to heal their sick. 
 
 2. About the evening, the apostles proposed to send the 
 multitude home, as they had nothing to give them to eat. 
 Jesus asked what they had. The apostles answered, " Five 
 loaves and two fishes.''^ 
 
 3. Then Jesus commanded the people to sit down on the 
 grass, and, having taken the loaves and the two fishes, blessed 
 them and gave them to His apostles, who distributed them 
 amongst the people. There were about five thousand men, 
 besides the women and children, and yet there was enough 
 for all. When they were done, twelve baskets of fragments 
 were gathered up. 
 
 4. When the people saw this stupendous miracle they were 
 filled with admiration, and wished to make Jesus their king. 
 But He, knowing their design, hid Himself, and during the 
 night passed with His disciples over to Capharnaum. 
 
 35. — The Promise of the Blessed Sacrament. 
 
 1. The day after the miracle of the loaves and fishes, the 
 people came to Jesus in the synagogue of Capharnaum. 
 When He saw how they came to Him, because they had eaten 
 of the miraculous bread, He told them not to labor for per- 
 ishable bread, but for that bread which never perished, and 
 which He could give. 
 
 2. Then He told them that He was the living bread, and 
 that this bread was His flesh. When the Jews heard this 
 they were scandalized, and asked: " How could He give them 
 His flesh to eat." But Jesus only repeated His former asser- 
 tion in a stronger and more emphatic manner, and concluded 
 with these clear and decided words : " Unless you eat the 
 flesh of the Son of Man, and drink His blood, you shall not 
 have life in you. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My Mood 
 is drink indeed." 
 
 QuKSTiONs TO Chapter 34.— What is said of the return of the apostles ? Tell the- 
 history of the loaves and fishes. What effect had this miracle on the people ? 
 
1G8 HISTORY OF THE N^EW TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. Many of the disciples, when they heard these words, 
 were very much troubled, and because they could not under- 
 stand how Christ could give them His body to eat and His 
 blood to drink, went away, and walked no more with Him. 
 
 4. But Jesus continued to affirm this incomprehensible 
 mystery all the more, and at last turned to Peter, and asked 
 him. if he would also go away. But Peter, who could under- 
 stand the doctrine no better than the others, declared he 
 would not, but would believe it; not that he understood it, 
 but because Jesus Christ had said it, and " He had the words 
 of eternal life." 
 
 5. As the manna fell from lieaven to support the Israelites in the 
 desert, so is the Blessed Sacrament daily present upon our altars to 
 feed and nourish the soul in the battle of life. 
 
 36. — The Woman of Chanaan. 
 
 1. Jesus went into the country of Tyre and Sidon, and a 
 pagan woman of Chanaan came to Him, asking Him to cure 
 iier daughter, who was possessed by a devil. But Jesus made 
 }ier no answer. The woman contfnued to urge her request, 
 until the disciples thought of putting her away, but Jesus 
 forbade them. 
 
 2. The woman coming near, adored Jesus, when He said 
 to her, " It is not good to give the bread of the children to 
 the dogs." But she answered, " The whelps sometimes eat 
 the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters." When 
 Jesus heard this He was much struck with her faith, and 
 cured her daughter. 
 
 Jesus found faith among the pagans of Sidon, as, on a former occa- 
 sion, Jonas had found it among the pagans of Ninive. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 35.— What happened on the day after the miracle of the 
 loaves and fishes ? How did the Jews receive the words of Jesus ? How did Jesus 
 meet their objection ? What did many do ? How did Peter act ? What is said of 
 the manna and the Blessed Sacrament ? 
 
 Questions to Chaptek 36.— What is said of the woman of Chanaan. 
 
THE PRIMACY CONFERRED ON PETER. 169 
 
 37. — The Primacy conferred on Peter. [a.d.32. 
 
 1. Jesns came to the city of Cesarea Philippi, and that He 
 might try His apostles, asked what the people generally 
 thought of Him. The apostles answered there was great 
 difference of opinion; some taking Him for Elias, some for 
 Moses, and some thought He was a prophet. Then Jesus 
 asked them what was their own opinion on the matter, 
 Peter answered in the name of all: "Thou art Christ, the 
 Son of the living God." 
 
 2. When Jesus heard this unqualified acknowledgment of 
 His divinity. He said to Peter: "Blessed art thou, Simon 
 Bar-Jona. Thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build 
 My Church, and the gates of hell shall not prevail against 
 her. I will give to thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven,, 
 and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound also- 
 in heaven; and whatsoever thou shalt loose upon earth shall 
 be loosed also in heaven.^' 
 
 3, Petei was tlius the first of the apostles who made a public profes- 
 sion of the divinity of Jesus Christ, and, for his faith, Jesus made him 
 
170 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 the cliief among the apostles, and the future visible head of the 
 Church. For eighteen hundred years, the Popes, who are the legiti- 
 mate successors of St. Peter, have been placed at the head of the Chris- 
 tian world. 
 
 38. — The Transfiguration. 
 
 1. After six days, Jesus took Peter and James and John 
 with Him np into a mountain. There He was transfigured 
 before them. His face shone as the sun, and His garments 
 ibecame Avhite as snow. Moses and Elias also appeared, and 
 '^began to talk with Him. 
 
 2. AVhen the apostles saw the ravishing beauty of Christ's 
 -person, they proposed, in their joy, to build three tabernacles: 
 one for Him, one for Moses, and one for Elias. Whilst they 
 were speaking a voice from heaven cried out, " This is My 
 beloved Son : hear ye Him I " 
 
 Questions to Chapter 37.— What did Jesus do at Cesarea Philippi ? What was 
 the opinion of the people about Him ? What did Peter say ? What power dia 
 •Christ confer on Peter ? What is said of the Popes ? 
 
JESUS THE FRIEND OF CHILDREN. — SCANDAL. 
 
 171 
 
 3. At these words the apostles fell flat on the ground, 
 nor did they look up until Jesus came and bade them rise. 
 When they lifted up their eyes they saw no one but Jesus, 
 who commanded them to tell the vision to no one till after 
 He had risen from the dead. 
 
 4. Jesus, transfigured, appeared between tlie two greatest men of the 
 Old Law — Moses, the lawgiver, and Elias, the miracle-worker. In His 
 glory He infinitely surpassed both the one and the other, proving 
 clearly that He was the centre of majesty as well as the origin of power, 
 both in the Jewish and Christian dispensation. 
 
 39.— Jesus the Friend of Children. — Scandal. 
 
 . 1. One day, after teaching, Jesus sat down to rest, when 
 the women brought their children to Him, that He might 
 bless them. The apostles, anxious to spare Him, strove to 
 keep back the crowd; but Jesus said to them, "Suffer little 
 children to come to Me, for in their innocence they are like 
 the angels in heaven." Then Jesus laid His hands upon the 
 heads of the children and blessed them. 
 
 Question to Chapter 38.— Tell the history of the TransfigJiration. 
 
172 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 2. On another occasion the apostles asked Jesus who was 
 the greatest in heaven. He called a little child, and, placing 
 it in their midst, said, " That to become great in heaven, we 
 must on earth become innocent and humble as children." 
 
 3. It was on this occasion Christ pronounced a woe upon 
 those who scandalized the young, or led them into sin; and 
 the reason He gave was, "their angels were ever before the 
 face of God." 
 
 As Tobias was protected by an angel, so have we angels to guard us, 
 though with the eyes of the body we cannot see them. 
 
 40. — The Pardon of Injuries. — The Unforgiving 
 Servant. 
 
 1. One day Peter asked Our Savior how often he should 
 forgive his brother. Jesus said, *' Till seventy times seven ; ^' 
 by which is meant an indefinite number. 
 
 2. To confirm His words to Peter, Jesus related the follow- 
 ing parable: A king wished to take an account of his affairs, 
 so he called his servants. One came who owed ten thousand 
 talents, and, being unable to pay, the master ordered him and 
 his wife and his children to be sold. The poor man, when 
 he saw the misfortune that was come upon him, fell upon his 
 knees and begged for time, promising to pay all. The mas- 
 ter, taking pity on him, forgave the debt. 
 
 3. When this servant left the master, he met a fellow- 
 servant who owed him a hundred pence. Seizing him by the 
 throat, he demanded immediate payment. The servant 
 begged for a little time. . He would not give it, but cast him 
 into prison. 
 
 4. AVhen the other servants saw what was done, they told 
 the master, who, calling t^ie unforgiving servant to him, chid 
 him for his harshness, and then cast him into prison until his 
 own debt should be paid. Christ concluded with these 
 memorable words : " So also shall My heavenly Father do 
 
 Questions to Chapter 39.— What is said of little children ? 
 
THE PARABLE OF THE GOOD SAMARITAN". 173 
 
 nnto you, if you forgive not every one his brother from your 
 hearts." 
 
 41.— The Power of the Keys given to the 
 Apostles. 
 
 . 1. At the time St. Peter made his glorious profession of 
 faith in the divinity of Christ, he received, besides the 
 primacy in the Church, a special power of binding and loos- 
 ing on earth. About the j^eriod we are writing, Jesus ex- 
 tended this same power to the other apostles. 
 
 2. The words in which this power was conferred were as 
 follows: "Amen, I say to you, whatsoever you shall bind 
 upon earth shall be bound also in heaven; and whatsoever 
 you shall loose on earth shall be loosed also in heaven."' 
 And in order that there might be no doubt as to the authority 
 of the apostles when they went forth to preach, Christ 
 added: "He that hears you hears Me; and he that despises 
 you despises Me." 
 
 42.— The Parable of the Good Samaritan. 
 
 1. Once, while Jesus was teaching, a lawyer came to Him, 
 and asked what he must do to be saved. Jesus answered : 
 *' Love God with your whole heart, and love your neighbor as 
 yourself." When the lawyer heard of his neighbor, he 
 thought he would entrap Our Savior, and asked, " Who is 
 my neighbor ?" 
 
 2. In answer Jesus narrated the following parable: A man 
 w^ent down from Jerusalem to Jericho. On the way he 
 fell among robbers, who stripped him, and wounding him, 
 left him half-dead. Shortly afterwards a priest came by the 
 same way, and, though he saw the helpless condition of the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 40.— What is the lesson on forgiving injuries? What is 
 •said of the two servants ? How did the master act ? What conclusion did Christ 
 draw ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 41 .—What power was granted the apostles ? What are the 
 words in which Christ conferred this power 2 
 
174 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 wounded man, passed on. In like manner, a Levite also 
 passed. 
 
 3. But a Samaritan, passing, saw the wounded man, and 
 coming, bound up his wounds, and placing him on his own 
 ass, took him to the inn. The next day he took two pence 
 and gave to the host, bidding him take care of the wounded 
 man, and promising to pay on his return whatever addi- 
 tional expense would be incurred. 
 
 4. When Our Savior had finished, He asked the lawyer,, 
 " Who was neighbor to the man who fell among robbers ? '^ 
 The Doctor answered : " He that showed mercy." Then 
 Jesus said: " Go and do in like manner." 
 
 43.— Mary and Martha. 
 
 1. After this Jesus came to a town called Bethania. Here 
 a woman, named Martha, received Him into her house. 
 Martha gave herself much trouble, arranging and fixing the 
 house, that she might show her respect for her guest; but 
 
 Questions to Chapter 42.— What did the lawyer ask ? What answer did he pret f 
 Relate the parable of the Good Samaritan What conclusion is drawn fi-om the 
 parable ? 
 
175* 
 
 her sister Mary went and sat down at the feet of Jesus, and. 
 listened to His words. 
 
 2. AVhen Martha saw that Mary left all the care of the 
 house to her, she came to Jesus and requested Him to speak 
 to her sister, that she might help her. But Jesus told Martha 
 not to trouble herself about many things — one thing ivas 
 necessary; and, as Mary had chosen the better part. He would 
 not disturb her. 
 
 44.— The Lord's Prayer. 
 
 1. One day, after Jesus had been praying in a retired spot,, 
 one of His disciples came to Him, and asked Him to teach 
 them to pray, as John had taught his disciples. Jesus said : 
 "When you pray, say: Our Father, who art in heaven; hal- 
 lowed be Thy name; Thy kingdom come; Thy will be done- 
 on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread; 
 and forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those who- 
 trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but 
 deliver us from evil. Amen." 
 
 2. Jesus said besides, " Come to Me, all you that labor and 
 
 Questions to Chapter 43.— What is said of Martha ? What is said of Mary ?• 
 Whose conduct was preferred ? 
 
176 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 are heavy ladened, and I will refresh yon. My yoke is sweet, 
 -and My burden is light. Learn of Me, because I am meek 
 and humble of heart." 
 
 45.— The Lost Sheep and the Good Shepherd. 
 
 1. At the feast of Tabernacles, Jesus went up to Jerusalem, 
 where He taught. Many of those who came to hear Him 
 were publicans and sinners. When the Scribes and Phari 
 asees saw this they began to murmur. That He might the 
 better illustrate His own character, and at the same time 
 'teach them a lesson, Jesus gave the following parable: 
 
 2. " What man having a hundred sheep, and losing one, 
 does not leave the ninety-nine and seek for that which was 
 lost until he find it ? When he has found it, does he not 
 call together his friends and neighbors, and say to them, ^Re- 
 joice with me, because I have found my sheep that was lost ' r 
 As a man does with his lost sheep, so does God with the 
 sinner that repents.'" 
 
 Questions TO Chapter 44, —Tell the history of the Lord's Prayer, 
 maxims did Jesus give ? 
 
 What other 
 
THE PRODIGAL CHILD. 
 
 177 
 
 3. " I am the good Shepherd/' said Christ. " Tlie good 
 shepherd gives his life for his flock; but the hireling, when 
 he sees the wolf, flies. I lay down My life for My sheep. I 
 have other sheep that are not yet of this fold; them also I 
 must bring. There shall be but one fold and one Shepherd." 
 
 46.— The Prodigal Child. 
 
 1. After Jesus had given the above parable, that so beauti- 
 fully explains what a good shepherd should be. He spoke 
 another, to illustrate the forgiving character of His Father 
 towards a repenting sinner. 
 
 2. " A certain man,'' said He, " had two sons. The 
 younger asked his father for his portion, and, having received 
 his share, went into a far country. He was not long there 
 till he spent what his father had given him, and the compan- 
 ions of his folly abando7iing him when they found he had no 
 more to spend, he was reduced to extreme want. 
 
 Qdestions to Chapter 45.— What p^ave occasion for the parable of the good 
 shepherd ? Relate it. What does Christ say of Himself ? 
 
178 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMEJST. 
 
 3. "Seeing nothing but starvation staring him in the face, 
 he went and hired himself to a farmer, who sent him to feed 
 swine. AYhen the young man saw the condition to which he 
 was reduced, entering into himself, he rose up and returned 
 to his father. 
 
 4. "The kind-hearted father was watching, and when he 
 saw his poor prodigal son returning to him, hastened ou-t to 
 meet him, and, falling on his neck, kissed him, and welcomed 
 him back to the home of his childhood. The son said: 
 ^Father, I have sinned against Heaven and before thee. I 
 am not worthy to be called thy son.^ 
 
 5. " But the father ordered the servants to bring forth the 
 best robe in the house and put it on him, and to put a ring 
 on his finger, and shoes on his feet. Then he commanded 
 them to hasten and bring the fatted calf, that they might kill 
 it and make merry. 
 
 6. " The eldest son was in the fields, and when he returned, 
 and heard music and dancing, and learned the cause, he was 
 very angry. Calling his father, he complained that he had 
 made so much of his disobedient and dissipated brother, 
 whilst he had never received anything, not even a kid, with 
 which to make merry with his friends. But his father said 
 it was but right to rejoice, for his brother that was dead had 
 come to life, and he who had been lost was found." 
 
 7. In this parable Jesus Christ taught the doctrine of penance. First, 
 the prodigal child recognizes his sins, repents, and returns to his father. 
 Secondly, he confesses, and is ready to make satisfaction for what he 
 has done. In the same manner the sinner recognizes his sins, repents, 
 and confesses them ; then willingly accepts the penance imposed on 
 him ; and lastly, the absolution of the priest reconciles him to God. 
 
 47. — The Rich Man and Lazarus. 
 
 1. Jesus, continuing to preach, spoke as follows: "There 
 was a certaiTi rich man, who was clothed in purple and fine 
 linen, and feasted sumptuously every day. There was also a 
 
 Questions to Chapter 46.— Relate the parable of the prodigal child. What does 
 the parable of the prodigal child teach ? How ? 
 
THE RICH MAN AND LAZARUS. 
 
 179 
 
 certain beggar, named Lazarus, who lay at the rich man's 
 gate, begging for the crumbs that fell from his table; more- 
 over, the dogs licked his sores. 
 
 2. " In due time the beggar died, and was carried to Abra- 
 ham's bosom. The rich man also died, but was buried in 
 hell. Here, lifting up his e3^es, he saw Lazarus, and begged 
 Abraham to send him to him, that he might dip his finger in 
 water and cool his tongue. But Abraham reminded the rich 
 man how it had been with him and Lazarus in life, and how 
 just it was that he, who had feasted on good things, should 
 now suffer, whilst he who had suffered should be rewarded. 
 
 3. " * Besides,' said Abraham, ' there is between us a great 
 lake, so that no one can pass from us to you, nor from you 
 to us.' 
 
 "As a last appeal, the rich man begged Abraham to send 
 Lazarus to his five brothers, that they might be kept out of 
 hell; but Abraham refused, saying: * They have Moses and 
 the prophets: let them hear them.' " 
 
 Questions to Chapter 47.— What is said of the rich man ? What is said of Laza- 
 rus ? What did Abraham say ? What last appeal did the rich man make ? How- 
 was he answered ? 
 
180 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 48.— The Cure of the Man Born Blind. 
 
 1. Whilst Jesus was celebrating the feast of Tabernacles, 
 He went out from the Temple on the Sabbath day. He met 
 a man who had been blind from his birth. The disciples 
 asked if it was because of any fault in the blind man him- 
 self, or in his parents, that he had been born blind. Jesus 
 answered that the blindness was neither because of any 
 fault in the man, nor in his parents, but simply to manifest 
 the works of God. 
 
 2. Jesus spat on the ground and made clay, and spread the 
 clay on the eyes of the blind man. Then He bade him go 
 and wash in the pool of Siloe. The blind man went, washed, 
 and returned seeing. 
 
 3. When those who had formerly known him saw him, they 
 were confounded, and took him to the Pharisees. They asked 
 him how he had been cured. He told them. AVhen they 
 beard how Jesus had cured him on the Sabbath, some said 
 He was God, and some said He was a sinner, whilst others 
 said, "A sinner cannot do such miracles; '^ and there was a 
 division. 
 
THE TEN LEPERS. 
 
 181 
 
 4. There were some also who would not believe the man 
 had been blind; so they sent for his parents, who testified 
 that he had been born blind, and that it was their son. When 
 the blind man began to reason, and to show that none but 
 God could restore sight to the blind, the Pharisees became 
 very angry, and cast him out. 
 
 .5. Some time after this Jesus met him, and asked him if 
 he believed in the Son of God. When, to his question, Jesus- 
 told him He was the Son of God, the man who had been 
 blind fell on his knees and adored Jesus, saying: "Lord, I 
 believe.'^ 
 
 6. In this miracle we Lave a remarkable fulfilment of tlie words of 
 tlie prophet Isaias concerning Christ, that in His time " the eyes of the 
 blind should be opened." Such a miracle could onlv be done by God ; 
 hence the anger and rage of unbelieving Pharisees when they could 
 neither disprove nor gainsay the cure of the man who had been born 
 blind. 
 
 49.— The Ten Lepers^ 
 
 1. After the feast of Tabernacles, Jesus passed through 
 
 Questions to Chapter 48.— What is said of the Wind man ? How was he cured ? 
 How did the Pharisees act ? Who were called ? What was done to the blind man 8 
 Why ? What happened to him afterwards ? 
 
182 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 Samaria and Galilee. On the way He met ten lepers. By 
 the law of Moses, lepers were forbidden to live in the towns 
 or cities, or to mingle among the people, and were required 
 to live in the country, apart by themselves. When Jesus saw 
 the ten lepers. He commanded them to go and show them- 
 selves to the priest. Whilst they were going they were 
 cleansed. 
 
 2. One of them, when he saw what had happened, returned, 
 and cast himself at the feet of Jesus ; and this man was a 
 Samaritan. Jesus asked if the other nine had not also been 
 cleansed, and how came it that only the stranger returned to 
 give thanks ? Then Jesus, to console the grateful leper, said : 
 ^'Eise: thy faith hath made thee whole." 
 
 50. — The Publican and the Pharisee. 
 
 1. When Jesus saw how some trusted in their own works and 
 despised others, He spoke the following parable: " Two men 
 went up to the Temple to pray; one was a Pharisee, the other 
 a publican. The Pharisee, standing, prayed thus: ^OGod, 
 i thank Thee that I am not like the rest of men, extortioners, 
 
 Questions to Chapter )9 -Tell the history of the ten 3epers. 
 
THE RICH YOUNG MAN. 
 
 183 
 
 unjust, adulterers ; nor am I like this publican. I fast twice 
 a week, and I give tithes of all I possess/ 
 
 2. " But the publican, standing afar off, would not so 
 much as lift up his eyes, but struck his breast, saying: 'O 
 Ood, be merciful to me, a sinner/ 
 
 " I say to you, the publican was justified, but the Pharisee 
 was not; because he that exalteth himself shall be humbled, 
 and he that humbleth himself shall be exalted/' 
 
 51.— The Rich Young Man'. 
 
 1. A rich young man came to Jesus and asked what he 
 must do to be saved. Jesus bade him keep the command- 
 ments. But the young man, hesitating, asked, " What com- 
 mandments ? " Jesus said : " Kill not, steal not, neither 
 shalt thou bear false witness. Honor thy father and thy 
 mother/' The young man, hearing this, answered he had 
 kept all these from his youth. 
 
 2. Jesus then turned to him and said : " If you will be 
 
 QuESTioKS TO Chapter 50.— Relate the parable of the Pharisee and the publican. 
 What did the Pharisee do ? What did the publican do ? Which was justified ? 
 
184 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 perfect, sell all you have and give it to the poor^ and come 
 and follow Me." But the young man went away sorrowful. 
 When he had gone, Jesus turned to His disciples and re- 
 marked how difficult it was for a rich man to part with his 
 wealth, and very few of them would enter heaven. 
 
 52. — The Laborers in the Vineyard. 
 
 1. After Jesus had spoken to His disciples of the rewards 
 that awaited the faithful servant, He gave the following para- 
 ble*: ''The kingdom of heaven is like to the master of a vine- 
 yard. In the morning he went out to hire laborers; and, 
 having agreed to give them each a penny a day, sent them 
 into his vineyard. 
 
 2. "He went out at the third and the sixth and the ninth 
 hours, and seeing men standing idle, sent them into his vine- 
 yard, telling them he would give them what was right. He 
 did the same at the eleventh hour. 
 
 3. " In the evening the master called the laborers, and paid 
 
 Questions to Chapter 51.— What is said of the rich youug man ? i)escribe his 
 interview with Jesus. What is said of the rich ? 
 
THE RESUKRECTIOI^ OF LAZARUS. 185 
 
 them each a penny. But when those who had labored from 
 the morning came, and received only a penny, they began to 
 complain because the others, who had not labored as much 
 as they, had been made equal to them. 
 
 4. "The master answered, they had agreed for a penny; he 
 had paid them, and he did not see why they should complain 
 because he was generous.^' 
 
 Then Jesus said: "So shall it be in heaven: the last shall 
 be first, and the first last ; for many are called, but few are 
 chosen." 
 
 5. Two thousand years before the coming of Jesus Christ, the Jews 
 were called to be the chosen people of God. They despised this call, and 
 so comparatively but few of them have been chosen to have a part in the 
 kingdom of Jesus Christ. When the Jews denied and rejected Jesus 
 Christ, He turned to the Gentiles, who, in immense numbers, enrolled 
 themselves under His banner, and thus they who were last have become 
 first, and the Jews, who were first, have become last. 
 
 53, — The Resurrection of Lazarus. 
 
 1. Whilst Jesus was assisting at the feast of the dedication 
 of the Temple, He openly taught that He and the Father 
 were one. When the Jews heard this, and saw that He thus 
 made Himself equal to God, they became very angry, and 
 determined to stone Him. But hearing of their intentions, 
 Jesus quietly left Jerusalem and went into the country about 
 the Jordan. There He received a message from the two 
 sisters Mary and Martha, of Bethania, telling him their 
 brother Lazarus was very sick. 
 
 2. But He remained two days longer, remarking to His 
 disciples that Lazarus was dead. When He came to Bethania 
 Martha met Him, and complained that He had been so slow; 
 but Jesus bade her have courage, for her brother would again 
 come to life. 
 
 3. Martha called Mary, who was at home weeping. She 
 rose and hastened to meet Jesus, who was yet outside the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 52.— Tell the parable of the laborers in the vineyard. 
 What is said of the Jews and Gentiles ? 
 
186 
 
 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 town, and, casting herself at His feet, said : " Lord, if you 
 had been here, my brother had not died." 
 
 4. When Jesus saw her weeping, and saw the other Jews 
 who accompanied her also weeping, He asked where they had 
 laid Lazarns. They brought Him to the sepulchre. He 
 commanded them to take away the stone that lay over the 
 door; then He lifted up His eyes to heaven, and praying, 
 cried out: "Lazarus, come forth." Immediately Lazarus 
 rose and came forth from the grave, bound in the napkins 
 and grave-clothes in which he had been buried. Many of 
 the Jews believed in Jesus, but others went and told the 
 chief priests and Pharisees what had happened. 
 
 54.— The Jews Seek to Kill Jesus. 
 
 1. When the Pharisees and Scribes heard of the resurrec- 
 tion of Lazarus, and how the people were following Jesus, 
 they said : " If we let Him alone, everybody will believe in 
 
 Questions to Chapter 53.— What did Jesus teach conceminpr Himself and the 
 Father ? Where did He go ? What message did He receive ? What happened 
 when Jesus came to Bethania ' 
 
ZACHEUS, THE CHIEF OF THE PUBLICAN'S. 
 
 18' 
 
 Him." They asked Oaiphas, who was high priest that year, 
 what he thought of the matter. But he answered : " It is 
 expedient that one man die for the people, that the whole 
 nation perish not.^^ This he said by inspiration. 
 
 2. From that day they sought to put Jesus to death. For 
 this reason He walked no more openly among the Jews, but^ 
 going awa}^ dwelt in the city of Ephrem. The Jews hated 
 Jesus because His works proved His divinity; and Cain 
 killed his brother because God loved Abel. 
 
 3. Six days after the resurrection of Lazarus, Jesus said to 
 His apostles: "We are about to go up to Jerusalem, and I 
 shall be betrayed and condemned to death; then I shall be 
 scourged, and at last crucified; but I shall rise again on the 
 third day.^' This remarkable prophecy was fulfilled to the 
 letter in the passion and death of Christ. 
 
 55. — Zacheus, the Chief of the Publicans. 
 
 1. There lived in Jericho a man named Zacheus, the chief 
 of the publicans. He strove to see Jesus when He passed 
 
 Questions to Chapter 54.— When the Pharisees heard of the resurrection of 
 Lazarus, how did they act ? What did the high priest say ? What did the Jews 
 try to do ? What prophecy did Jesus give ? 
 
188 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMEN^T. 
 
 through the city, but, being a man of small stature, he could 
 not on account of the crowd. He then ran on and climbed 
 up a sycamore-tree. When Jesus came to the tree. He lifted 
 lip His eyes and said to Zacheus: "Make haste and come 
 down, for to-day I must abide in your house." Zacheus 
 hastened, and with great joy received Him into his house. 
 
 2. When the others saw this they began to murmur be- 
 cause Jesus had gone into the house of a publican, who 
 irom his profession was considered a sinner. Jesus said to 
 Zacheus: "This day salvation is come into this house, for 
 the Son of Man has come to seek and save that which was 
 lost." 
 
 56o — Mary Magdalene Anoints Jesus. 
 
 1. From Jericho Jesus went to Bethania, where Simon the 
 leper made a supper for Him. Lazarus was one of the guests, 
 and Martha, his sister., helped to wait upon them. Now, 
 while they were all citting at supper, Mary Magdalene took a 
 box of precious ointment, and, coming into the house, knelt 
 down and anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with 
 the hair of her head. The house was filled with the sweet 
 odor of the ointment. 
 
 2. When Judas Iscariot saw this he began to complain and 
 to murmur at the waste. He asked why they had not sold 
 the ointment and given the price to the poor — not that he 
 cared for the poor, but because he carried the purse and was 
 a thief. 
 
 3. Jesus bade them let the woman alone, for she had done 
 a good work in embalming His body for the tomb. He said 
 also that wheresoever His Gospel would be preached, the 
 piety of Mary Magdalene would be proclaimed. 
 
 4. Like Judas, many nowadays cry '* Prodigality ! " if tliey are asked 
 to contribute for tlie beauty of the church or the splendor of divine wor- 
 ship. They also say, "Let it be given to the poor," but Jesus says, 
 ' ' Do both : ornament the church and help the poor. " 
 
 Questions to Chapter 55.— What is said of Zacheus ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 56. — From Jericho where did Jesus go ? What happened ? 
 What did Mary Magdalene do ? What did Judas say ? What did Jesus say ? 
 What do many nowadays say ? 
 
CHRIST'S TRIUMPHAL ENTRY INTO JERUSALEM. 
 
 189 
 
 57.— Christ's Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem. 
 
 1. On the following day Jesus came to Jerusalem, but, 
 before entering, stopped at Mount Olivet, just outside the 
 walls of the city. From there He sent His disciples to Beth- 
 phage, a little town close by, and bade them bring the ass 
 which they would find tied by the way. 
 
 2. The disciples did as He commanded, and, bringing the 
 ass, put their garments on it; then they placed Jesus thereon 
 and led Him into Jerusalem. On the way great multitudes 
 of the people met Him. Some spread their garments on the 
 ground, some cut down branches from the palm-trees and 
 strewed them before Him, whilst all cried : " Hosanna to the 
 Son of David ! blessed is He that cometh in the name of the 
 Lord ! '' 
 
 3. Many of the Pharisees were also in the crowd. When 
 they heard the people shouting, and saw the honors that 
 were paid to Jesus, they asked Him to rebuke His disciples, 
 and to tell the people to hold their peace; but He would not. 
 
 4. As Jesus drew near the city, looking upon it. He wept; 
 then He cried out : " Jerusalem ! if you had known the 
 
190 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 * things that are for your peace; but now they are hidden from 
 your eyes. The days shall come when your enemies shall 
 compass you about, and shall beat you flat to the ground, and 
 there shall not remain of you a stone upon a stone/' 
 
 5. When Jesus entered Jerusalem, He went directly to the 
 Temple, where from every direction the sick, the blind, and 
 the paralytic were brought to Him, and He cured them all. 
 At last the people became very much excited, and even the 
 children caught up the general enthusiasm and cried out: 
 *• Hosanna to the Son of David ! " 
 
 6. "When the Pharisees heard this they became more and 
 more enraged, and, coming to Him, asked if He heard what 
 was said. Jesus answered, "Yes; but," said He, " liave you 
 never read what was written by the prophet: Out of the 
 mouths of infants and sucklings Thou hast perfected praise ? " 
 
 7. Long before had Zacharias the prophet foretold the en- 
 trance of Christ into Jerusalem, when he said: "Rejoice, 
 daughter of Sion, and shout, daughter of Jerusalem; be- 
 hold, thy King will come to thee: He is poor, and riding 
 upon an ass." 
 
 8. Jesus Christ entered Jerusalem on the very day the 
 Jews were required by the law of Moses to procure the Pas- 
 chal lamb. How significant His every act ! The Paschal 
 lamb was offered for the Jewish people; but Jesus, who is the 
 true Paschal Lamb, was offered, not for a people, but for a 
 world. 
 
 5 8. —The Parable of the Marriage Feast 
 
 1. On the next day, while Jesus w^as teaching in th^ Tem- 
 ple, He said: "The kingdom of heaven is like to a king who 
 made a marriage feast for his son. He sent his servants to 
 call those who had been invited, but they would not come. 
 He sent a second time, but they not only refused, but, seizing 
 his servants, put them to death. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 57.— What is said of Christ's entry into Jerusalem ? What 
 did the multitude do ? How did the Pharisees act ? What did Jesus say of Jerusa- 
 lem ? What was done in the Temple ? How did Jesus answer the Pharisees r 
 What did Zacharias prophesy ? On what day did Jesus enter Jerusalem ? 
 
THE TRIBUTE TO C^SAR. 191 
 
 2. *' When the king heard this he became very angry, and, 
 sending his armies, destroyed the murderers and burnt their 
 city. 
 
 " That his marriage feast might not be without guests, the 
 king sent his servants into the highways and invited all, the 
 good as well as the bad, to come. 
 
 3. "The king, going into the banqueting-hall, found a 
 guest who had not on a wedding-garment. When asked why 
 he had neglected to put on a wedding-garment, he was silent. 
 Then the king ordered him to be bound hand and foot, and 
 to be cast into exterior darkness." 
 
 4. In the East it was customary for kings to supply tlieir guests with 
 wedding-garments ; hence the crime of the unfortunate man, who, 
 through carelessness, had neglected to put on the proper garment, even 
 though provided for him. 
 
 59. — The Tribute to Caesar. 
 
 1. When the Scribes and Pharisees heard the parable of the 
 marriage feast, they knew Jesus meant them by the guests 
 who had refused to come. In consequence they were very 
 angry, and began to plot how they might entrap Him in His 
 words, that thereby they might have a pretext to condemn 
 Him. 
 
 2. For this purpose they sent some of their own disciples, 
 together with some of the friends of Herod, to Him. They 
 began by flattering Him and praising Him for His bold and 
 fearless declaration of His opinions. When they thought 
 they had deceived Him as to their intentions, they, with deep 
 cunning, asked Him "whether it was lawful to give tribute 
 to Cassar or not." 
 
 3. Jesus knew very well what their motives were, and the 
 treacherous plot by which they hoped to entrap Him; for if 
 He said " Yes," the Jews would hate Him as being an enemy 
 to their country, and if He said " No," Herod would seize 
 upon Him for resisting the governments 
 
 Questions to Chapter 58.— Tell the parable of the marriage feast. What was 
 done to the dumb guest ? What was a custom in the East ? 
 
192 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 4. Jesus asked for a penny. When it was presented to 
 Him, He asked "whose image was on it." They said, 
 " Oaesar^s." Then said Jesus : " Render to Caesar the things 
 that are Caesar's, and to God the things that are God's." 
 
 When they heard this their malice was forced to yield in 
 admiration to His wisdom. Going away, they dared ask Him 
 no more questions. 
 
 60.— Christ Foretells the Destruction of Jerusalem 
 and the End of the World. 
 
 1. After Jesus had finished speaking. He rose to leave the 
 Temple. As He was passing out, His disciples began to ad- 
 mire its magnificence and solidity; but Jesus told them not 
 to trust too much to appearances; that that Temple which 
 they now so much admired, and of which the Jews were so 
 proud, would ere long be destroyed; nor would there remain 
 of it so much as a stone upon a stone. 
 
 2. When He came to Mount Olivet, that stands but a short 
 distance from the city, He sat down and began to speak to 
 His disciples of the destruction of Jerusalem and the end of 
 the world. They asked Him when these things would take 
 place. 
 
 3. In answer to the first question He said : " When you 
 shall see an army encompass Jerusalem about, know that her 
 destruction is at hand. Then let those that are in Judea 
 flee to the mountains, and those that are in Jerusalem hasten 
 to depart, for the days of vengeance and tribulation are come: 
 many shall fall by the sword, many shall be led away captives 
 among the nations of the earth, and Jerusalem shall be de- 
 stroyed." 
 
 4. To the second question He said : " Be not deceived : My 
 Gospel shall be preached in the whole world, and then shall 
 the end come. There shall be tribulations such as have not 
 been; false Christs shall arise, and false prophets shall come. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 59.— How did the Scribes try to entrap Jesus ? How did 
 He answer them ? What did they do ? 
 
THE FIVE WISE AND THE FIVE FOOLISH VIRGINS. 193 
 
 doing wonders and showing signs, so as almost to deceive the 
 elect. But the end is not yet. 
 
 5. " Other signs shall appear : The sun shall be darkened, 
 the moon shall not give her light, the stars shall fall from 
 heaven, the earth shall be moved, the sea shall roar, and men 
 shall wither away for fear of the things that are to come. 
 Then shall the sign of the Son of Man appear, and He Him- 
 self shall come in His majesty; the angels shall gather to- 
 gether the elect from the four winds. But no one knows 
 either the day or the hour, but the Father alone." 
 
 6. Thirty-seven years after this remarkable prophecy con- 
 cerning the destruction of Jerusalem, Titus, a Eoman gen- 
 eral, came with an army and laid siege to Jerusalem. The 
 prophecy was fulfilled to the letter : the walls were beaten 
 down, the city was taken, the Temple burned, and the Jews 
 were carried into captivity, never to return. 
 
 In its own time will the prophecy concerning the end of 
 the world be also fulfilled. 
 
 61.— The Parable of the Five Wise and the Five 
 Foolish Virgins. 
 
 1. Jesus continued to speak to His disciples, saying : " The 
 kingdom of heaven is like to ten virgins who took their lamps 
 and went forth to meet the bridegroom. Five were wise and 
 five were foolish. The foolish took no oil with them, but the 
 wise took oil in vessels together with their lamps. 
 
 2. " Whilst the bridegroom tarried, they all slept. During 
 the night the bridegroom came, and they rose and went forth 
 to meet him. But soon the foolish virgins found their lamps 
 had gone out, and, while they went to buy oil, the bridegroom 
 entered, and the doors were shut. 
 
 3. " At length the foolish virgins came, but could not 
 enter. When they cried out to open for them, the bridegroom 
 
 Questions to Chaptek 60.— What did Jesus say concerning the Temple ? Of what 
 did Jesus speak when He came to Mount Olivet ? When was Jerusalem to be de- 
 stroyed ? What did Jesus say about the end of the world ? Who destroyed Jeru- 
 salem ? When ? 
 
194 
 
 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 answered, ' I know yon not/ 
 the Son of Man shall come/ 
 
 Watch, for you know not when 
 
 62.— The Parable of the Talents. 
 
 1. Again Jesus gave another parable: "The end of the 
 world is like to a man who wentinto a far country. He called 
 together his servants, and delivered to them his goods. To 
 one he gave five talents ; to another, two; and to another, 
 one. Then he started on his journey. 
 
 2. " Now he that had received the five talents went and 
 traded with them till he gained other five talents. In like 
 manner he that had received the two gained other two; but 
 he that had received the one talent went away and buried his 
 lord^s money. 
 
 3. " After a long time the lord returned ; and he that had 
 received the five talents came and brought with him the other 
 five. When the lord saw this he said: '^ Well done, thou 
 good and faithful servant: because thou hast been faithful 
 over a few things, I will set thee over many things: enter 
 thou into the joy of thy lord.^ In like manner the lord spoke 
 to him that had gained the two talents. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 61 .—Tell the parable of the virgins. 
 
THE LAST JUDGMENT. 195 
 
 4. " But he that had received the one talent came and said: 
 "Lord, I knew thou wert a hard man, and, being afraid, I hid 
 thy talent in the ground. Here is what is thine.' The lord 
 reproached him for his sloth, and, taking the talent from 
 him, gave it to him who had the ten talents. Then he com- 
 manded the unprofitable servant to be bound hand and foot 
 and cast into exterior darkness." 
 
 63. — The Last Judgment. 
 
 1. Among the last of the public instructions Christ gave 
 the people was a discourse on the Last Judgment, and an ex- 
 hortation to His disciples to prepare for it. The negligence 
 of men, and the little influence that the mere love for God 
 has to change the mind, rendered it necessary to add fear to 
 the other motives for serving God. 
 
 2. Jesus began by a description of the commotions that 
 would beforehand take place in the heavens and on the 
 earth; telling how the sun and the moon and the stars would 
 change, and the earth tremble, and how after this an angel 
 would sound the last trumpet and call the dead to judgment. 
 Then would come tho Son of Man, surrounded by His angels 
 and seated on a cloud, while all the nations of the earth 
 would be gathered before Him. 
 
 3. When all mankind shall have been thus gathered before 
 Him, Jesus Christ shall send out His angels to separate the 
 good from the bad, placing the former on His right hand and 
 the latter on His left. Then shall Christ turn lo the good 
 and say to them : " Come, ye blessed of My Father, possess 
 the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the 
 world." 
 
 4. But He shall turn to the wicked and, with an angry 
 countenance, say: "Depart from Me, ye accursed, into ever- 
 lasting fire, which was prepared for the devil and his angels." 
 And these shall go into everlasting punishment, but the Just 
 into life everlasting. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 62.— Tell the parable of the talents. 
 
196 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 5. At His first coining- Jesus appeared in poverty and weakness, but 
 at His second He shall appear as a judge, surrounded by His majesty, 
 and backed by His power. The cross, now so much despised, will then 
 be the sign of His glory. 
 
 THE PASSION AND DEATH OF JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 64.— The Paschal Lamb. 
 
 1. On the first day of the Azymes the Jews were com- 
 manded by the law of Moses to sacrifice the Paschal lamb, 
 and for eight days to eat unleavened bread. On that day 
 Jesus told Peter and John to go and prepare the Pasch for 
 Him and His disciples. 
 
 2. They went into the city, and, as Jesug had bidden them,, 
 prepared the Pasch. When the evening was come Jesus sat 
 down to table with His twelve apostles, declaring how much 
 and how long He had desired to eat that supper with them. 
 
 3. The Jewish Paschal lamb was a figure of Jesus Christ, the true 
 Paschal Lamb; for this reason Christ was by His own will put to death 
 on the cross on the same day and at the very hour that year by year 
 the Jewish Paschal lamb was offered in the Temple. 
 
 65o— The Washing of Feet. 
 
 1. When they had all eaten, Jesus rose from the table and 
 girded Himself with a towel. Then pouring water into a 
 basin. He began to wash the feet of His disciples and to wipe 
 them with the towel. 
 
 2. When He came to Peter, the brave apostle declared 
 never should his Lord wash his feet ; but when Jesus told 
 him it was necessary, if he would have share with Him, Peter 
 yielded. 
 
 3. After Jesus had washed the feet of the apostles, He 
 again sat down and began to discourse to them on what He 
 
 Questions to Chapter 63.— Besides love, what else is needed to serve God ? 
 Describe the Last Judgment. What shall be dono to the good ? What to the bad ? 
 What is the difference between the first and the last coming of Jesus Christ * 
 
 Questions to Chapter 64.— What was done on the first day of the Azj-mes ? 
 
CHRIST IITSTITUTES THE BLESSED SACRAMENT. 
 
 197 
 
 had done. " The servant," said He, " is not greater than the 
 master ; and if I, who am Master, have washed your feet, you 
 ralso ought to wash ono another^n feet/^ 
 
 4. AVhen Jesus said the washing of feet was necessary, He wished to 
 show how necessary Baptism and Penance were. By these, sins are 
 washed away through the merits of Christ ; so was the washing of feet 
 At the Last Supper a symbol of these sacraments. 
 
 66.— Christ Institutes the Blessed Sacrament. 
 
 1. After the washing of the apostles' feet came that sacred 
 and solemn moment Christ had so long desired. He was 
 about to enter on His Passion, and must fulfil that promise 
 He had before made, that '* He would give His body to eat 
 and His blood to drink."" 
 
 2. Therefore, while they were all sitting at the table, Jesus 
 took of the bread that was before Him, and, holding it in His 
 sacred hands, lifted up His eyes to heaven; then He gave 
 thanks, and, blessing the bread, gave it to His disciples, say- 
 ing : " Take ye and eat ; this is My body, which is given 
 
 Questions to Chapter 65.— Describe the washing of feet by Jesus. What did 
 Peter do and say ? Of what was the washing of feet a symbol ? 
 
198 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 for you." By these words Jesns changed the bread into His 
 adorable body. 
 
 3. Then He took the chaiiice, in which was a part of the 
 wine that had been nsed at the supper, and, giving thanks, 
 blessed it, and gave it also to His disciples, saying : "Drink 
 ye all of this, for this is My blood of the new testament, 
 which shall be shed for many for the remission of sins. Do 
 this for a commemoration of Me." 
 
 4. By these words Jesus changed the wine into His blood; 
 and by the words, " Do this for a commemoration of Me," 
 He ordained the apostles priests, and instituted for all time 
 the august Sacrament of the Altar. 
 
 Jesus is the Melcliisedecli of the New Law, wlio, as King and Priest, 
 offered Himself under the appearances of bread and wine. 
 
 6T.— Jesus Foretells the Treason of Judas and 
 the Denial of Peter. 
 
 1. After the institution of the Blessed Sacrament, Jesus 
 became depressed and very much troubled. He knew that 
 Judas Iscariot was about to betray Him for the paltry sum of 
 thirty pieces of silver. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 66.— Describe the institution of the Blessed Sacrament. 
 What did Christ do ? What did He say ? What is Jesus in the New Law ? 
 
199 
 
 2. That the traitor might have no excuse, Jesus publicly 
 declared "one of them was about to betray Him." Instantly 
 there was a commotion among the apostles, and each began 
 CO ask: "Is it I?" 
 
 3. John, whom Jesus loved most tenderly, was sitting by 
 His side. Peter made a sign to him to ask Jesus of whom He 
 spoke. John, leaning on the bosom of Jesus, did so. Jesus 
 answered: "It is he to whom I shall reach bread dipped;" 
 and, immediately dipping the bread, He handed it to Judas. 
 As soon as Judas had eaten the morsel, Satan entered into 
 him, and, going out, he consummated his treason. 
 
 4. When Judas was gone Jesus said, in a very solemn man- 
 ner: "Now is the Son of Man glorified, and God is glorified 
 in Him ; I will be with you only a little while." Peter, hear- 
 ing this, asked "where He would go." Jesus answered: 
 " Where I go, thou canst not follow now." Peter became 
 very much excited, and, with great vehemence, asked " why 
 he could not follow now, as he was ready to lay down his life 
 for Him." 
 
 5. But Jesus, turning to him, said: "Amen, amen, I say 
 to thee, this night, before the cock crow twice, thou slialt deny 
 Me thrice." 
 
 Joseph was sold by bis brothers, that he might save them in the time 
 of famine; Jesus was sold by Judas, tbat He might redeem and save 
 mankind, 
 
 68. — Christ's Last Discourse to His Apostles. 
 
 1. After Judas left the supper-room, Jesus, turning to the 
 other apostles, said: " I am about to leave you, but before I 
 go I give you a new commandment: Love one another. Be 
 not troubled: I will not entirely leave you; at present I go 
 to prepare a place for you in My Father's house; I will come 
 again and take you with Me. 
 
 2. " I will also ask My Father to give you another Paraclete, 
 
 Questions to Chapter 67.— After the institution of the Blessed Sacrament what 
 happened to Jesus ? How did Jesus act towards Judas Iscariot ? What did Judas 
 do ? What did Jesus say to Peter ? 
 
200 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 who will teach you all things, and abide with you forever. I 
 am the way, and the truth, and the life; no one can come to 
 the Father but through Me. I am the vine; My Father is 
 the husbandman: he that abideth in Me, and I in him, shall 
 bear much fruit. My peace I leave you; My peace I give 
 you.'' 
 
 3. When Jesus had finished with these grave and affection- 
 ate words. He lifted up His eyes to heaven and said: 
 ^^ Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son. I pray for 
 Mine; sanctify them. I pray not for Mine only, but for 
 those also who, through their word, shall believe in Me, that 
 they may be one with Me, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and 
 I in Thee/' 
 
 69. — Jesus in the Garden of Gethsemani. 
 
 
 
 1. When Jesus had finished His prayer. He went with His 
 disciples to the garden of Gethsemani, near Mount Olivet. 
 Having entered. He bade His disciples sit down and rest, 
 while He went to pray. Taking with Him Peter and James 
 and John, He went away a little distance. Oppressed with 
 
 Questions to Chapter 68.— What was Christ's last discourse to His apostles ? 
 
JESUS DELIVERED UP TO HIS ENEMIES. 301 
 
 grief. He said: " My soul is sorrowful even unto death: stay 
 here and watch." 
 
 2. Leaving the three apostles, He went forward a little 
 distance, and, falling flat on the ground, prayed thus: "0 
 My Eatlier! if it is possible, let this chalice pass from Me : 
 nevertheless, not as I will, but as Thou wilt." Then, rising. 
 He came to the apostles; but they were asleep. Jesus left 
 them„ and went again and prayed as He had done before. 
 For the third time He prayed in the same manner, saying 
 the same words. 
 
 3. When Jesus had finished His prayer, and for the third 
 time had submitted Himself to the will of His Father, He 
 began His agony. Oppressed with the load of sin that was 
 placed upon Him, and overwhelmed with grief. His sweat 
 became as drops of blood trickling on the ground. His 
 Father sent an angel to comfort Him. When His agony was 
 over, Jesus rose, and, coming to His disciples, said, " Arise, 
 let us go; he that shall betray Me is at hand." 
 
 TO.— Jesus Delivered up to His Enemies. 
 
 1. Whilst Jesus was still speaking to His apostles, a great 
 multitude of the j^riests and people came into the garden. 
 Some carried swords in their hands; others carried clubs and 
 torches. Judas Iscariot walked at their head. When Judas 
 came to Jesus he said, " Hail, Eabbi," and kissed Him. 
 
 2. Jesus advanced towards the multitude and asked them 
 whom they sought. They said, "Jesus of Nazareth." He 
 simply answered, "I am He;" when the multitude, over- 
 come with fear, went back and fell to the ground. Then 
 Jesus said, "You have come to seize Me as if I were a thief: 
 whilst I was daily in the Temple, you did not touch Me." 
 
 3. As soon as Jesus had said this, the soldiers advanced and 
 seized Him. Peter, seeing what was done to his Master, 
 drew his sword and cut off the ear of Malchus, the servant of 
 
 Questions to Chapter 69.— What happened in the garden of Qethsemani ? What 
 was Christ's prayer ? What is said of His agony ? 
 
202 
 
 HISTORY OF THE ISTEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 the high priest; but Jesns bade him put back his sword into 
 the scabbard, saying that, if He needed help, His Father 
 would send Him more than twelve legions of angels. 
 
 4. Jesus touched the ear of Malchus and healed it; then 
 He delivered Himself into the hands of the soldiers, who 
 bound Him. The disciples, seeing this, fled; Peter and John 
 
 alone following at a distance. 
 
 Kl, — Jesus before the High Priest. 
 
 1. The multitude led Jesus to the house of Annas, one of 
 the priests. There He was asked concerning His doctrines 
 and disciples. Jesus simply answered. He had taught openly; 
 His words and actions were well known. For this, one of 
 the servants struck Him, asking how He dared to answer 
 thus. 
 
 2. After much abuse, Annas sent Jesus to Caiphas the 
 high priest. Here were assembled the priests and the 
 Scribes and a great multitude of the people. Christ was led 
 
 Questions to Chapter 70.— Who betrayed Jesus ? With what ? When the 
 soldiers seized Jesus what did Peter do ? Who alone followed Jesus ? 
 
PETER DENIES JESUS. 
 
 203 
 
 xTito their midst; false witnesses were brought in, and all 
 manner of accusations were made against Him; they were 
 determined to put Him to death. 
 
 3. When the witnesses had been examined, Caiphas rose 
 and asked Jesus if He had anything to say ; but Jesus held 
 His peace. 
 
 Again Caiphas rose, and adjured Him by the living God to 
 tell whether He was the Christ, the Son of God. Jesus an- 
 swered, " / am," 
 
 4. The high priest, hearing this, rent his garments, and de- 
 clared there was no need of further evidence; all had heard 
 the blasphemy, and, by their law. He, who made Himself 
 God, deserved death. He then asked what they thought. 
 They all cried out, " He is worthy of death." 
 
 72. — Peter Denies Jesus. 
 
 1. Whilst Jesus was before the tribunal of the high priest, 
 Peter remained in the hall, among the soldiers, warming him- 
 self. One of the servants of the high priest came to him and 
 
 Questions to Chapter 71.— Where was Jesus led? What was Jesus asked? 
 What was done to Him 1 What was done at the house of Caiphas ? 
 
.204 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 accused him of being not only a follower of Jesus, but of hav- 
 ing been in the garden with Him. Peter declared he knew 
 Him not; and the cock crew. 
 
 3. A short time after this, another servant, seeing Peter, 
 said to those that were standing about : "This man was also 
 with Jesus." Peter again denied, and swore with an oath 
 that he knew 7iot Jesus. 
 
 3. About an hour after this, a friend of Malchus, whose 
 ear Peter had cut off, also charged him with being a disciple 
 of Jesus; but Peter began to swear he knew not the man. 
 The cock crew the second time. 
 
 4. At that moment Jesus was led through the hall. Turn- 
 ing, He looked at Peter, who remembered what Christ had 
 said to him in the early part of the evening: ^^ Before the 
 cock crow twice, thou shalt deny Me thrice." Peter went 
 out and wept bitterly. 
 
 It is related in history that after Lis denial of Clirist Peter always 
 wept when he heard a cock crow, and so frequent were his tears that 
 they made furrows in his cheeks. 
 
 5. Man is very weak : Peter saw his Master on Thabor, and yet 
 
JESUS BEFORE PILATE AKD HEROD. '205 
 
 denied Him in the judgment hall. Had lie prayed in the garden, he 
 would not hava been, so timid, in trial i let us, therefore, watch and 
 pray^ 
 
 73.— The Despair of Judas. 
 
 1. When Judas saw that Jesus was condemned to death, he 
 repented of what he had done. Going to the chief priests, 
 he threw down the thirty pieces of silver, declaring he had 
 betrayed innocent blood ; then he went out and hanged him- 
 self. 
 
 2. The priests, taking the money, bought with it a potter's 
 field, in which to bury strangers, for it was not lawful to put 
 blood-money in the treasury of the Temple. This field was 
 called by the Jews Haceldama; that is, the field of blood. 
 
 74.— Jesus Insulted. 
 
 After Jesus was condemned by the great council, the 
 soldiers took Him into a large hall, and there began to mock 
 Him and to spit upon Him. Blindfolding Him, they buffeted 
 Him, and then tauntingly asked who struck Him; yet, in the 
 midst of their blasphemies, their jeers, and their scoffs, Jesus 
 remained silent — a wonder to men and angels. 
 
 75. — Jesus before Pilate and Herod. 
 
 1. As soon as it was day the great council of the Jews 
 assembled, and again condemned Jesus to death. But, Judea 
 being at that time a Roman province, the Jews were forbid- 
 den to inflict punishment of death on any one until they 
 had received the permission of the governor. They, there- 
 fore, dragged Jesus before Pontius Pilate, who was then gov- 
 ernor of Judea. 
 
 QuESTiOKS TO Chapter 72.— Tell how Peter denied Jesus. What is said of Peter's 
 
 after-life ? 
 Questions to Chapter 73.— How did Judas act ? What was done with the money* 
 Questions to Chapter 74.— What insults were heaped upon Jesus ? How did 
 
 Jesus act ? 
 
206 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 2. When Jesns was brought before him, Pilate asked what 
 was the accusation against Him. The multitude cried out, 
 "He is a seditious man; He forbids the people to pay tribute 
 to Caesar, and, moreover, declares He is Christ, the King." 
 
 3. Pilate asked Jesus if He were a king. He declared He 
 was, but that His kingdom was not of this world. When 
 Pilate heard this he said to the people, " I find no fault in 
 the man." But they only cried out the more, " He is a dis- 
 turber of the peace, from Galilee even to Jerusalem." 
 
 4. Pilate, hearing of Galilee, asked if Jesus were a Galilean. 
 Learning He was, Pilate sent Him to Herod, governor of 
 Galilee, who was then in Jerusalem attending the Paschal 
 feast. AVhen Herod saw Jesus he was very much pleased. 
 He had heard a great deal about Him, and now hoped to see 
 some miracle. 
 
 5. But, when questioned, Jesus remained silent. Herod, 
 seeing that his idle curiosity would not be gratified, mocked 
 Our Savior, and, in derision, clothing Him in a white gar- 
 ment, sent Him back to Pilate. That same day Herod and 
 
JESUS IS SCOURGED AND CROWNED WITH THORNS. 207 
 
 Pilate were reconciled to each other, having before been 
 enemies. 
 
 76.— Jesus and Barabbas. 
 
 1. During the whole of Christ's trial, Pilate strove to save 
 Him, because he saw Jesus was innocent. But Pilate was a 
 weak man, and feared to resist popular opinion. To add to 
 his embarrassment, his wife had a dream which frightened 
 her very much, and, while Pilate was sitting in the judgment- 
 hall, she sent him a message to have nothing to do with 
 Jesus, because He was a just man. 
 
 2. There was a custom among the Jews that, on the feast 
 of the Pasch, the governor should release any prisoner whom 
 the people chose. Pilate, hoping to save Jesus, presented for 
 their choice Jesus or Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a thief 
 and an assassin. 
 
 3. The priests and the ancients persuaded the people to 
 demand the release of Barabbas and the death of Jesus; so, 
 when Pilate again asked whom would he release, they cried 
 out, "Barabbas;" and when he asked what he would do with 
 Jesus, they cried out, " Crucify Him." 
 
 4. Barabbas is a picture of sin. Man disobeys, and, by liis sin, drives 
 the grace of God from liis soul, thus, in a certain sense, killing the soul. 
 Jesus came to free man from sin, and, by His sufferings, pay the ransom 
 for all sin. 
 
 7 7. — Jesus is Scourged and Crowned with Thorns. 
 
 1. Pilate still hoped to save Jesus from death, and, at the 
 same time, satisfy the people; he, therefore, ordered Jesus to 
 be scourged. The soldiers led our blessed Saviour out of the 
 hall into a courtyard. There they stripped Him, and, tying 
 Him to a pillar, scourged Him. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 75. — What did the great council do ? What could the Jews 
 not do ? Why ? Before whom was Christ dragged ? What accusations were made 
 against Him ? To wbom did Pilate send Jesus ? How did Herod treat Jesus ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 76.— Tell the story of Jesus and Barabbas. 
 
208 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 2. After this, mocking Him, they put a purple garment on 
 Him, and, platting a crown of thorns, put it on His head. 
 For a sceptre they put a reed in His hand, and, coming, 
 
 bowed the knee before Him, saying : " Hail, King of the 
 Jews." They also spat on Him, and, taking the reed, struck 
 Him with it, thus driving the thorns deeper into His head. 
 
 78.— Jesus is Condemned to Death. 
 
 1. Pilate, seeing the pitiable condition to which Jesus was 
 reduced, thought the sight of Him would appease the malice 
 of the Jews. For this reason he led the Son of God out on 
 a high balcony, and, presenting Him in all His misery, said, 
 " Behold the Man." But the barbarous, blood-thirsty people 
 only cried out the more, " Crucify Him, crucify Him." 
 
 2. Pilate still continued irresolute, and hesitated what to 
 do. But when the leaders of the people came and said to 
 him, if he released Jesus he was no friend of Caesar's, he 
 seems to have made up his mind. Hoping to quiet the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 77.— Tell how Christ was scourged. After scourging Him 
 what was done ? 
 
THE JOURNEY TO CALVARY. 
 
 209 
 
 stings of his conscience, he took a basin of water and, going 
 before the multitude, washed his hands, saying: " I am inno- 
 cent of the blood of this just man/' But the people cried 
 out, " His blood be upon us, and upon our children." 
 
 Z. For eighteen hundred years has the blood of Christ been 
 upon the Jews. Driven from Judea — without country, with- 
 out home — strangers amongst strangers — hated, yet feared — 
 have they wandered from nation to nation, bearing with them 
 the visible signs of God's curse. Like Cainj marked with a 
 mysterious sign, they shall continue to wander i^W the end of 
 the world. 
 
 79.— The Journey to Calvary. 
 
 1. Pilate, seeing he could not prevail upon the people, at 
 last passed sentence of death upon Jesus. Then the soldiers 
 took Him, and, placing a heavy cross on His wounded shoul- 
 ders, led Him forth to Calvary. This was the usual place 
 for the execution of criminals. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 78.— What did Pilate do with Jesu> on the balcony ? What 
 did the people say ? What argument did the leaders use to persuade Pilate to con- 
 demn Jesus ? What is said of the blocd of Jesus, and the Jews ? 
 
210 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 2. As Jesus passed through the streets, His strength failed, 
 and He fell several times. His executioners, seeing He could 
 not carry the cross any further, compelled Simon the Gyrene, 
 whom they met on the way, to take it up and carry it to Cal- 
 vary. Together with Jesus, two thieves were also led forth 
 to be crucified. 
 
 3. Amongst the crowd that accompanied Jesus wer« many 
 women, weeping and lamenting. Turning to them, He strove 
 to console them, and, in the kindest words, bade them not 
 weep for Him, but for themselves and for their children. 
 
 4. What a sublime example of patience Christ gave in His 
 Passion ! Condemned unjustly, He nevertheless, without a 
 murmur, takes His cross; treated with the utmost cruelty and 
 inhumanity. He complains not. So ought we to act when 
 trials are sent to us, or men persecute us. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 79.— Who passed sentence of death on Jesus ? What was 
 placed on Christ's shouldeis ? What happened on the way to Calvaiy ? Who car- 
 ried the cross ? Who were in the cj-owd ? What did Jesus say to the women ? 
 
JESUS ON THE CK0b6. 211 
 
 80.— Jesus is Nailed to the Cross. 
 
 1. When Jesus reached Calvary the soldiers offered Him 
 wine mixed with gall. This draught helped to render the 
 agony of crucifixion less keen, by deadening the feeling of 
 sense. But Jesus refused to drink, being determined to 
 suffer unshrinkingly all His Father had decreed. 
 
 2. He was then stripped of His garments and nailed to the 
 cross. On each side of Jesus was crucified one of the thieves 
 that had been led forth with Him. The soldiers divided His 
 garments amongst them, but for His coat they cast lots. 
 
 3. This coat of Our Savior was a figure of His Church, Woven from 
 top to bottom without seams : so is the Church without division— one 
 and indivisible. 
 
 81. — Jesus on the Cross. 
 
 1. At length Jesus was raised up, and hung suspended by 
 His wounds. How cruel were His torments, whilst His blood 
 ran in streams to the ground ! But the Jews remained un- 
 moved ; nay, they even mocked Him, and, in derision, cried 
 out, " Vah ! You, who said You could destroy the Temple 
 of God, and in three days rebuild it, come down from the 
 cross, if You be the Son of God.'^ The only answer Jesus 
 made was a prayer for their forgiveness: " Father, ^^ said He, 
 "forgive them, for they know not what they do.'' 
 
 2. One of the thieves who was hanging at His side also 
 began to blaspheme, and, chiding, bade Him, if He were the 
 Christ, to save Himself and them. But the other thief remon- 
 strated : " We," said he, " suffer justly, but this man unjustly." 
 Then he turned to Jesus and asked to be remembered by Him. 
 Jesus said, " This day thou shalt be with Me in paradise." 
 
 3. In this history of the penitent thief we have one of the best exam- 
 ples of the power of prayer — one repentant word, and he is saved. In 
 the desert, Moses set up a brazen serpent, upon which those who were 
 
 QuKSTioNS TO Chapter 80.— What was done to Jesus on Calvary ? W^ho were 
 crucified with Jesus ? What was done with His garments ? 
 
212 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 bitten looked and were cured ; on Calvary, Jesus hung upon tlie cross, 
 that those who look upon Him in faith and love may be cured of the 
 wounds of the soul. 
 
 83.— Mary at the Foot of the Cross. 
 
 1. Whilst Jesus was hanging upon the cross, Mary, His 
 mother, and John the apostle, came and stood at its foot. 
 When Jesus saw them He said to His mother, " Woman, be- 
 hold thy son \" then He said to John, " Behold thy mother ?' 
 and from that hour John took the Blessed Virgin under his 
 care. 
 
 2. As formerly the heroic mother of the Machabees stood 
 encouraging her seven sons to die bravely for their religion, 
 so did Mary stand at the foot of the cross. Then indeed 
 was Simeon^s prophecy fulfilled: truly, a sword of sorrow* 
 pierced her heart. In John, every Christian was given as a 
 child to Mary. 
 
 83.— Jesus Dies upon the Cross. 
 
 1. About noon of the day on which Christ was crucified, 
 the whole earth was covered with darkness. This continued 
 for three hours. In the midst of this general gloom, and as 
 life was ebbing away, Jesus, seeing that God had withdrawn 
 His consolations from Him, cried out, "My God, My God, 
 why hast Thou forsaken Me ? " 
 
 2. After this Jesus said, " I thirst." A soldier dipped a 
 sponge in vinegar, and, putting it on a reed, gave Him to 
 drink. When Jesus had tasted the vinegar. He said, " It is 
 consummated," and, bowing down His head, died. 
 
 3. At the moment Christ died, nature shook to her centre; 
 the earth trembled, the rocks were split, the graves were 
 
 Questions to Chapter 81.— What is said of Jesus on the cross ? How did the 
 Jews act ? How did Jesus answer tliem ? What happened to one of the thieves ? 
 What example does the penitent thief give us ? What is said of the brazen serpent 
 and the cross ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 83.— What is said of Mary and John at the foot of the 
 cross ? 
 
JESUS IS LAID IN" THE TOMB. 213 
 
 opened, and the dead arose; the veil of the Temple was rent 
 from the top to the bottom. When the centurion and the 
 guard of soldiers that stood round the cross saw this, they 
 cried out, " Indeed this was the Son of God.'' The multi- 
 tude returned to Jerusalem, striking their breasts, and. won- 
 dering at what they had seen. 
 
 4. At length man's redemption is accomplished ; Christ has tri- 
 umphed. His extended arms show the extent of His love, and His 
 wounds are the fountains from whence grace flows to pay the debt of 
 sin. With Christ's death ended the law of Moses ; hence the veil of 
 the Temple, which had heretofore separated the people from the sanctu- 
 ary, was torn, as a sign that Christ had opened the way to heaven. The 
 bloody sacrifices of Moses had passed away, — the shadow was gone, — and 
 in their stead was substituted the only true and real sacrifice, Jesus 
 Christ, 
 
 84. — Jesus is Laid in the Tomb. 
 
 1. Christ was crucified on the eve of the Sabbath. That 
 the bodies of the criminals might not remain exposed to view 
 
 Questions to Chapter 83. — What happened at noon of the day Christ was 
 crucified ? What did Jesus say just before He died ? What happened when Christ 
 a:ed ? 
 
214 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 during the Paschal solemnities, the soldiers broke the legs of 
 the two thieves, that they might die the sooner. . But when 
 they came to Jesns, He was already dead; so they did not 
 break His legs, but one of them opened His side with a spear. 
 Immediately there ran forth blood and water. 
 
 2. Towards evening, Joseph of Arimathea, a member of 
 the great Jewish council, but a secret believer in Christ, came 
 to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus. Pilate having 
 granted his prayer, Joseph and Nicodemus came and took 
 the body from the cross. They then embalmed it with 
 precious perfumes, and, wrapping it in white linen cloths, 
 laid it in a sepulcher. This sepulcher was cut in a rock, and 
 situated in a garden near Calvary. 
 
 3. The chief priests and Pharisees, though they had ap- 
 parently conquered, were not at ease. They remembered well 
 that Jesus had foretold His death, and how He would rise 
 again on the third day. Fearing that, possibly, the apostles 
 might steal the body and declare that He had risen, they 
 came to Pilate and asked him to place his seal upon the 
 tomb, and set a guard to watch it. He did so. 
 
 4. Eve, the motlier of ixankind, was taken from Adam's side ; so the 
 Church, our spiritual mother, came forth from the side of Christ. It 
 
THE RESLKKECTION^ OF JESUS CHRIST. 215 
 
 was forbidden to break the bones of the Pascbal lamb ; neither were the 
 bones of Jesus Christ, the true Paschal Lamb, broken. In all things, 
 
 even the smallest, we see the fulfilment not only of the prophecies, 
 but of the types and figures that foretold the life and death of Christ. 
 
 THE GLORIOUS LIFE OF JESUS CHRIST, 
 
 85.— The Resurrection of Jesus Christ. 
 
 1. The body of Jesus Christ was two days in the tomb. On 
 the morning of the third, the guards were startled by an 
 earthquake, that shook the ground, and the sudden appear- 
 ance of an angel, that rolled back the stone from the mouth 
 of the sepulchre. Their wonder knew no bounds when they 
 saw Jesus coming forth from the tomb. His face shining as 
 the sun. For the moment, in terror, they fell to the ground; 
 then, rising, fled into Jerusalem. 
 
 2. Early in the morning of the third day, Mary Magdalene 
 
 Questions to Chapter 84.— What was done to the thieves ? What did one of the 
 sokiiers do ? What ran from Christ's side ? Who askeri for Christ's body ? What 
 was done with it? How was the tomb guarded ? ^^What is said of Eve and the 
 Church ? 
 
216 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 and Mary the mother of James and Salome, came to the 
 tomb, that they might embalm the body of Jesus. On the 
 way they began to consider how they would roll back the 
 stone that closed np the door of the sepulcher. No wonder, 
 when they arrived and found, not only the stone rolled back, 
 but the tomb empty, they were overcome with astonishment. 
 
 3. As soon as Mary Magdalene saw how matters stood, she 
 hastened back and told the apostles, but the other women re- 
 mained. Stooping down to look into the tomb, they saw an 
 angel, who bade them fear not, for Jesus was risen, and had 
 gone before them into Galilee, where they would see Him. 
 The angel told them also to hasten to the apostles, and more 
 particularly to Peter, and tell them the news. 
 
 4. These pious women had hardly left the place when 
 Peter and John came. They had doubted Mary Magdalene V 
 word, and came to see for themselves. John arrived first, but 
 Peter entered first. Finding nothing but the linens in which 
 the body had been wrapped, they hastened back to tell the 
 others. 
 
 5. As He foretold, Jesus remained among the dead as long as Jonas 
 had been in the whale's belly. Though dead. His sacred body was not 
 
JESUS APPEARS TO MARY MAGDALENE. 
 
 217 
 
 corrupted, for long before had the Psalmist declared : " Thy Holy One 
 shall not see corruption," 
 
 Jesus was not raised from the dead — He rose by His own power ; and 
 as His body rose glorious and transformed, so shall the bodies of the 
 just rise. Since the Resurrection of Christ, His tomb has remained, and 
 ever will remain, an object of reverence and love to the Christian world. 
 
 86, — Jesus Appears to Mary Magdalene. 
 
 1. Scarce had Peter and John left the sepiilcher when 
 Mary Magdalene arrived. Overwhelmed with sorrow at the 
 loss of the body of her Master, she entered the sepulcher. 
 Here she met an angel, who asked her why she wept. She 
 answered, " They have taken away the body of my Lord, and 
 I know not where they have laid it." 
 
 2. When she had said this, not knowing it was an angel to 
 whom she spoke, she left the sepulcher. As she came out, 
 she met Jesus, but did not kno a^ Him. Thinking He was 
 
 QtrESTiONS TO Chapter 85.— How long was the body of Jesus in the tomb ? What 
 happened on the third day ? Who came to the tomb ? What did they find ? What 
 Is said of Mary Magdalene ? What of the other women ? What did Peter and John 
 do ? What is said of Jesus and Jonas ? What of the tomb of Christ ? 
 
218 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 the gardener, she asked Him where the body was. But Jesus 
 simply said, " Mary/^ when she recognized Him, and threw 
 herself at His feet. 
 
 3. Jesus then told her to hasten and tell the apostles, for 
 He was about to ascend to His Father. Having disappeared 
 from her sight, Mary came to the disciples; but they would 
 neither believe that she had seen the Lord nor that He was 
 risen. 
 
 87. — The Resurrection of Jesus is Announced to 
 the Chief Priests. 
 
 1. When the guards fled from the sepulcher, they hastened 
 to the city to tell what had happened. The chief priests 
 having heard the startling news, assembled the rulers of the 
 people to consider what steps they should take. 
 
 2. They saw that, if the news went among the people that 
 JesuS was risen from the dead, all their schemes to discredit 
 Him would be forever destroyed; so they called the guards 
 before them, and promised to give them money if they would 
 only agree to say. " The disciples of Jesus came while they 
 slept, and stole the body away." The soldiers took the money 
 and did as they were required. 
 
 88.— Jesus Appears to Two Disciples while They 
 were Going to Emmaus. 
 
 1. Towards evening of the day Jesus rose from the dead 
 two of His disciples were going to Emmaus, a little village 
 about two leagues from Jerusalem. On the way they talked 
 of what had happened during the past days. 
 
 2. Jesus came near them and began to speak to them, but 
 they did not recognize Him. Eemarking how sad they were. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 86.— What is said of Mary Magdalene ? Whom did she 
 meet ? How did she recognize Jesus ? What message did Jesus give her ? How 
 did the apostles receive her ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 87.— What did the chief priests do ? What bargain did 
 they make with the soldiers ? 
 
JESUS APPEARS TO TWO DISCIPLES. 
 
 219 
 
 one of them, named Cleophas, asked Him if He were a 
 stranger, or how came it that He had not heard what had 
 happened at Jerusalem, 
 
 3. They then told Him of Jesus; how they had believed 
 He was the Messiah, and what great hopes had been founded 
 on Him; but, just as they thought His power about to be 
 established, the chiefs of the Jews had seized upon Him and 
 crucified Him; and this was, moreover, the third day since 
 He had been laid in the tomb. Tliey added also, strange 
 rumors were afloat that He was again risen. 
 
 4. When they had finished, Jesus began with the proph- 
 ecies of Moses, and, continuing through the prophets, ex- 
 plained to them the things that related to Himself, showing 
 it was necessary for Christ to suffer as He had. 
 
 As they drew near the town. He pretended to go further; 
 but they pressed Him to remain with them, as it was evening. 
 
 5. Yielding to their wishes. He sat down to table with 
 them. He took bread, and blessed it, and gave it to them. 
 Their eyes were opened, and they knew Him; but He imme- 
 diately vanished from their sight. 
 
320 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 6. After His Resurrection, Jesus showed Himself no more to the 
 Jews,— they had rejected Him and resisted all His efforts to convert 
 them;— He appeared only to His disciples. 
 
 In like manner to-day He comes to those who, with a good heart, re- 
 ceive Him, but abandons those who despise His warnings and reject His 
 graces. 
 
 89.— Jesus Appears to the Apostles. 
 
 1. After Jesus had disappeared, the two disciples rose and 
 hastened back to Jerusalem. Here they found the eleven 
 apostles in a great state of excitement, for Peter had just 
 come in, declaring he had seen the Lord. Then the two dis- 
 ciples told how they also had seen Him, and how they had 
 kiiown Him in the breaking of bread. 
 
 2. AVhilst they were yet speaking, Jesus entered the room 
 in which they were all assembled, the doors being shut. He 
 said to them: "Peace be to you." And when the apostles 
 were doubting and troubled, fearing it was a spirit they saw, 
 Jesus showed them His hands and His feet, and bade them 
 touch Him, and convince themselves that it was not a spirit 
 they saw. They still doubting. He took a piece of broiled 
 fish and^a part of a honeycomb, and eat it before them. 
 
 90. — Jesus Institutes the Sacrament of Penance. 
 
 1. When at last the apostles were convinced it was the 
 Lord they saw, Jesus repeated His salutation of peace be to 
 them. He added besides: "As the Father hath sent Me, I 
 also se7id you." Then He breathed npon them, and said: 
 " Eeceive ye the Holy Ghost : whose sins you shall forgive, 
 they are forgiven them; and whose sins you shall retain, they 
 are retained them." 
 
 2. In these two commissions conferred upon the apostles we have the 
 most unqualified proof of the divinity of the Catholic Church and the 
 power of the Catholic priesthood. The apostles were mortal, but the 
 
 Questions to Chapter 88.— Tell what happened to the two disciples on the way 
 to Emmaus. How did they recognize Jesus ? 
 
 Questions to Chaptek 89.— To whom else did Jesus appear ? How ? How did 
 Jesus Drove He was not a spirit 9 
 
JESUS AND ST. THOMAS. 
 
 221 
 
 Churcli is immortal ; henee these powers were conferred not only on the 
 apostles, but were through them to descend to their legitimate succes- 
 sors, the bishops and priests of the Catholic Church. 
 
 3. From the beginning, the bishops and priests have claimed the 
 power to forgive sins; but it is a power they can only exercise in the 
 administration of the Sacrament of Penance. 
 
 91. — Jesus and St. Thomas. 
 
 1. Thomas, one of the apostles, was absent when Jesus ap- 
 peared to the others. But Thomas would not believe on 
 their word, and even declared that, unless with his own eyes 
 he saw the marks of the nails in the hands and feet of Jesus,, 
 and put his hand into the side of Jesus, he would not believe^ 
 
 \ 
 
 ^' 
 
 n^^^Hv^^n '^kf^^^^^l &}%« 
 
 ^^^H 
 
 H 
 
 l^^^l 
 
 
 ^mh: 
 
 ^9n 
 
 ■a 
 
 
 hb 
 
 ^^WT' 
 
 2. Eight days after this the apostles were assembled, and 
 Thomas with them. Again Jesus entered, the doors being 
 shut. Jesus then bade Thomas look at His wounds and put 
 his hand into His side. 
 
 QuECTiONS TO Chapter 90.— Tell how Jesus instituted the Sacrament of Penance. 
 How is the divinity of the Catholic Church proved ? How is the power of the 
 priesthood shown ? In what sacrament are sins forgiven ? 
 
222 
 
 HISTORY OF THE ;N^EW TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. When Thomas saw Jesus he fell down on his knees and 
 cried out, " My Lord and my God." But Jesus said to him: 
 "Because thou hast seen Me, Thomas, thou hast believed: 
 blessed are they that have not seen Me, and have believed." 
 
 93.— Peter is Appointed Chief Pastor. 
 
 1. In obedience to the command of Jesus, the apostles left 
 Jerusalem and went into Galilee. Here Jesus appeared to 
 them at Lake Genesareth, and again their nets were filled 
 with a miraculous draught of fishes. 
 
 2. After they had all dined, Jesus said to Peter: " Simon, 
 lovest thou Me more than these ? " And upon Peter declar- 
 ing how much he did love Him, Jesus said, " Feed My lambs." 
 This same question was repeated until the third time, when 
 Jesus said, " Feed My sheep." 
 
 3. By tlie lambs and tlie sheep are meant the faithful and the pastors 
 of the Church. There is something remarkable in the manner in which 
 Christ treats Peter: Christ enters Peter's ship; Peter is called the rock; 
 
 Questions to Chapter 91.— What is said of Jesus and Thomas ? 
 
Christ's last commission.— his ascension. 223 
 
 Peter is commissioned ^o confirm the other apostles; Christ prays for 
 Peter; and, in all the lists of the apostles, Peter is always named first. 
 
 This primacy continues in the Catholic Church, and is found in the 
 Popes, who are the legitimate successors of Peter. 
 
 93.— The Promise of the Holy Ghost. 
 
 1. After this Jesus appeared several times to His apostles, 
 instructing them, and directing them in their future labors. 
 He spoke to them more in detail of the nature and destiny 
 of His Church; of her development and establishment upon 
 earth. 
 
 2. On the fortieth day after His Resurrection, Jesus ap- 
 peared, for the last time on earth, to His apostles, who were 
 then all assembled at Jerusalem. Amongst other things. He 
 commanded them not to leave Jerusalem for a few days, but 
 to remain till the Holy Ghost should come upon them; after 
 which they should go forth to bear testimony of Him — not 
 only in Jerusalem aud Judea, but even to the end of the 
 earth. This promise was fulfilled ten days after, when the 
 Holy Ghost came, in the form of fiery tongues, and sat upon 
 the apostles. 
 
 94c. — Christ's Last Commission to His Apostles. — 
 His Ascension. 
 
 1. After Jesus had finished speaking. He led His apostles 
 out to Mount Olivet. There He said to them: "All power 
 is given to Me in heaven and on earth. Go into the whole 
 world and preach the Gospel to all nations, baptizing them 
 in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy 
 Ghost: and, behold, I am with you all days, even to the con- 
 summation of the world." 
 
 Questions to Chapter 9,J.— W^hat happened at Lake Genesareth ? What power 
 was conferred on Peter ? How did Christ treat Peter ? In whom is the primacy 
 found ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 93.— On what did Christ more particularly instruct His 
 apostles ? What happened on the fortieth day ? What command did Christ give 
 the apostles ? 
 
224 HISTORY OE THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 2. Jesus, having iinJs"hed speaking, lifted up His hands and 
 blessed His apostles. Whilst in the very act of blessing 
 them. He slowly rose from the earth and ascended into 
 heaven, where He sits, and will forever sit, on the right hand 
 of His Father. 
 
 Lost in wonder and overwhelmed with sorrow, the apostles 
 continued to gaze upon Him as He ascended, until a cloud, 
 coming concealed Him from their sight. 
 
 3. AVhile the apostles were still looking up to heaven, two 
 angels, clad in white robes, came and said to them : " This 
 Jesus, whom you have seen ascending into heaven, shall come 
 again." ' 
 
 The apostles hearing this, fell upon the ground and adored 
 God; then rising, returned to Jerusalem to await the fulfil- 
 ment of the promises made to them. 
 
 4. Elias was a figure of Christ. This prophet was carried up to 
 heaven in a fiery chariot ; and, according to the prophecy of Malachias, 
 he will come again on earth just before the last day. 
 
 Adam by sin drew man from God; Christ by His Ascension raised 
 man's thoughts to heaven, and held out the hope of a blessed eternity. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 94.— What was the last commission Chi-ist gave His apos- 
 tles ? From what mount did Christ ascend ? Tell what happened to the apostles. 
 What is said of Elias and Adam ? 
 
THE ELECTION" OF THE APOSTLE MATTHIAS. 325 
 
 95. — An Observation. 
 
 1. All that has been here related of the life of our blessed 
 Savior — what He did, and what He said — is found in tho 
 four gospels. But we must not conclude from this that 
 Jesus did nothing nor said anything besides. 
 
 2. It is a part of Catholic teaching that Christ said many- 
 things and did much that is not related in the sacred Script- 
 ures; nay, we have it on the authority of St. John himself, 
 in the last chapter of his gospel, that Jesus did so many 
 things besides what have been recorded, that he verily be- 
 lieved, if they were all written, the world could not contain 
 the books in which they should be written. 
 
 PART SECOND. 
 THE HISTORY OF THE APOSTLES. 
 
 96. — A Preliminary Remark. 
 
 1. Jesus Christ came into the world that He might destroy 
 the power of the devil, and in its place establish the king- 
 dom of God; hence at His Ascension He left His Church 
 small, it is true, but yet complete, that, like a grain of mus- 
 tard-seed, it might grow until it had filled the whole world. 
 
 2. This growth and expansion of the Church was first 
 begun in Judea, and afterwards extended to the whole world,, 
 under and by the apostles themselves, whose history we ar& 
 about to relate in the following chapters. 
 
 9*7.— The Election of the Apostle Matthias. 
 
 1. After the Ascension the apostles remained at Jerusalem, 
 as they had been commanded. For ten days they continued 
 in prayer, the Blessed Virgin and many of the disciples being- 
 
 Questions to Chapter 95.— What is said in this chapter ? What is a part of 
 Catholic teaching ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 96.— What is said of the rise and development of the 
 Church ? 
 
226 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 with them. They occupied an upper room — called among 
 Eastern nations a Cenaaulum. Here in all were assembled 
 about a hundred and twenty persons. 
 
 2. It was during this time Peter rose and proposed that, as 
 Judas Iscariot had proved false to his apostleship, another be 
 chosen in his stead. The proposition was approved, and, 
 having prayed to God, lots were cast, and Matthias, one of 
 the disciples, chosen. 
 
 98.— The Descent of the Holy Ghost. 
 
 1. Ten days after the Ascension of Jesus Christ was cele- 
 brated the Jewish Pentecost. On this day, while the apostles 
 and disciples were still within the i:jj)per chamber, suddenly 
 there was heard the sound as if it were of a great wind comr 
 ing from heaven. At the same time there appeared cloven 
 tongues of fire, that sat upon each one present. 
 
 2. In a moment all were filled with the Holy Ghost. No 
 longer timid of fearful, the apostles sallied forth to preach 
 Christ and Him crucified. 
 
 Jerusalem was filled with strangers who had come up from 
 all parts of the world to celebrate the feast of Pentecost. 
 Soon the news spread abroad, and in a short time an immense 
 multitude assembled round the house in which the apostles 
 were. But what was their astonishment when each one 
 heard the apostles speaking in his own tongue ! 
 
 3. Amazed and confounded they asked: "Are not these 
 Galileans who speak ? and how comes it that we every one 
 hear our own tongue ? " But others said : " They are full of 
 new wine." 
 
 4. Then Peter rose, and standing with the eleven, said: 
 " Men of Judea, and all you that dwell in Jerusalem, know 
 that these men are not drunk, but in them are fulfilled the 
 words of the prophet Joel : ' And it shall come to pass and I 
 will pour out My Spirit upon all flesh.' 
 
 Questions to Chapter 97.— After the Ascension, what was done ? What did 
 Peter do ? Who was chosen ? 
 
THE DESCENT OF THE HOLY GHOST. 
 
 227 
 
 5. " Moreover, this also hear: Jesus of Nazareth, a man 
 who, by the wonders and miracles He wrought in your midst, 
 proved Himself sent by God, was crucified and put to death 
 by wicked men; but now He is in heaven, seated at the right 
 hand of God. It is He that has poured out His Spirit upon 
 us, as you see; and it is certain that Jesus is the Savior and 
 the Lord of heaven and earth." 
 
 6. When the multitude heard this, they were touched with 
 compunction, and asked Peter what they would do. But lie 
 answered : " Do penance, and be baptized in the name of 
 Jesus Christ." 
 
 On this occasion about three thousand were baptized. 
 With them began that miraculous expansion of the Church, 
 that, increasing day by day, ended in the conversion of the 
 world and the establishment of Christianity. 
 
 7. On the day of Pentecost the Holy Ghost enlightened the minds of 
 the multitude, that they might understand the apostles ; but at Babel 
 God confounded the multitude, that by the confusion of tongues their 
 pride might be humbled and their vain project stopped. 
 
 8. The first Jewish Pentecost was celebrated at Mount Sinai, amid 
 
228 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 thunder and lightning. There God proclaimed the Old Law. On the 
 first Christian Pentecost the Holy Ghost came in the form of fiery 
 tongues, that He might confirm and give testimony of the New Law. 
 
 The Jewish Pentecost was celebrated during the harvest feast ; on the 
 first Christian Pentecost the Holy Ghost reaped a rich harvest of con- 
 verts among the Jews. 
 
 99,— Peter Cures the Lame Man. 
 
 1. Shortly after Peter's first sermon to the Jews, and the 
 miraculous conversion of the three thousand, Peter and John 
 went ujj to the Temple to pray. A man who had been lame 
 from his birth was every day carried by his friends and laid 
 at one of the gates of the Temple, that he might beg alms 
 from those who entered. 
 
 2. When this man saw Peter and John enteriiig, he begged 
 an alms from them. Peter said to him: "Gold or silver I 
 have none to give, but what I have I will give : in the name 
 of Jesus Christ, rise and walk." 
 
 Questions to Chapter 98.— When was Penthcost celebrated ? What happened 
 to the apostles ? Who were in Jerusalem ? What caused astonishment ? What 
 did Peter say ? What did the people do ? How many were converted at Peter's 
 first sermon ? What is said of the Jewish and what of the Christian Pentecost ? 
 
PETER AND JOHN BEFOKE THE GREAT COUNCIL. 229 
 
 On the spot the man rose, and, leaping for joy, entered the 
 Temple, praising God. 
 
 3. When the multitude saw this, they stood confounded 
 and amazed. Peter, seeing their astonishment, said : "Why 
 do you wonder at this ? or why do you look at us as if by our 
 power we had made this man to walk ? Know it is in the 
 name and by the power of Jesus of Nazareth that this man 
 walks." 
 
 This discourse, and the sight of the miracle that had been 
 wrought, produced so great an impression on the multitude 
 that five thousand, people were converted and baptized. 
 
 100.— Peter and John before the Great Council. 
 
 1. Whilst Peter and John were yet speaking to the people, 
 the priests and the officers commanding in the Temple came 
 to them. Enraged to find the apostles openly teaching, they 
 laid hands on them and cast them into prison. 
 
 2. On the following day the chief priests assembled in the 
 <iouncil hall. Peter and John, being brought in, were asked 
 by what power they had cured the lame man. Peter said 
 ■*' the lame man had been cured in the name and by the powei 
 of Jesus Christ, whom they had crucified, and who was now 
 risen from the dead." 
 
 3. When the priests heard this, they put the apostles oui 
 of the council hall. Consulting with themselves, they asked 
 what should be done " It was clear," said they, " a miracle 
 had been wrought, and they could not deny it." 
 
 4. Having agreed among themselves, they recalled the 
 apostles, and forbade them either to speak or to teach any 
 more in the name of Jesus. But Peter asked : " Is it just we 
 should obey you rather than God ? We must speak what we 
 have seen and heard." 
 
 The judges contented themselves with merely threatening 
 the two apostles, and then dismissed them. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 99.— Who cured the lame man ? What did Peter say ? 
 Wliat was the result of Peter's words ? 
 
 Questions to Chapter 100.— What happened to Peter and John ? What answer 
 did they give the council ? 
 
230 HISTOilY OE THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 101.— The Lives of the First Christians. 
 
 1. Nothing could exceed the holiness of the lives of the 
 first Christians. All had but one heart, and all were animated 
 with the same spirit. The apostles were unwearied in their 
 labors, and the faithful were constant in the breaking of 
 bread and in the labor of prayer. 
 
 2. All their goods were in common. Those who had fields 
 or houses sold them and placed the price in the hands of the 
 apostles, who distributed to each according as he needed. 
 Soon their unbounded charity to the poor and their brotherly 
 love for each other began to produce their effects. Both Jew 
 and Gentile was forced to respect them. Their numbers 
 increased daily. 
 
 103. — Ananias and Saphira. 
 
 1. At this time there lived a man named Ananias and his 
 wife Saphira. They sold a field, but secretly kept back a 
 part of the price. The balance Ananias gave to the apostles, 
 pretending it Avas all he had received. 
 
 2. Peter said to him: "Ananias, why have you suffered 
 Satan to tempt you to lie to the Holy Ghost ? and why have 
 you kept back a part of the price of the field ? You have not 
 lied to men, but to God." 
 
 On the spot Ananias fell down dead at the feet of the 
 apostle. 
 
 3. Three hours after, Saphira came and, not knowing what 
 had happened to her husband, repeated the same lie. She 
 also fell dead. When these things were heard, fear a^id terror 
 came upon all the faithful. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 101.— What is said of the early Christians? How were 
 their goods held ? What effects did their lives produce ? 
 Questions to Chapter 102.— Tell the history of Ananias and Saphira. 
 
THE APOSTLES ARE THROWN INTO PRISON. 231 
 
 103. — The Apostles are Thrown into Prison. 
 
 1. The apostles continued to work miracles. From the 
 villages round about, the sick and those possessed by unclean 
 spirits were brought to Jerusalem, and the apostles cured 
 them. Peter, above all the rest, was held in the highest es- 
 teem. So unlimited became his power, that his very shadow 
 cured the sick as he passed through the streets. 
 
 2. By the authority of the Jewish priests, Peter and John 
 were again seized and cast into prison; but during the night 
 an angel opened the prison doors and bade them go forth to 
 the Temple and teach the people. 
 
 3. In the morning, when the officers went to bring the 
 apostles before the council, they found the doors of the prison 
 indeed closed, and the guards at their post, but no prisoners. 
 The council was confounded. 
 
 4. Shortly after a man came, who told them Peter and 
 John were in the Temple teaching the people. An officer 
 hastened and, with great violence, brought them before the 
 council. The high priest rose and reproached them for con- 
 tinuing to preach, notwithstanding the former prohibitions of 
 the council. The apostles said, " God must be obeyed." At 
 the same time Peter declared that Jesus, whom they had 
 crucified, was the Christ, and that He was risen from the 
 dead. 
 
 5. When the priests heard this they gnashed their teeth, 
 and in their rage began to consider how they might put 
 them to death. 
 
 At this part of the proceedings, Gamaliel, a member of the 
 great council, and also a doctor of the Law, rose and com- 
 manded the apostles to be put out. 
 
 6. " Men of Israel," said he, " consider well what you are 
 about to do. If this be the work of men, it will soon fall to 
 nothing; but if it be the work of God, you cannot destroy 
 it." They despised this advice. 
 
 7. The apostles were recalled, and, having been scourged. 
 
232 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 ■were forbidden again to speak in the name of Jesus. But 
 they went forth from the council rejoicing that they were 
 found worthy to suffer for their divine Master. Neither did 
 they cease, either in the Temple or in the houses, to preach 
 Jesus Christ. 
 
 104. — Stephen the D»acon. — The First Martyr. 
 
 1. As the number of the faithful increased, there arose 
 murmurs on account of the manner in which the food was 
 distributed. When the apostles saw this they directed the 
 people to choose seven men^ of good character, full of wisdom 
 and the Holy Ghost, and they laid their hands upon them. 
 These were the seven deacons spoken of in the Scriptures,' 
 among whom were Philip and Stephen. To them was in- 
 trusted the care of the temporalities of the Church, that the 
 apostles might give themselves entirely to prayer and to the 
 preaching of the word of Godo 
 
 2. Stephen did great wonders and wrought many miracles; 
 few could resist the power of his eloquence. 
 
 The Jews accused him of having spoken against Moses and 
 blasphemed against God; then they seized him and led him 
 before the great council. "When he stood before the judges, 
 those who looked at him thought they saw the face of an 
 angel. 
 
 3. The high priest rose and asked him if the charge that had 
 been made against him were true. Stephen, standing before 
 the council, answered by reviewing the history of the Jewish 
 €hurch, and showing that it was but the forerunner of the 
 Christian dispensation. He concluded with reproaching the 
 Jews for their disbelief in having resisted the Holy Ghost, 
 and for having crucified the Messiah. 
 
 4. When they heard this, they shook with rage, and gnashed 
 
 "QtJESTiONS TO Chapter 103.— What did the apostles continue to do ? What is said 
 of Peter's shadow ? What was done to Peter and John ? How were they set at 
 hberty ? What did the council do ? What did Peter answer ? What did Gamaliel 
 Bay ? What was done to the apostles ? How did they act after ? 
 
STEPHEN THE DEACON. — THE FIRST MARTYR. 
 
 235 
 
 their teeth against him. Their anger knew no bounds when 
 Stephen, lifting up his eyes, cried out, ''I see the heavens 
 opened, and the Son of Man standing at the right hand of 
 God." 
 
 5. Hearing this, the multitude stopped their ears, and, 
 rushing upon him, hurried him out of the city to stone him. 
 The witnesses laid their garments at the feet of a young man 
 named Saul — afterwards better known as the celebrated k^t^ 
 Paul. Whilst they were stoning him, Stephen exclaimed ° 
 " Lord, lay this not to their charge.^^ Having said this, he 
 slept in the Lord. 
 
 6. The Jews liave a dreadful account to give to God : tliey persecuted! 
 the prophets, they crucified the Savior, they put to death the apostles. 
 But truth spreads the more it is persecuted ; so t'lat the saying, "The- 
 blood of the martyrs is the seed of the GJiureh," has passed into an adage. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 104.— Why were deacons chosen ? What was intrusted 
 to their care ? What did Stephen do ? What did he say before the council ? How 
 was it received ? What was done to Stephen ? What was laid at the feet of Saul f 
 What effect has persecution on the Church ? 
 
-234 
 
 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 105. — Confirmation. — The Baptism of the Ethi- 
 opian. 
 
 1. With Stephen's death began at Jerusalem a cruel per- 
 secution against the Church. Saul was one of the bitterest 
 ■enemies of the Christians; his anger knew no rest. With 
 unsparing fury men and women were dragged before the 
 tribunals and cast into prison. Many fled from Jerusalem 
 ^nd spread themselves through Judea and Samaria. 
 
 2c Those who thus fled, passing from place to place, preached 
 the word of God. Amongst the number was Philip the 
 deacon, who, going to Samaria, preached the Gospel. He 
 wrought miracles, and many were converted. 
 
 3. The apostles at Jerusalem, hearing that Samaria had 
 received the word of God, sent thither Peter and John. 
 When they were come, praying, they laid their hands upon 
 the converts, and as many as were baptized received the Holy 
 
 Ghost. 
 
 4, In this visit of Peter and John to Samaria there is the clearest 
 evidence of the conferring by the apostles of the Sacrament of Confirma- 
 tion. Philip could preach and baptize, but being only a deacon, could 
 not confirm Apostles alone, and their successors, the bishops of the 
 Ohurch, can confirm. 
 
CONFIRMATIO]^. — THE BAPTISM OF THE ETHIOPIAN. 235 
 
 5. Whilst Philip was at Samaria, an angel came ta him 
 and commanded him to go down by the road that led from 
 Jerusalem to Gaza. Philip obeyed. On the way he met a 
 distinguished Ethiopian eunuch, the treasurer of the queen of 
 Ethiopia. He had been up to Jerusalem to attend at one of 
 the feasts. At the moment Philip met him he was sitting in 
 his chariot, reading from the prophet Isaias. 
 
 6. Directed by the Holy Ghost, Philip drew near, and 
 asked him if he understood what he read. But the eunuch 
 answered, " How can I, unless some one show me ? '' Philip 
 went up into the chariot and began to speak to him of Jesus 
 and the Gospel. 
 
 7. Amongst other 
 
 things, Philip spoke to him of Baptism. 
 Meanwhile they came to a place where there was water, when 
 the eunuch asked why he could not be baptized. Philip said, 
 if he believed, there was no objection. Upon the eunuch de- 
 claring he did believe in Jesus Christ, he was baptized. 
 
 The eunuch, full of joy, continued his journey, but the 
 Spirit of God took Philip away. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 105.— After Stephen's death, what happened at Jerusalem f 
 Who was a bitter enemy ? Who preached at Samaria ? Ho sv do you show that the 
 apostles administered Confirmation ? Tell the history of Philip and the eunuch. 
 
236 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 106.— The Conversion of St. Paul. 
 
 1. After the martyrdom of St. Stephen, Saul became one 
 of the most active persecutors of the Christians. Eesolved 
 on their ruin, he went to the high priest and asked for letters 
 to the synagogues at Damascus, authorizing him to seize upon 
 every man or woman whom he would find either believing in 
 Jesus or teaching in His name. 
 
 2. Animated with this spirit, and armed with the authority 
 of the Jewish priesthood, he started for Damascus. As he 
 approached the place, suddenly a bright light shone round 
 about him. Struck as if by lightning, he fell to the ground, 
 while, at the same time, a voice said to him: "Saul, Saul, 
 why dost thou persecute Me ? " Saul asked who spoke to 
 him; when the voice said, "I am Jesus, whom thou perse- 
 cutest." 
 
 3. Trembling and confounded, Saul asked what he should 
 do. Jesus bade him rise and go into the city, when it would 
 be told him what he must do. Saul rose, but discovered he 
 was blind. His companions led him into Damascus, where he 
 
PETER VISITS THE CHURCHES IN JUDEA, ETC. 237 
 
 remained three days at the house of one Judas, neither eat- 
 ing nor drinking. 
 
 4. At this time there lived in Damascus a man named Ana- 
 nias. The Lord commanded him to go to Saul and place his 
 hands upon him. No sooner had Ananias touched Saul than 
 scales fell from his eyes, and he recovered his sight. Saul 
 rose and was baptized. His name was changed to Paul. 
 
 5. With all the zeal of a new convert, Paul began to preach 
 Jesus. All that heard him were astonished. The Jew^s be- 
 came very angry, and by every means in their power strove 
 to put him to death; but God protected him. 
 
 6. In the liistorj of Saul we liave the fulfilment of Jacob's prophecy 
 to his son Benjamin, when he said : "Benjamin is a ravenous wolf ; in 
 the morning he ahall eat the prey, and in the evening he shall divide 
 the spoil." 
 
 Saul belonged to the tribe of Benjamin. In his youth, the morning of 
 life, he persecuted the Church ; afterwards, in the evening of life, he 
 jifathered together both Jew and Gentile, and offered them as a precious 
 2"ift at the feet of Christ. 
 
 107.— Peter Visits the Different Churches in Judea. 
 — Cornelius is Baptized. 
 
 1. When the persecution had somewhat ceased, Peter visited 
 the several churches in Judea, preaching to the people, and 
 confirming them in their faith. 
 
 At Lydda Peter cured a man named Eneas, who for eight 
 years had been confined to his bed by the palsy. At Joppe 
 he raised to life the charitable Tabitha. By the fame of 
 thes) miracles many were converted and the influence of 
 Chrl5':ianity extended. 
 
 2. While Peter was still at Joppe there lived at Cesarea a 
 man named Cornelius. One day, whilst Cornelius was at 
 prayer, an angel appeared to him, and bade him send to 
 Joppe for a man named Peter, who would tell him what to 
 do. Cornelius sent at once. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 106.— What is said of Saul ? What happened to him on 
 the road to Damascus ? Who baptized Saul ? How did Saul act after his bap- 
 tism ? What prophecy is fulfilled in Saul ? 
 
238 
 
 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 3. About the time the messengers drew near to Joppe, 
 Peter was praying; he also had a vision. 
 
 The heavens appeared to him to open, and as it were a 
 great sheet was let down, in which were all manner of four- 
 footed beasts, and creeping things and birds; a voice said to 
 him : " Arise, kill, and eat." 
 
 4. Now it was not allowed the Jews to eat all manner of 
 beasts; so Peter answered he could not, as he had never 
 eaten anything unclean. But the voice said to him, " Call 
 not that common that God has purified." This was done 
 three times, when the vision disappeared. 
 
 5. While Peter was reflecting on the meaning of the vision, 
 the Spirit of God said to him, "Three men seek you; rise 
 and go with them." 
 
 On the next day Peter went with the messengers. When 
 Cornelius related the vision he had had, Peter understood his 
 own. By it Peter understood that hereafter there was to be 
 no distinction between Jew and Gentile in the Christian 
 Church, and that Christ had died for all mankind. 
 
 6. Then Peter began to speak of Jesus: how He had beeo 
 
PETER CAST INTO PRISON. 239 
 
 crucified, and how He had risen again from the dead, and 
 that through Him was man to be saved. While Peter was 
 still speaking, the Holy (xhost came upon the Gentiles who 
 were present, and to the astonishment of the apostle they 
 began to speak in divers tongues. When Peter saw this, he 
 commanded them to be baptized. These were the first Gen- 
 tiles received into the Church. 
 
 7. From this time the apostles turned their attention to 
 the Gentile as well as the Jew. Paul became especially the 
 apostle of the Gentile. At Antioch the converts were first 
 called Christians — that is, followers of Christ. 
 
 8. Jesus died for all ; and as Joseph during the seven years' famine 
 fed not only the Egyptian, but also the Israelite and the stranger, so- 
 must the Jew and the Gentile share in the merits of Jesus Christ. The 
 Jews formed but a small part of mt*nkind, and at best never were very 
 docile ; hence the Christian Church from the beginning was formed 
 principally from the Gentiles. 
 
 108.— Peter Cast into Prison. [a.d.44. 
 
 1. After the conversion of Cornelius, Peter returned to 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 About the year 44, Herod Agrippa, the king, again raised 
 a persecution against the Christians. He beheaded James,, 
 the brother of John, and cast Peter into prison. But the 
 Church prayed for her venerated head. 
 
 2. The night before he was to have been led forth to pun- 
 ishnient, Peter lay, bound with chains, between two soldiers, 
 while guards walked before the door. 
 
 On a sudden an angel stood before him, and a heavenly 
 light filled the prison. The angel touched Peter and bade 
 him rise and put on his sandals and follow him. Peter- 
 obeyed, not knowing whether or not it was a vision he saw. 
 They passed the first and second guard, and came to an iron. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 107.— Where did Peter go ? What did he do at Lydda and 
 Joppe ? Tell how Cornelius was received into the Church. Who were the first 
 Gentiles received into the Church ? Who beccame especially the apostle of the. 
 Gtentiles ? Where were the Christians first known by that name ? 
 
240 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 gate that of itself opened to them. Having passed out into 
 the city the angel disappeared. 
 
 3. Peter coming to himself, saw that God had sent an angel 
 to deliver him from the power of Herod. Then he went to 
 the house of Mark, where many of the faithful were as- 
 sembled in prayer. Kapping, a young woman named Rode, 
 or Rose, came to open the door. 
 
 4. When she recognized Peter^s voice, filled with joy, she 
 ran back to tell those who were within that Peter was at the 
 door. They would not believe her; but as Peter continued 
 to rap, they at length opened the door, and to their amaze- 
 ment Peter walked in. When he told them how he had been 
 'delivered out of prison, they all began to praise God. 
 
 5. In the morning there was great consternation among 
 the soldiers. No one could tell how Peter had escaped or 
 where he had gone. Herod questioned the soldiers, and then 
 punished them severely. 
 
 6. Shortly after this, Herod was receiving ambassadors 
 from Oesarea. The people began to applaud him, and flatter- 
 ing him cried out, " You speak as a god, not as a man.'' 
 
 Herod took the glory to himself. On the spot an angel 
 
ST. PAUr/S FIRST APOSTOLIC JOURNEY. 241 
 
 struck him with a loathsome disease, and in a few days he 
 died amid the most horrid torments — a fit example of the 
 power of God and the pride of man. 
 
 109.— St. Paul's First Apostolic Journey. [a.d.«. 
 
 1. After his miraculous conversion St. Paul was received 
 with much joy among the apostles. For some time he con- 
 tinued to teach at Antioch; but after a while, directed by 
 the Holy Ghost, he and Barnabas were sent to preach the 
 Gospel to the Gentiles. 
 
 2. Wherever he went Paul first preached to the Jews, and 
 only when they refused to hear him did he turn to the 
 Gentiles. Many of the selatter were converted, Avhile the 
 former, rejecting the grace thus offered them, were left with- 
 out excuse. 
 
 3. Long before had the prophet Isaias spoken of St. Paul and his 
 labors, when he declared that " God would choose of the elect and send 
 them to the people of the sea : He would send them into Africa and 
 Lydia, into Italy and Greece, and the islands afar off, that they might 
 announce His glory to the Gentiles, and all flesh should adore," 
 
 4. When St. Paul and Barnabas left Antioch they directed 
 their steps to the island of Cyprus. On their arrival Sergius, 
 the Roman proconsul, sent for them, that he might hear the 
 word of God. But there was at the proconsul's house a Jew- 
 ish magician, named Elymas, who strove to turn Sergius from 
 the faith. 
 
 5. St. Paul, seeing the malice of Elymas, and also inspired 
 by the Holy Ghost, turning to him, said: "Because you have 
 tried to pervert the ways of God, you shall be blind for a 
 time." Immediately he was struck blind. When the pro- 
 consul saw this he believed, and was baptized. 
 
 6. From Cyprus, Riul and Barnabas sailed for Asia Minor. 
 Arriving at Antioch in Pisidia, they preached to both Jew 
 and Gentile. Many were converted. Here the Jews became 
 
 Questions to Chapter 108.— What did Herod raise ? Who was beheaded ? Who 
 ■was cast into prison ? How was Peter liberated ? What happened at the house of 
 Mark ? What was done to the soldiers ? How did Herod die ? 
 
342 HISTORY OF THE KEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 very much excited, and coming together, contradicted Paul; 
 but he, turning to them, said: "It behooved us to preach 
 to you first; now you have rejected the word of God, and we 
 turn to the Gentile." 
 
 7. The Jews continued to harass and persecute Paul and 
 Barnabas, until, wearied, they shook the dust from their feet 
 and left the place. They passed from city to city, preaching 
 and establishing churches. 
 
 8. At Lystra, a city of Lycaonia, Paul cured a man who had 
 been lame from his birth. When the people saw this, they 
 thought Paul and Barnabas were gods, and wished to offer 
 sacrifice to them; but Paul forbade them. Many believed. 
 
 9. Soon after this certain Jews came to Lystra from the 
 cities where Paul had already been preaching. They succeeded' 
 in exciting an insurrection against him, and the multitude 
 rising up stoned him, and dragging him out of the city, left 
 him for dead. Paul, however, recovered, and returned into 
 the city, where he remained for some time. 
 
 10. After preaching the Gospel at Derbe, Paul and Barna- 
 bas returned to Antioch, passing through the places where 
 they had already preached. Everywhere they exhorted the 
 faithful to persevere, and in every church they appointed 
 bishops, having first prayed and imposed hands upon them. 
 
 110. — The Council of Jerusalem. [a.d. 50. 
 
 1. During the apostolic time several subjects of dispute 
 arose. Amongst these was, at Antioch, the subject of cir- 
 cumcision — some of the Jewish converts insisting on it, while 
 Paul and Barnabas resisted it. To avoid all possibility of 
 error, it was agreed to refer the whole matter to the ajDostles 
 at Jerusalem. For this purpose Paul and Barnabas were sent 
 thither. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 109. — What is said of Paul after his conversion ? To 
 whom did he first preach ? What was done at Cyprus ? What happened to Ely. 
 mas ? From Cyprus, where did Paul and Barnabas go ? How did the Jews act ? 
 What was done at Lystra ? What was done to Paul ? Who were appointed in the 
 churches ? 
 
THE COUNCIL OF JERUSALEM. 
 
 24,S 
 
 2. When they arrived the apostles and the ancients assem- 
 bled, under the presidency of Peter, to deliberate on the sub- 
 ject. After the matter had been well discussed, Peter rose 
 and said: "As God had made no difference between the Jew 
 and the Gentile, giving the Holy Ghost to the one as well as to 
 the other, there should be no difference within the Church; 
 nor should the law of circumcision be imposed on any 
 one." 
 
 3. Under this teaching it was decided that the ancient 
 ceremonial laws of Moses had lost their effect, and for the 
 future should not be imposed upon the Christians. 
 
 The council wrote to the faithful at Antioch, saying: "It 
 hath seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, not to lay 
 this burden upon you." 
 
 4. When tlie bisliops of the Catholic Church, who are the legitimate 
 successors of the apostles, assemble uuder the presidency of the Pope, 
 who is the true successor of Peter, we have a general council similar ta 
 that held at Jerusalem under the apostles. Its decisions are infallible, 
 for they are the decisions of God's Church, which, according to the 
 
344 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 teachings of Jesus Christ, is in an invisible manner guided and pre- 
 served from error by and through the Holy Ghost. 
 
 111.— The Second Voyage of St. Paul. 
 
 1. Some time after this St. Paul started on a second mis- 
 sionary journey. He passed through Syria, and again went 
 into Asia Minor, preaching everywhere, visiting the old and 
 establishing new churches. 
 
 At Troas he had a vision in which he was called to Mace- 
 donia. Immediately he set sail, accompanied by Silas, Luke, 
 and Timothy, They passed over from Asia, and arrived 
 safely at Philippi, the capital of Macedonia. 
 
 2. Here the apostle stayed with a merchant named Lydia, 
 one of the new converts. There was also in the city a girl 
 possessed by a divining spirit. She brought much gain to 
 her masters. Paul, taking her, drove out the evil spirit. 
 
 3. When her masters saw their hopes of gain gone, they 
 
 Questions to Chapter 110.— On what was there disjpute ? What was done on 
 the matter ? What did Peter say ? What conclusion did the council come to ? 
 What is said of the Catholic Church ? 
 
THE SECOND VOYAGE OF ST. PAUL. 245 
 
 became very much displeased, and seizing Paul and Silas, 
 3ast them into prison, having first beaten them with rods. 
 About the middle of the night, while Paul and Silas were 
 praying, suddenly there came a great earthquake and shook 
 the jail to its foundations. All the doors were opened, and 
 the bonds of the prisoners were loosened. 
 
 4. When the jailer awoke and found the doors of the prison 
 open, he took his sword and was about to kill himself, think- 
 ing the prisoners had escaped. But Paul cried out they were- 
 there. The jailer, trembling, entered with a light, and fall- 
 ing down at the feet of Paul, asked what he must do to be- 
 saved. Paul bade him believe in the Lord Jesus; and, having" 
 instructed him, that same night baptized him and all hi& 
 family. 
 
 5. In the morning the magistrates, hearing that Paul and 
 Silas were Roman citizens, sent to beg their pardon for hav- 
 ing scourged them, for it was unlawful to scourge a Roman 
 citizen. They then set them at liberty. 
 
 6. Paul established a small church at Philippi; thence he 
 passed to Thessalonica, and afterwards to Berea and several 
 other cities, establishing churches and preaching the word^ 
 At last he came to Athens, the capital of Greece. 
 
 7. Seeing how the city was given up to idolatry, his zeal 
 was roused, and he began to preach in the market-place. He 
 was taken before the Areopagus, where the philosophers and 
 leading men of the city were assembled, and was asked to 
 state the nature of the doctrines he taught. 
 
 8. Paul rose and addressed the vast multitude, saying, 
 " Athenians, in passing through your city, I found an altar 
 on which was written : ' To the unknown God : ' what you 
 here worship without knowing it, I preach." He then gave 
 a long and detailed account of the nature of God and the 
 character of the Christian religion, concluding with the resur- 
 rection of the dead. 
 
 9. When they heard of the resurrection of the dead, some 
 mocked, but others said they would hear him again. A few 
 
246 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 joined him; amongst whom was one named Dionysius, a 
 member of the Areopagus. 
 
 10. From Athens Paul went to Corinth. He first preached 
 to the Jews; but they contradicting, and refusing to listen 
 to him, he said to them, " Your blood be upon your own 
 heads; I am clean.^' 
 
 He then preached to the Corinthians, and soon had the 
 satisfaction of seeing many converted. After a year and a 
 half spent at Corinth, Paul passed over to Asia, and, returning 
 by Ephesus, came to Antioch. 
 
 It. The Churcli grew with astonishing rapidity ; her influence was 
 felt everywhere. The little cloud, no bigger than a man's hand, had 
 begun to grow, and now covered nearly the face of the heavens. The 
 earth was about to receive the genial rain. Christ came to call the Jews, 
 but they threw away tUeir vocation with the same indifference that 
 Esau had sold his birthright for a mess of pottage. 
 
 QtJESTioNS TO Chapter 111.— What is said of PauFs second voyage ? Where was 
 he called to go ? Into what trouble did Paul and Silas get ? What is said of their 
 imprisonment ? How did they get out of jail ? From Philippi, where did Paul go ? 
 What did he do at Athens ? Who joined him ? How long did Paul stay at Corinth ? 
 
ST. PAUL'S THIRD VOYAGE. 
 
 247 
 
 112.— St. Paul's Third Voyage. 
 
 1. Soon after his return from his second voyage, St. Paul 
 started on a third missionary tour. Again he passed through 
 Asia Minor, and finally came to Ephesus, at that time the 
 capital of the Roman possessions in Asia. Here he baptized 
 twelve men who formerly had received the baptism of John, 
 and, laying hands upon them, they received the Holy Ghost. 
 
 2. For two years Paul remained at Ephesus. Through his 
 teaching most of the inhabitants of that part of Asia learned 
 the doctrines of Christianity. Paul wrought many miracles, 
 and his power became so great, that the simple touch of the 
 handkerchiefs that had touched his body was sufficient to 
 cure the sick. Fear came upon those who saw these things, 
 and many came, confessing their sins. „ 
 
 3. While St. Paul was at Ephesus there arose a violent 
 persecution against him. There was in the place a grand 
 temple, dedicated to the goddess Diana. The silversmiths 
 made small miniature temples, which they sold at considera- 
 ble gain. When, by the conversion of the inhabitants, they 
 
248 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 saw their trade gone, headed by one Demetrius, they rose up 
 against Paul, and only with much difficulty could the magis- 
 trates save him from their hands. 
 
 4. When the tumult had subsided, Paul, having exhorted 
 the disciples to persevere, passed over to Macedonia, and 
 afterwards to Greece. From thence he returned to Asia, and 
 came to Troas, where he stayed a week. On Sunday, the 
 faithful assembled in a large hall to celebrate the divine 
 mysteries. While St. Paul was preaching, a young man, who 
 had been sleeping, fell from one of the windows, and was 
 killed. Paul raised him to life. 
 
 5. From Troas, Paul went to the islands of Lesbos and 
 Chios, and thence to Samos and Miletus. At this latter 
 place he sent for the chief men of the church at Ephesus,* 
 and spoke to them words of affectionate adieu : " I go,'' said 
 he, " to Jerusalem, but I know not what shall befall me. 
 Only this I know : that thje Holy Ghost has warned me that 
 chains and afflictions await me. But I fear not these things, 
 only that I fulfil my mission. I know you shall see my face 
 no more ; therefore take heed to yourselves, and to the flock 
 over which the Holy Ghost has placed you. 
 
 6. " After my departure there shall rise up men speaking 
 perverse things. Watch, therefore, remembering that, for 
 three years, I ceased not, night nor day, to admonish every 
 one of you. And now I commend you to God, who is able 
 to give you an inheritance amongst His saints." 
 
 7. When he had said this, he knelt down and prayed with 
 them. All began to weep, and, falling upon his neck, kissed 
 him. They grieved particularly because he had said they 
 would see him no more. Leading him to the ship, they bade 
 him an affectionate farewell. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 112.— Where did Paul go on his third voyage ? What did 
 he do at Ephesus ? What wonders did Paul do at Ephesus ? What caused the per- 
 secution against Paul at Ephesus ? What happened at Troas ? What was done at 
 Miletus ? 
 
THE IMPRISONMENT AND DEATH OF ST. PAUL. 
 
 249 
 
 113.— Imprisonment and Death of St. Paul, [a.d.67. 
 
 1. The conversion of St. Paul had, from the beginning, 
 been a sore blow to the Jews. His zeal for Christianity and 
 his great success in making converts only increased their 
 hatred ; hence on his return to Jerusalem they excited so 
 great a tumult against him, that in order to save him from 
 violence it became necessary for the Roman governor to cast 
 him into prison, and finally to send him to Felix, the gov- 
 ernor of Cesarea. 
 
 2. Paul remained two years a prisoner at Cesarea, when he 
 appealed to the emperor at Rome. On the voyage the ship 
 was wrecked at the island of Malta, and Paul was saved only 
 by a miracle. 
 
 3. After two years of easy captivity spent at Rome, Paul 
 was set at liberty. Again he visited the scenes of his former 
 labors, preaching anew the word of God, and confirming the 
 converts in their faith. 
 
 About the year 67, St. Paul again returned to Rome. 
 Shortly after, Nero, the emperor, raised a cruel persecution 
 
250 
 
 HISTORY OF THE I^^EW TESTAMENT. 
 
 against the Christians ; St. Paul was seized upon and cast 
 into prison, and, a few days after, beheaded. 
 
 114.— The Other Apostles. 
 
 1. While St. Paul was preaching in Asia and Europe, the 
 other apostles were not idle. Everywhere they preached the 
 Gospel and established churches, appointing bishops to guide 
 the faithful and transmit the doctrines they had received. 
 Some went to Persia, others to Arabia, while some went even 
 to the distant India. By the end of the first century there 
 was no countrv then known that had not heard of Christ. 
 
 2. During this time some of the apostles and two of their 
 disciples, under the inspiration of the Holy Ghost, wrote 
 short histories of Our Savior's life. St. Paul and some of the 
 other apostles also wrote letters, or, as they are better known, 
 " Epistles,'' of instruction, either to churches they had them- 
 selves established, or to others that asked them for advice. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 113.— Why was Paul sent to Cesarea ? On the voyage to 
 Rome, what happened to St. Paul ? How did St. Paul die ? When ? 
 
CONCLUSIOK. 251 
 
 By degrees these writings were gathered together, and became 
 known under the general name of the New Testament, 
 
 3. After preaching at Jerusalem, for a while St. Peter chose 
 Antioch as the centre of his apostolic labors. At a later 
 period he established his see at Rome, where to-day his suc- 
 cessors reside, and from whence they rule the Church of God. 
 At the same place and on the same day that St. Paul was be- 
 headed, St. Peter was crucified with his head down. All the 
 other apostles, John excepted, also shed their blood in proof 
 of their faith in Jesus Christ. 
 
 4. After Our Savior's death, St. John took the Blessed Vir- 
 gin to himself, and by his tender love partly recompensed for 
 the loss of her divine Son. After her death John was seized 
 upon and cast into a caldron of boiling oil. Saved by a 
 miracle, he was banished to the island of Patmos, where he 
 wrote his prophetic Revelations. After his release he dwelt 
 in Ephesus. Here he wrote his gospel, and for many years 
 preached but one sermon: "My children, love one another." 
 
 About the year 100 he died — alone of all the apostles — a 
 natural death. 
 
 5. Under the Old Law Jerusalem was tlie centre of tlie Jewish reli- 
 gion : under the Christian dispensation, Rome is the centre of Catholic- 
 ity, and the Pope is the head of the Christian Church. 
 
 1 15.— Conclusion. 
 
 1. In this short and exceedingly condensed history it will 
 be seen how God, for four thousand years, strove to prepare 
 mankind for the coming of Jesus Christ: at one time by rev- 
 elations made directly by Himself; at another by the proph- 
 ets whom from time to time He sent to enlighten the world. 
 
 2. When Jesus Christ did come. He showed how the revela- 
 tions made concerning Him were verified in Himself, and also 
 proved His divinity by His miracles. He then preached and 
 
 Questions to Chapter 114.— What is said of the other apostles ? What did some 
 of the apostles write ? W^hat did St, Paul write ? Under what name are these- 
 writings known ? Where did Peter establish his see ? How did Peter die ? How 
 did the other apostles die ? What is said of St. John ? What Is said of Rome and 
 Jerusalem ? 
 
253 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 -established His Church, choosing His apostles to be witnesses 
 both of His words and His works. In time He died, rose 
 again, and ascending into heaven, the work of redemption 
 was accomplished. 
 
 3. The first apostles whom Christ chose to announce His 
 •doctrines to the world have also passed away, but the work 
 of Jesus Christ, the Holy Catholic Church, remains, and will 
 remain to the end. 
 
 4. She is founded upon truth; her voice is the voice of 
 truth; hence she is as imperishable as truth itself. The 
 cement that binds together the parts of this grand old edifice 
 is none other than the blood of Jesus Christ; also the blood 
 of His apostles and martyrs, who have so generously and 
 freely sacrificed their lives in proof of the doctrines they so 
 fearlessly preached, and which were once delivered to them 
 by their divine Master, Jesus Christ. 
 
 5. Let the storms of human passion rage as they may 
 against this Church; let the violence of human power spend 
 itself for her ruin; let the poison of heresy and the malice of 
 blasphemy conspire against her, yet this Church shall never 
 be shahen nor destroyed. 
 
 6. Let us then rejoice that we belong to the Catholic 
 Church; let us only remain faithful to the end; let us keep 
 the commandments, and enlightened, purified, and strength- 
 •ened by the graces which the Church alone can give, we need 
 have no fear; one day we must, we infallibly will, pass from 
 God's kingdom upon earth to God's kingdom m heaven, 
 where, with the angels, we will for endless ages rejoice in an 
 ocean of bliss; where, in the heavenly Jerusalem, with the 
 saints of the Old as well as with the saints of the New Law, 
 we shall forever bless and adore the Father, the Son, and the 
 Holy Ghost. 
 
 Questions to Chapter 115.— What is said in this last chapter ? When Christ 
 came, what did He do ? Who have passed away ? What work of Christ still re- 
 mains ? What is said of the Church ? 
 
 END OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 FIRST PERIOD. 
 
 FROM THE BIRTH OF CHRIST TO THE FALL OF 
 ROME. 
 
 1. — The Beginning- of the Church. 
 
 1. Four thousand years before the coming of Christ, Adam 
 was created. With the birth of Christ begins the Christian 
 era. 'Under the reign of Augustus, Emperor of Rome, Christ 
 was born, and at the age of thirty years began to preach in 
 Jerusalem and Judea. 
 
 2. At the end of three years He was seized upon and put 
 to death, but after three days rose again, and for forty days 
 appeared to His apostles and other devout men and women. 
 He then ascended into heaven, and in ten days after the 
 Holy Ghost came upon the apostles, and they began to preach 
 the Gospel. 
 
 3. When it was noised abroad through Jerusalem that the 
 Holy Ghost had visibly appeared upon the apostles, great 
 multitudes came together, when Peter, rising up, began* to 
 preach. The multitude were amazed, for each one heard him 
 and the other apostles speaking in his own tongue: Jews and 
 Gentiles, Medes and Persians, and citizens from Egypt and 
 Arabia. At this first sermon three thousand were converted, 
 and at the second five thousand. 
 
 4. To the gift of tongues was also added the gift of mira- 
 
 253 
 
254 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 cles. The sick were cured, the lame walked, and the Church 
 grew apace. In a short time Jerusalem was in great commo- 
 tion. The apostles spread themselves everywhere, passing 
 from town to village, and from country to country. 
 
 5. At first Peter confined himself to preaching to the Jews, 
 passing through Judea and Samaria, then into Asia Minor, 
 where for eight years he resided at Antioch. After this he 
 passed over to Eome, where he fixed his see, and for twenty- 
 five years, as Bishop of Eome, governed the whole Church. 
 The Popes, being the successors of Peter, are also called Bish- 
 ops of Rome, where, with but shoi't interruptions, they have 
 always resided. 
 
 3.— The Apostles. 
 
 1. At first the other apostles preached in Jerusalem and in 
 the villages throughout Judea, but soon they also passed to 
 other lands, visiting Arabia and Persia. Everywhere great 
 numbers were converted, churches established, priests and 
 bishops ordained; miracles and the gift of tongues proving 
 the divinity of their mission. 
 
 2. The Greater and Lesser James confined themselves to 
 Jerusalem, the latter becoming the bishop thereof. Bartholo- 
 mew went to Persia, Thomas to India; Philip preached in 
 Phrygia, Andrew in Achaia, whilst Matthew spent himself 
 for the Parthians and Ethiopians. Jude died in Armenia, 
 Simon in Persia; and Matthias, who was chosen to fill the 
 place of Judas, was beheaded at Colchis. 
 
 3. For a time John preached in Judea and Samaria, but at 
 length went also to Rome, where he was seized upon and 
 banished to Patmos, an island in the Egean Sea. Here he 
 was favored with the revelations which he has recorded in 
 the Apocalypse. After the death of Domitian he was re- 
 leased and went to Ephesus, where he wrote his gospel and 
 for many years preached charity to his people. He died at 
 the age of ninety-one years, the last of the apostles and the 
 only one who died a natural deaf h 
 
THE APOSTLES. 
 
 255 
 
 4. At first St. Paul was a fiery persecutor of the Church, 
 assisting and consenting to the stoning of St. Stephen, the 
 first martyro Not content with persecuting the Christians at 
 Jerusalem, he obtained letters from the high priest and went 
 to Damascus, there to persecute the Church. On the way, 
 Jesus appeared to him. Falling from his horse, he was lifted 
 ap blind and led into the city, where he was baptized by 
 Ananias, and at once became a most zealous apostle. 
 
 ST. PETER AND ST. PAUL IN PRISON. 
 
 5. After he had preached at Damascus, St. Paul went to 
 Galicia and Greece, stopping at Athens and Corinth. From 
 thence he passed into Asia Minor and Judea, and going up to 
 Jerusalem, he met Peter and other apostles, with whom he 
 conferred on matters concerning the future of the Church, 
 
 6. Whilst preaching in Judea he was frequently cast into 
 prison, scourged, and his life threatened. After many years 
 he was sent a prisoner to Rome, where he met St. Peter, who 
 had long dwelt therCo For two years he was allowed the 
 freedom of the city, preaching openly and converting mar^. 
 
 7. During the persecution of Nero, he was seized upon, 
 
256 
 
 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 and with St. Peter cast into 
 nearly nine months. While 
 
 prison, where he remained for 
 there, he converted the jailer 
 and a number of the 
 prisoners. At the 
 prayer of Peter a foun- 
 tain of water burst 
 forth in the floor of 
 ^\ the prison, and they 
 were baptized. 
 
 8. In the year 67 
 they were both con- 
 demned to death, and 
 on the 29th of June St. 
 Paul was beheaded on 
 the Ostian way, just 
 outside the walls of 
 Eome; while St, Peter 
 was crucified on Mount 
 Janiculum, within the 
 walls. Both places are 
 yet shown and con- 
 stantly visited by pious 
 pilgrims. The bodies 
 of . t h e s e two great 
 saints are buried in 
 Rome, — the one in St. 
 Peter's Church, the other in the Church of St. Paul. 
 
 3.— The Spread of Christianity^ 
 
 1. The conversion of the world to Christianity is the most 
 wonderful event in history. Conquerors, such as Alexander 
 and Csesar, have subdued nations; after centuries of toil and 
 sacrifice Greece and Eome grew into power; but nothing in 
 history is like to the work of the apostles. 
 
 2. Here were twelve uneducated meu, without money or 
 influence, from a nation despised, preaching a doctrine hated. 
 
 IXION OF ST. PETER 
 
THE SPREAD 01 CHRISTIANITY. 257 
 
 yet in the face of every opposition, nay even death, they con- 
 verted the world. To Jews and Gentiles, Medes and Per- 
 sians, Greeks and Komans, Arabians and Ethiopians, e\en to 
 the far distant India was the Gospel preached ere the death 
 of Saints Peter and Paul in the year 67, just thirty-four years 
 after the death of Christ. 
 
 3. Not only had the Gospel been thus preached to the 
 whole world, and the Church organized, congiegations 
 formed, bishops and priests ordained, but the whole of th-B 
 Scriptures were written with the exception of the Gospel -^f 
 St. John, which was written later on in the year 94. 
 
 4. The New Testament is divided into Gospels and Epis- 
 tles, Acts and Revelations. The Gospels were written by 
 MattheWj Mark, Luke, and John ; the Acts of the Apostles, a 
 short view of the establishment of the Christian Church, by 
 St. Luke; the Epistles by Peter and Paul, James, John, and 
 Jude; and the Apocalypse, or Eevelations, by St. John. 
 These, with the Old Testament, form the Bible — a sacred 
 code of laws to guide and instruct mankind. 
 
 6. The fervor of the first Christians was as remarkable as 
 was their conversion. They had but one heart and one soul. 
 They held their goods in common, each giving what he had 
 for the good of all. Prayer and the breaking of bread was 
 their constant occupation; humility and chastity the virtues 
 that distinguished them; and so kind to each other were i^hey 
 that the pagans in wonder used to cry out, " See how they 
 love one another.^^ 
 
 6. Not only did the apostles preach the Gospel and estab- 
 lish the Church, but under the inspiration of the Holy Ghost 
 they determined the forms for the administration of the Sac- 
 raments and the celebration of the Mass. Their work was 
 not of man but of God, hence must last forever. As Christ 
 is unchangeable, so are His doctrines unchangeable. Man 
 may change, but God and His works change not. 
 
358 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 4.— The Persecutions of the Church— The Jews. 
 
 1. With the spread of Christianity rose enmities and 
 hatreds amongst both Jews and Gentiles. As the Jews had 
 persecuted Christ, so they also persecuted His apostles, and 
 were the first to rise up against Christianity. They scourged 
 Saints Peter and John; stoned St. Stephen; cast St. James 
 headlong from the roof of the Temple, and beat out his brains 
 with a fuller's mallet. 
 
 2. They also seized upon the Christians wherever they 
 .were found, scourged them and throw them into prison; 
 others they banished, some they put to death. The Chris- 
 tians, seeing this, fled, thuc spreading the doctrines of Christ 
 and adding to the fold by the virtues they practiced. Wher- 
 ever the Jews were in power there the followers of Christ 
 suffered. 
 
 3. Elsewhere the other apostles were equally maltreated. 
 St. Bartholomew was skinned alive; St. Matthew died in Par- 
 thia, Andrew in Achaia; St. Philip was martyred in Phrygia, 
 Thomas in India; St. Jude gave up his life in Armenia; and 
 Simon shed his blood for the conversion of Persia. While at 
 Eome St. John was cast into a caldron of boiling oil, but by 
 a miracle came forth unhurt. Every one of the apostles, St, 
 John alone excepted, as before mentioned, died by violence, 
 giving their lives for their faith. 
 
 4. For a time God permitted these persecutions, but in 
 time their punishment came, first on the Jews', then upon 
 the Romans. In the year 69 the Jews revolted against Rome, 
 when Titus, the Roman general, collected an army and be- 
 sieged Jerusalem, surrounding the city with vast fortifications, 
 
 5„ Soon famine, then pestilence, set in. The city was torn 
 by factions from within, while the Romans battered down the 
 walls from without. Neither young nor old were spared; 
 Jerusalem was doomed. The prophecy of Christ was about 
 to be fulfilled. Forewarned, the Christians had fled. Within 
 one year, more than one million Jews died from pestilence or 
 
ROMAN PERSECUTIONS. 
 
 259 
 
 were killed by the Romans. The city was taken, the Temple 
 burned, the people sold into slavery, and thus dispersed over 
 the world as we now find them, without country or king. 
 Truly the blood of Christ is upon them. 
 
 5.— Roman Persecutions. 
 
 1. During the first three hundred years of the Christian 
 ^ra there were ten general persecutions raised against the 
 Church by the Roman emperors, besides many local persecu- 
 tions by governors and city magistrates. The first general 
 persecution was raised by Nero (66). He had burned the 
 €ity of Rome, and seeing the anger of the people, accused the 
 Christians, who in the moment of passion were seized upon, 
 cast into prison, or put to death. 
 
 MAUTYKDOM OF ST. IGNATIUS. 
 
 2. Many were exposed to wild beasts, others thrown into 
 the Tiber. Some were beheaded; some were crucified; others 
 rolled up in pitch, and at night burned to light up the pub- 
 lic gardens. Old men and tender women, even boys and 
 girls, gave up their lives for Christ. 
 
260 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 3. Nine other emperors proclaimed persecutions throughout 
 the empire. Amongst these the persecutions under Domitian 
 (93), Severus (202), Maximin (235), and Diocletian (303), 
 were the most severe. During these three hundred years 
 Rome looked more like a slaughter-house than a place where 
 men might dwell. From every province of the empire Chris- 
 tians were dragged to Rome, to be torn to pieces in the am- 
 phitheatre, or burned at the stake for the amusement of the 
 people. This was the age of martyrs. 
 
 4. During this period the catacombs were dug, and in 
 them the Christians hid, buried their dead, and held their 
 religious services. Vn them are found to-day the bodies of 
 the martyrs, with the symbols of faith on their tombs — pic- 
 tures, altars, chalices, inscriptions, teaching every article of 
 Catholic faith, showing beyond a doubt the identity of the 
 Catholic religion of to-day with the religion of Christians in 
 the first ages of the Church. 
 
 5. During these persecutions St. Polycarp was first burned 
 at the stake and finally stabbed to death; St. Ignatius was 
 devoured by lions; Sts. Perpetua and Felicitas were tossed on 
 the horns of a furious heifer, and afterward slain by the 
 sword; St. Agnes was beheaded; St. Lawrence roasted on a 
 gridiron; and St. Cecilia, condemned to be suffocated in the 
 bath, from which she came forth unharmed, met her death 
 by the blows of the executioner. All that human cruelty 
 could devise was tried ; but the Christians remained firm, 
 adding daily to their numbers by the virtues of their lives 
 and the constancy of their faith. So widespread and so 
 deeply rooted did Christianity become, that in the year 320 
 Constantino the Great declared himself a Christian, and per- 
 secutions ceased. Christ had triumphed; the world was con- 
 verted. 
 
 6. — Heresies. 
 
 1. With the spread of Christianity rose heresy. In the 
 time of the apostles the Jewish converts sought to unite the 
 
HERESIES. 
 
 261 
 
 ceremonial law of Moses with the new law of Christ. Against 
 this St. Paul preached. At the Council of Jerusalem (51), 
 St. Peter presiding, it was resolved not to impose the observ- 
 ance of the Mosaic law upon the Christian Church. 
 
 2. After this came Simon Magus, who, seeing the apostles 
 working miracles, offered them money if they would give him 
 like power; failing, he rose up against the Church, and going 
 to Rome, published that, like Christ, he would ascend into 
 heaven. On the appointed day, in the presence of a great 
 multitude, by the power of the devil, he rose in the air; but 
 at the prayer of Peter he fell and was killed. After him 
 came the Ebionites and Cerinthians, who are spoken of by 
 St. John, and against whom he wrote his gospel, to prove the 
 divinity of Christ which they denied. 
 
 ST. AUGUSTINE, BISHOP OF HIPPO. 
 
 3. In the second and third centuries rose the Gnostics, who 
 taught that the world was eternal; then the Manicheans, who 
 held that there were two eternal principles, one good, the 
 other bad; also the Sabellians, who denied that there are 
 three persons in God. Against these the principal Christian 
 writers were Ireneus and Tertullian, Cyprian and Origen. 
 
262 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 4. In the year 319 Arius, a priest of Alexandria, attacked 
 the divinity of Christ, teaching that the Son was not equal to 
 the Father. At the Council of Nice (325) he was condemned, 
 and refusing to retract, was banished. Ten years after (336), 
 returning to Constantinople, he attempted to force himself 
 into the Church, but the hand of God came upon him and 
 he died, his blood gushing out of his mouth and his bowels 
 bursting forth. 
 
 5. In the year 417 came Pelagius, who taught many grave 
 errors on the subjects of Grace and Original Sin. Against 
 this latter heresy God raised up the great St. Augustiue,. 
 Bishop of Hippo, in Africa, whose writings remain a monu- 
 ment for all ages. Around him are clustered the names of 
 St. Athanasius, who wrote against Arius, and Sts. Jerome', 
 Basil, and Gregory of Nazianzen, who are a tower of strength 
 in the cause of Christianity. 
 
 7. — Heresies. {Co?icIudeiL) 
 
 1. In the year 430 Nestorius, Bishop of Constantinople,, 
 began to preach that the Blessed Virgin was not the Mother 
 of God, but only the Mother of Christ, contrary to the true 
 faith that teaches there is but one person in Christ, and that 
 consequently the Blessed Virgin is- the Mother of God. Nes- 
 torius was condemned at the Council of Ephesus (431), 
 then banished. He died in 439, his tongue rotting in his 
 
 MOUTH. 
 
 2. In combating the errors of Nestorius, Eutyches, a monk 
 of Constantinople, fell into another error. ■ Nestorius had 
 taught there were two persons in Christ; Eutyches taught 
 there was but one nature in Christ, while the true doctrine is 
 that there are two natures in Christ, one human, the other 
 divine. This heresy was condemned, first at the Council of 
 Chalcedon (451), and again at the Council of Constantinople, 
 held in the year 553. 
 
 3. The above heresies, together with the later heresy against 
 
FALL OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE. 263 
 
 the Holy Ghost, in which it was taught that the Holy Ghost 
 did not proceed from the Father and the Son, but from the 
 Father only, constitute the great heresies of the Church down 
 to the time of the Protestant Eeformation, when Luther and 
 Calvin revived the old Pelagian heresies on Grace and Justi- 
 fication and added several of their own. 
 
 4. This heresy on the Holy Ghost is held by the present 
 schismatic Greek Church, now spread through Russia and 
 Turkey. The Nestorian and Eutychian heresies still survive 
 in some parts of Asia and Persia. 
 
 8. — Fall of the Roman Empire. 
 
 1. With the conversion of Constantine, Rome seemed for a 
 short time to have received a new lease of life, but this was 
 not to be. Rome had sinned too deeply. For three hundred 
 years she had persecuted the Church; the blood of the mar- 
 tyrs was on her head; she must fall. The decree had long 
 before gone forth, and by the mouth of His prophets God had 
 foretold what He would do. Pagan Rome must fall and 
 Christian Rome take her place. 
 
 2. Conquest had made Rome rich, and with wealth had 
 come corruption and weakness. Society was divided into two 
 classes, master and slave. Owing to war and conquest the, 
 latter class was far more numerous than the former. Besides, 
 the exactions of Rome had made the provinces very discon- 
 tent. Everywhere there were murmurings and signs of the 
 coming storm. The people were oppressed ; the slaves ready for 
 revolt; the provinces growing in power; there was but needed 
 a spark to fire the volcano on which Rome rested. The occa- 
 sion came towards the latter part of the fourth century. 
 
 3. In the year 361 Julian, surnamed the Apostate, mounted 
 the throne of the Caesars. At first he pretended to be a 
 Christian, but in a short time threw off the mask, and at- 
 tempted to restore the Pagan religion. This seems to have 
 been the last drop; the cup was full; God's patience was 
 exhausted; the time was come, and God sent forth His hosts 
 
264 CHUKCH HISTORY. 
 
 to destroy this proud and sinful Mistress that for twelve hun- 
 dred years had ruled the world. 
 
 4. To falsify the words of Christ, "that the Temple of 
 Jerusalem should be destroyed/^ Julian undertook to rebuild 
 it. He called together the Jews and began to clear away the 
 ruins. When the last stone of the original foundation had 
 been removed, and the workmen were about to begin the 
 foundations for the new Temple, balls of fire burst forth from 
 the earth, so that the work had to be abandoned. Thus the 
 very prophecy, " that not a stone should be left upon a stone 
 of that grand building,^' which he had attempted to falsify, 
 was by him literally fulfilled. 
 
 5. In a war with the Persians Julian was killed, crying out, 
 " Nazarean, Thou hast conquered." He had attempted to' 
 war against God, but, as ever must be, failed. 
 
 9.— Rome Destroyed. 
 
 1. In the beginning of the fifth century vast hordes of bar- 
 barians began to descend from the north of Europe, and to 
 sweep over the fairest provinces of the Koman Empire. 
 Wherever they came they left ruin and desolation behind. 
 
 2. First came the Visigoths, in the year 410, led by the 
 warlike Alaric. They invaded Italy, and took Eome, giving 
 up the city to pillage and killing many of the inhabitants. 
 After the death of Alaric they settled in France and Spain, 
 and there founded a kingdom. 
 
 3. In the year 451, Attila, King of the Huns, swept 
 through Europe, desolated France, and crossing over to 
 Italy, appeared before Rome. At the prayer of St. Leo, then 
 Pope, the city was spared, and Attila withdrew his army. 
 Genseric, the warlike king of the Vandals, had established 
 his kingdom in Africa, and made Carthage its capital. In 
 the year 455, crossing the sea with a numerous fleet and 
 going up the Tiber, he entered Rome. For two weeks the 
 Vandals continued to pillage the city, and it was only by the 
 entreaties of Pope Leo that the buildings were saved from 
 
ROME DESTROYED. 
 
 265, 
 
 destruction and the lives of the inhabitants were spared. 
 Still later, in 546, the Goths, under Totila, again took Rome 
 and pillaged it. 
 
 POPE LEO THE GREAT AND ATTILA. 
 
 4. The Saxons invaded Britain, while the Franks overran 
 the greater part of France, ultimately giving their name to 
 the country. Such was the condition of things when Odo- 
 acer. King of the Heruli, in the year 476, took Rome, and, 
 making himself master of the country, proclaimed himself 
 King of Italy. With him ended the Roman Empire that for 
 twelve hundred years had been a power and a terror to the 
 nations of the earth, and for much of the time had ruled the 
 world. 
 
 5. While Rome was virtuous she was strong; but when 
 luxury and pride crept in she grew weak, and, by her corrup- 
 tions, fell with none to moui-n her. Had she retained her 
 virtue; had she not yielded to the corruptions of wealth; had 
 she received Christ and not imbrued her hands in the blood 
 of His saints, — she had not fallen, as she did, a scoff and a by- 
 word to the nations of the earth. Like proud Babylon, she 
 
266 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 rose up against God and trusted in her own strength. For a 
 time man may turn his back upon God, but in the end God 
 will assert His power. 
 
 10. — Christian Apologists. 
 
 1. Coeval with the rise of Christianity rose a contest with 
 Paganism. In the light of Christian truth the shallowness 
 and falsehood of Pagan philosophy was easily seen. The 
 worship of false gods was wide-spread and deeply rooted, 
 while the knowledge of the true God was known only to the 
 Jews, a race despised and of little power or influence. Every- 
 where irreligion prevailed. 
 
 2. Because the Christians could not and Avould not accept 
 these gods, and so refused to worship them, they were declared 
 enemies to the state and otfenders against the religion of the 
 gods. They were accused of sacrilege; of adoring an ass^ 
 head; of atheism and immorality; of disloyalty to the secu- 
 lar powers and a divided allegiance ; and, lastly, of eating a 
 child at their religious feasts. 
 
 3. To combat these errors and false accusations — so similar 
 to those of our own times — God raised up men of great learn- 
 ing, who not only refuted these errors and the heresies that 
 rose among Christians themselves, but triumphantly vindi- 
 cated the truth of Christianity, proving that Christ was the 
 Messiah, and His religion but the fulfilment of the prophe- 
 cies made by Moses and the prophets. 
 
 4. The most distinguished of these early writers — or, as 
 they are called. Apologists, Fathers, Doctors — were Justin, 
 martyr, Clement of Alexandria, and Origen among the 
 Greeks; Tertullian and Cyprian among the Latins. 
 
 5. Justin (167) wrote two Apologies, or rather defences of 
 Christianity — one to the Emperor Antoninus Pius, the second 
 to Marcus Aurelius. For this latter he was put to death, and 
 so won his martyr's crown. 
 
 6. Origen, the most illustrious of Clement's scholars, wrote 
 (^53) a triumphant vindication of Christianity in refutation 
 
THE DOCTORS AND FATHERS OF THE CHURCH. 267 
 
 ;f the false charges made against it by Celsus, a most learned 
 and subtle Greek philosopher, while Tertullian (204), a priest 
 of Carthage, wrote not only a complete refutation of the 
 charges made by the Pagans against Christianity, but proved 
 most triumphantly the divinity and perpetuity of the Catholic 
 Church. 
 
 7. The writings of these men will ever remain as monu- 
 ments of Christian faith, and full and complete refutations 
 of the falsehoods and weaknesses of Pagan philosophy. They 
 fully cover the controversy between Paganism and Chris- 
 tianity, and are the store-house from which all future writers 
 on Paganism have drawn. 
 
 11. — The Doctors and Fathers of the Church. 
 
 1. Besides the Apologists, who devoted themselves to the 
 defence of Christianity, its divinity and portection, and the 
 refutation of Paganism, God also raised up^ in the subsequent 
 ages of the Church, men of great learning and deep thought 
 to refute the heresies that from time to time arose to disturb 
 Christian society. 
 
 2. Those ecclesiastical writers in the early ages of the 
 Church who were distinguished by a holy life were honored 
 by the title of " Fathers of the Church," while those who in 
 earlier or later times united in themselves exceptional learn- 
 ing and pure Catholic teaching with holiness of life are 
 known as " Doctors of the Church." 
 
 The most distinguished among these Doctors and Fathers 
 -of the Church were Athanasius and Chrysostom, Basil and 
 Gregory Nazianzen in the East; Jprome, Ambrose, and 
 Augustine in the West. 
 
 3. Athanasius distinguished himself at the Council of Nice 
 (325) by his brilliant refutation of Arianism, while Basil 
 (360) and Gregory labored for the general defence of the 
 Church. St. Chrysostom, Bishop of Constantinople (398), 
 called the golden-mouthed, is considered the most eloquent 
 
268 
 
 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 of all the Christian orators, a worthy rival of Cicero and 
 Demosthenes. 
 
 4. Jerome (420) immortalized himself by his translation of 
 the Bible from the original Hebrew and Greek, giving us 
 what is now known as the Vulgate, a work that will ever re- 
 main as a monument of erudition and correctness. Ambrose 
 (385), Bishop of Milan, besides his able refutation of heresy 
 and his general defence of religion, distinguished himself by 
 his heroic robuke of the Emperor Theodosius for the wanton 
 massacre of the inhabitants of Thessalonica. He is also re- 
 nowned as being the means in God's hands used for the con« 
 version of St. Augustine. 
 
 ST. ATHANASIUS BANISHED FROM ALEXANDRIA. 
 
 5. St. Augustine was born in the year 354, and in the early 
 part of his life embraced the errors of the Manichaeans, much 
 to the sorrow of his saintly mother, Monica. In 385 he was 
 converted by the preaching of St. Ambrose and the prayers 
 of his mother, and in 396 became Bishop of Hippo, Africa. 
 St. Augustine is pre-eminently noted for his victorious de- 
 fence of the Catholic religion against the heresies of hie day. 
 
THE CONVERSION OF THE BARBARIANS. 269 
 
 6. Of all the great men known to Christianity, no two have 
 SO impressed themselves upon the Church as St. Augustine 
 and St. Thomas x\quinas, the latter born in the kingdom of 
 Naples, Italy, 1227. The former dealt with the entire body 
 of revealed truth — God, the Holy Trinity; man, the powers 
 of body and soul; grace, free will, and our future destiny; 
 the latter, with society and government. St. Augustine 
 sought to explain the dogmas of revelation, and to refute 
 heresy, while St. Thomas laid down the principles on which 
 society is built, and the binding influence of religion upon 
 king and people. Between them, the whole body of Chris- 
 tian dogma has been explained, and every form of heresy, so 
 far known, refuted. Nothing escaped them. The most pro- 
 found truths, equally with the most minute details, are to be 
 found in their works. 
 
 7. Besides the above, the Church has ever had men of great 
 learning and ability, distinguished in every branch of knowl- 
 edge. In more modern times the names of Albertus Magnus 
 (1254), Francis de Sales (1654), Bossuet (1704), and St. 
 Ligtiori (1787), will easily be recalled, together with a host 
 of others distinguished in theology and philosophy, science 
 and literature. No institution has done so much for the de- 
 velopment of the human intellect as the Catholic Church; 
 nor can, for to her alone has God given the great commission, 
 *' Go teach all nations." 
 
 SECOND PERIOD. 
 
 FROM THE FALL OF ROME TO THE PROTESTANT 
 REFORMATION. 
 
 1*^.— The Conversion of the Barbarians. 
 
 1. From the death of Christ to the fall of the Roman Em- 
 pire Christianity had made great progress, in Asia, Africa, and 
 Europe. At the conversion of Constantine (312) the popula- 
 tion of the empire appears to have been about 120,000,000, 
 of whom 30,000,000 were Christians, leaving, as will be seen, 
 the Pagans largely in the ascendant. 
 
270 
 
 CHURCH HISTOliY. 
 
 2. When the barbarians came from the North and swept 
 over Europe like an avalanche, destroying all before them, 
 civilization seemed doomed, and would certainly have been 
 destroyed but for the Church. But God had prepared a 
 means of salvation, and the Church set herself to the conver- 
 sion of Europe. Up to the fall of Eome, Christianity had 
 been confined in Europe and Africa, principally to the shores 
 of the Mediterranean. There were flourishing churches all 
 along the north of Africa — at Carthage, at Hippo, and in 
 Egypt; in Europe the faith was wide-spread — in Greece, in 
 Sicily, in Italy, and in the south of France and Spain. Else- 
 where in Europe Christianity was little known when Rome 
 fell. 
 
 THE BAPTISM OF CLOVIS. 
 
 3. The Vandals, who settled in the north of Africa, were 
 tainted with the Arian heresy, and long persecuted the 
 Church there, as did the Visigoths in Spain. The Saxons 
 destroyed almost every vestige of Christianity in Britain. 
 From the same cause religion suffered everywhere throughout 
 Italy and France. 
 
 4. As early as the year 241, the Franks, a German tribe. 
 
THE CONVERSION^ OF IRELAND AND SCOTLAND. 271 
 
 invaded France, and by degrees seized upon the greater part 
 of the country. Clovis, their king, married Clotilda, a Chris- 
 tian, and a woman of great piety. She often spoke to her 
 husband of the Christian religion, to which he became most 
 kindly disposed. In a battle with the Germans (496), Clovis 
 vowed that if the God of Clotilda would give him the vic- 
 tory, he would become a Christian. God gave him the vic- 
 tory, and Clovis, with more than 3000 of his army, was bap- 
 tized by St. Eemigiiis, Bishop of Rheims, being the first 
 Catholic king of Europe. With Clovis the conversion of the 
 whole French nation soon followed, and France has since re- 
 mained one of the most faithful of the Catholic countries. 
 
 5. Shortly after the conversion of the Franks, the Suevi 
 (562), the Visigoths (587), and (593) the Lombards of north- 
 ern Italy were converted to the true faith, but the great 
 event of this period was the conversion of Ireland and Eng- 
 land. 
 
 13.— The Conversion of Ireland and Scotland. 
 
 1. As early as the third century Christianity was somewhat 
 known in Ireland. So much so was this that, when Palla- 
 dius, in the year 431, came to preach Christ, he found many 
 Christian communities already existing. But to St. Patrick 
 is due the credit of having converted the island. 
 
 2. St. Patrick was born in Brittany in the year 387, and in 
 youth was for seven years held a slave in Ireland. Escaping, 
 he was called, in a vision, to preach the Gospel, and going to 
 Rome to consult the Pope, was commissioned by Celestine to 
 return to Ireland, where he lauded a.d. 432. 
 
 3. He at once struck boldl^y into the country, and at Tara 
 met the king and Druid priests, with whom he had many 
 conferences. With the permission of the king he began to 
 preach. Soon converts were multiplied, churches and mon- 
 asteries built, bishops consecrated, and priests ordained. So 
 rapid and complete was the conversion of Ireland, that when 
 St. Patrick died the island was Christian — the only example 
 
272 
 
 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 of a whole nution converted to the faith without a single 
 martyr. 
 
 4. In the beginning of the Christian era, Scotland was 
 peopled by two tribes known as the Picts and the Scots. The 
 former dwelt in the south, the latter in the north, of the 
 island. 
 
 ST. PATRICK. 
 
 6. As early as 412, St. Ninian, a native of Britain, preached 
 to the Picts, of whom many were converted. One hundred 
 and fifty years after (563), St. Columba, an Irish missionary, 
 accompanied with twelve companions, landed at lona, an 
 island on the coast of Scotland. There he founded a monas- 
 tery and began to preach to the Scots on the mainland. 
 Converts were rapidly made; missionaries multiplied, and 
 churches established among both Picts and Scots, so that at 
 the death of St. Columba (597) the inhabitants of Scotland 
 were almost entirely Christian. 
 
 6. Since her conversion, Ireland has remained faithful to 
 
THE CONVERSION OF ENGLAND AND GERMANY. 273 
 
 the Church, but at the Reformation Scotland fell away from 
 the faith and became Protestant. 
 
 14. — The Conversion of England and Germany. 
 
 1. At what precise period Christianity was first preached 
 in Britain is not positively known, but it seems quite certain 
 that at the end of the second century Lucius, a British prince, 
 was converted, and at his petition Pope Eleutherius sent two 
 priests, Fugatius and Damianus, who converted many. Dur- 
 ing the persecution of Diocletian (305) quite a number were 
 put to death, among whom St. Alban is honored as the first 
 English martyr. 
 
 2. In the second century the Saxons were a small German 
 tribe, but by the fourth century had grown to be a powerful 
 people. In their piratical expeditions they often invaded 
 Britain, and when Rome withdrew her legions, the British 
 invited the Saxons to help them repel the attacks of the Picts 
 and Scots. For their reward the Saxons drove out the inhab- 
 itants and divided the country into seven kingdoms, at the 
 same time almost entirely destroying Christianity in the 
 island. 
 
 3. In the year 597 Pope Gregory the Great sent Augustine, 
 with a band of forty missionaries, to preach the Gospel in 
 Britain. They were kindly received, and Ethelbert, King of 
 Kent, with many of his people, was baptized. From Kent 
 the Gospel spread rapidly through the other kingdoms. To 
 meet the growing wants of the new church, Augustine went 
 to France, and at Aries was consecrated bishop. Returning 
 to England he fixed his see at Canterbury. By the end of 
 the seventh century the whole island was Christian. 
 
 4. With the Roman armies the Christian religion had been 
 carried into Germany, but there was no general conversion of 
 the nation till St. Boniface, an Anglo-Saxon, began the work 
 in earnest. For more than thirty years he travelled over 
 Germany and Bavaria. He found the country covered with 
 
274 
 
 CHUKCH HISTORY. 
 
 idols; he left it Christian. In the year 755 he was put to 
 death, a martyr of zeal. 
 
 ST. BONIFACE. 
 
 5. The conversion of the Northern nations began only in 
 the ninth century, and made but slow progress. The Saxons 
 did not accept the Faith until after their subjection by- 
 Charlemagne. St. Ansgar, who died in 865, became tha 
 apostle of Denmark. Those Normans who settled in the 
 northwestern part of France (Normandy) were converted in 
 the first half of the tenth century, but the greater part of the 
 nation, which had remained in Scandinavia, did not forsake 
 its idols and profess Christianity until a hundred years later. 
 Sts. Cyril and Methodius became the apostles of the Slavs. 
 The Poles were converted in the tenth century; the Hun- 
 garians received the Faith during the life of their holy King,. 
 St. Stephen (997-1038), and the Eussians a hundred years 
 later. 
 
 6. The struggle had been long and the resistance great, but- 
 in the end Christ had conquered. The Jews had tried perse- 
 
RELIGIOUS ORDERS — EAST. 275 
 
 cution and failed; Rome had for three hundred years warred 
 against the Church, and failed; the barbarians had resisted, 
 but in time were subdued ; heresy and schism had striven to- 
 rend the seamless garment of Christ, and failed. God alone- 
 is great; God alone is eternal; and as He, so is His Church 
 — spotless and eternal. 
 
 15.— Religious Orders— East. 
 
 1. From the beginning of the Church the most fervent 
 and earnest devoted themselves to prayer and meditation,, 
 giving their goods to the poor and themselves to works of 
 charity and penance. In the community of goods and the 
 consecrated virgins spoken of in the New Testament is found 
 the first germs of monastic life; but not till the middle of th& 
 third century was there anything like organized communities 
 of Religious or any fixed Rule for their government. Up ta 
 that time each had been a rule to himself, living in his own 
 family, or where convenience best suited. 
 
 2v In the year 251 St. Anthony was born in Egypt, of rich 
 and virtuous parents. Hearing one day in the church the 
 words, " If thou wilt be perfect, go, sell all thou hast and 
 give to the poor,'' he took them literally. Selling all he 
 had, he retired to the wilderness and gave himself up to 
 prayer and fasting. 
 
 3. His food was bread, his drink water; his bed a mat, or 
 the bare earth; his clothing a shirt of hair and a cloak of 
 skin. After many years thus spent in the deserts of Thebais,. 
 God gave him the gift of miracles. This drew to him many 
 followers, whom he formed into communities, and for whom 
 he drew up rules, including the vows of poverty, chastity, and 
 obedience. 
 
 4. These monks, as they were called, spent their time in 
 fasting and prayer and labor. Their food was bread and 
 water, of which they ate but once a day, and that not till th& 
 evening; their bed a mat, and their abode a little cell or a 
 cave in the rocks. 
 
276 CHUKCH HISTOKY. 
 
 5. Soon these communities spread not only through Egypt 
 and Palestine, but also through Syria and Greece, and the 
 whole East. 
 
 6. St. Anthony died (356) at the advanced age of one hun- 
 dred and five years, leaving after him the beginning of an In- 
 stitution that has been one of the glories of the Church, and 
 the most powerful of means for the sanctification of souls and 
 the promulgation of the Gospel. The monks of the East, but 
 more particularly of the West, have been the great mission- 
 aries, the great writers and scholars, of the world. There is 
 nothing they have not touched and nothing they have not 
 beautified, be it history, or science, or philosophy, or theology. 
 
 16.— Religious Orders— West. 
 
 1. The work that St. Anthony began in the desert was con- 
 tinued by Pachomius on the banks of the Nile; St. Hilarion, 
 a disciple of St. Jerome, carried the monastic rule into Pales- 
 tine, while St. Basil the Great, by his learning and wisdom, 
 gave strength and knowledge to the Order. St. Augustine, 
 in Africa (396), organized communities of women, for vrhom 
 he wrote rules, yet used as the basis of the Eules for most of 
 all the female religious communities since his time. 
 
 2. Though much had been done, as above shown, yet much 
 had yet to be done ere monasticism would attain its power 
 and perfection. This came in the West with St. Benedict, 
 who was born in Italy, a.d. 480. 
 
 3. At the age of fourteen he left Eome, where he was at 
 school, and went secretly to Subiaco, where for three years 
 he dwelt unknown to the world. From thence he was made 
 abbot of a monastery at Vicovaro, but the monks becoming 
 dissatisfied with his strictness, he left and went to Monte 
 Cassino (529), where he established a monastery that in time 
 became the most celebrated house of learning and religion 
 the world has ever seen. 
 
 4. Besides prayer and penance, and the usual vows of pov- 
 erty, chastity, and obedience, St. Benedict added labor — in- 
 
RELIGIOUS ORDERS. 277 
 
 tellectual and manual. Under the hand of the Benedictines^ 
 deserts, marshes, and mountains became gardens; their mon- 
 asteries became homes of learning; in them history was 
 written, science cultivated, and religion and civilization found 
 their great defenders. It is usual to decry the monks, but 
 the fact must ever remain that through them whatever of 
 classic lore or ancient or mediaeval history we have, has been 
 preserved. 
 
 5. During the Middle Ages, the Benedictine, the Franciscan, 
 and the Dominican Orders were the great religious power of 
 Europe. To the Benedictines is due whatever of ancient 
 civilization we have, and in the Franciscans and Dominicans 
 we have the great preachers and theologians. 
 
 IT.— Religious Orders. {Concluded.) 
 
 1. In the beginning monks were only laymen, and not till 
 well on in the Middle Ages were priests admitted amongst 
 them. In the twelfth century the Albigenses and Waldenses 
 rose in the south of France to disturb society with their 
 errors. To counteract their teachings, and try to convert 
 them, St. Dominic, a Spanish priest (1215), established the 
 Keligious Order known as the Dominicans, or Friar Preachers. 
 To preaching they united great learning. The most distin- 
 guished among them is St. Thomas Aquinas. 
 
 2. Contemporary with St. Dominic was St. Francis of As- 
 sisi. He too established an Order (1223) whose end was also 
 preaching. To learning he added extreme poverty in dress 
 and food. St. Dominic, seeing the great success of the Fran- 
 ciscan Order, added poverty to his rule. Hence both Orders 
 are known as Mendicant Orders, the members of both being 
 required by their Eule to make begging a part of their relig- 
 ious life. The Benedictines, Dominicans, and Franciscans 
 were the three great Orders of the Mediaeval Church. Other 
 Orders arose, but they were but branches; such as the Cis- 
 tercians by St. Bernard (1113), and the Carthusians (1101) 
 
•278 
 
 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 under St. Bruno, who sought merely to revive the fervor of 
 the Benedictine Rule, or to add greater rigor to its austerities. 
 
 DEATU OF 3T, FRANCIS OF ASSISI. 
 
 3. At the Reformation St. Ignatius (1540) established the 
 Society commonly known as the Jesuits. Their object is 
 teaching and preaching. By their great learning, both as 
 writers and preachers, they have greatly helped to resist and 
 refute the errors of Protestantism. ' They are noted as 
 teachers, having colleges and schools everywhere. They and 
 the Franciscans have been the great missionaries of the 
 Ohurch in latter times — the Jesuits in North America, the 
 Franciscans in Mexico and South America, and both have 
 w^on immortal glory among the Pagans of Asia and Africa. 
 
 1 8.— Mohammedanism. 
 
 1. Mohammed was born at Mecca, in Arabia, a.d. 569. In 
 youth he engaged in commerce, but at the age of forty began 
 to preach religion, giving himself out as a prophet. He 
 promised his followers wealth and power in this world, and a 
 paradise of sensual pleasures in the next. He also taught the 
 doctrine of fatalism. 
 
MOHAMMEDANISM. 279 
 
 2. Aided, it is said, by an apostate monk, Mohammed com- 
 posed a book, known as the Koran, filled with fables and 
 maxims drawn from the Old and New Testament. He held 
 Christ was a Prophet, and that there was but one God. He 
 forbade the use of pork or wine to his followers, but per- 
 mitted polygamy. 
 
 3. In the year 622 Mohammed fled to Medina, where he 
 began a war on all who would not believe in him. In 630, at 
 the head of an army, he returned to Mecca, took it, and at 
 once began a career of conquest seldom equalled by the most 
 renowned. 
 
 4. At his death (632) all Arabia had accepted Mohammed, 
 and within twenty years after, his successors had subdued 
 Syria and Palestine, Egypt and Persia (651). From Asia 
 they swept along the Mediterranean, subduing Northern 
 Africa (T07), and so completely destroying Christianity that 
 scarce a vestige remains. From thence they passed over to 
 Spain (Til) and seized upon the greater part of the country. 
 
 5. The Christians that were spared fled to the mountains. 
 For seven hundred years war between the Mohammedans and 
 Christians of Spain was carried on, and only ended (1492) 
 when, under Ferdinand and Isabella, the Moorish city of 
 Granada was taken, and the Moors finally driven out or con- 
 verted. 
 
 6. In 732 a countless host of Mohammedans, or, as they 
 were also called, Saracens, invaded the south of France, carry- 
 ing destruction and ruin everywhere. Wherever they had 
 come, so far, their power had been irresistible. Europe 
 seemed destined to fall before them, as Asia and Africa had 
 already done. But at this moment God raised up in France 
 Duke Charles, surnamed Martel, who with his army met the 
 Saracens near Poitiers, where a gi-eat battle was fought. The 
 Saracens were defeated, and it is said three hundred thousand 
 of them w^ere left dead upon the field. Christendom was 
 saved, and the further progress of the Mohammedans was 
 forever arrested in Europe. 
 
280 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 19.— Temporal Power of the Popes. 
 
 1. From the time of Oonstantine (330), the Eoman em- 
 perors had gradually concentrated their power in the East, 
 leaving Eome and the AVest much to itself. During the in- 
 vasions of the barbarians the people began to look to the 
 Popes for protection, so that from the necessities of the times 
 the Popes became, to a great extent, the civil as well as the 
 ecclesiastical rulers of Rome. This was finally and formally 
 settled in 755 by the act of Pepin, King of France, and later, 
 in 774, by Charlemagne. 
 
 2. In 755 while Stephen II. filled the pontifical chair, the 
 Lombards, under their king, Astolphus, invaded the Eoman 
 territory and laid waste the surrounding country. Having 
 in vain appealed to the Eastern emperor for assistance, the 
 Pope turned to Pepin, son of Charles Martcl, who crossed the 
 Alps, drove back the Lombards, and by a solemn act gave to 
 the Pope and his successors forever the territory of Eome and 
 Eavenna, together with Bologna and Ferrara, and a consid- 
 erable portion of the territory stretching along the Adriatic. 
 
 3. Twenty years later (774), when the Lombards a third 
 time attacked Eome, Charlemagne crossed into Italy, and de- 
 feating them, confirmed the grant given to Pope Stephen, 
 adding new territory to the original gift. From that time to 
 1870 the Popes have governed Eome and the states above 
 named. In 1870 Victor Emmanuel, King of Sardinia, in- 
 vaded the states of the Church, took Eome, and has since 
 held it, keeping the Pope a prisoner in the Vatican. 
 
 4. Though these temporal possessions are not essential to 
 the existence of the Church to-day any more than during the 
 first three centuries, yet they are of immense benefit. The 
 necessities of religion require that the Pope be independent 
 of kings and princes, that he be free from the intrigues of 
 courts and politicians, and that he be free to communicate 
 with the bishops of the world. This he cannot do if depend- 
 ent on any government for his liberty, nor can he act freely 
 
THE CRUSADES. 281 
 
 and independently with governments if he is subject to any- 
 particular government. This is well seen in the present con- 
 dition of Rome, where infidels are robbing the Church and 
 destroying religion. 
 
 20. — The Crusades. 
 
 1. In the year 614 the Persians captured the city of Jeru- 
 salem, persecuted the people of Palestine, and carried off the 
 true cross which the pious queen Helena had discovered. 
 The Greek emperor, Heraclius, freed Jerusalem and brought 
 back the true cross in solemn procession. Twenty-four years 
 later Jerusalem was again captured, this time by the Moham- 
 medans, who pillaged the city and subjected the Christians 
 to great hardships. 
 
 2. During the reign of Charlemagne the western empire 
 assumed much of its ancient glory and power. The Moham- 
 medans were kept in check, and the Christians in the East 
 were to some extent protected against cruelties and persecu- 
 tions. But after his death (814) persecution was renewed, 
 and continued to the end of the eleventh century, when the 
 first Crusade began. 
 
 3. During the eleventh century religious zeal ran very high, 
 and many visited the Holy Land as pious pilgrims. On these 
 pilgrimages they were subjected to great indignities, the 
 Mohammedans robbing them and often putting them to 
 death or reducing them to slavery. 
 
 4. The recital of these indignities and persecutions greatly 
 excited the Christians of Europe. Popes Sylvester II. and 
 Gregory VII. appealed to the Christian princes of Europe to 
 protect the Christians in the East, and to free Jerusalem from 
 the power of the Mussulman. 
 
 5. In the year 1094 Peter, surnamed the Hermit, visited 
 the Holy Land, and on his return spoke to Pope Urban II. 
 of the distress of the Christians in the East. The Pope called 
 a council at Clermont, at which it was resolved to recover 
 Jerusalem. 
 
282 
 
 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 6. Amid great enthusiasm large armies were raised. Cries 
 of "God wills it" were everywhere heard. The march was 
 begun, and soon Constantinople was reached. Nice was 
 taken ; Antioch fell into the hands of the Crusaders, and in a 
 short time the most of Palestine was in possession of the 
 Christians. 
 
 PREACHING THE CRUSADES. 
 
 7. When the Crusaders first saw Jerusalem from a neigh' 
 boring hill, they fell on their knees and kissed the ground, 
 then rising and shouting " God wills it," rushed to the attack. 
 For five weeks the Mussulman held the walls, but on Friday, 
 July 15, 1099, at three o'clock in the afternoon, the city was 
 taken by assault, and the Tomb of Christ was in the hands 
 of the Crusaders. 
 
 8. Eight days after, Godfrey of Bouillon was elected king, 
 but when offered a golden crown, refused to wear it, saying 
 " that it was not fit that he should wear a crown of gold 
 where the King of kings had worn a crown of thorns." 
 
 9. By the battle of Ascalon, fought on the 12th of August 
 of the same year, the whole of Palestine fell into the hands of 
 the Crusaders. Jerusalem remained in possession of the 
 
THE CRUSADES. 883 
 
 Christians for eighty-eight years, when it was again taken by 
 the Saracens (1187), and with a short interval of eleven years, 
 from 1228 to 1239, it has ever since been under the dominion 
 of the Turks. 
 
 21.— The Crusades. {Concluded.) 
 
 1. In 1144 the Moslems attacked the Christians of Pales- 
 tine; Edessa was taken and the inhabitants put to the sword. 
 
 When the news reached Europe St. Bernard was preaching 
 a new crusade. Thereupon Louis VII., King of France, and 
 Conrad III., Emperor of Germany, raised two large armies 
 and marched for the Holy Land. They failed ; and after an 
 ineffectual attempt to reduce Damascus, returned with but a 
 remnant of their armies. 
 
 2. After the fall of Jerusalem in 1187, the Emperor of 
 Germany, Frederick Barbarossa, and Philip, King of France, 
 with Richard, Cveur-de-Lion, King of England, raised each 
 an army, and in 1189 marched for Jerusalem. Frederick 
 died on tlie journey. After a siege of twenty-three months 
 Acre was taken, when Philip returned, leaving Richard to 
 continue the war. In 1192 Richard concluded a treaty with 
 the Turks, by which the Christians were at liberty to visit 
 Jerusalem and Palestine without molestation. With his re- 
 tu rn ended this third and best-equipped of all the Crusades. 
 
 3. A fourth (1203) and a fifth (1228) Crusade were under- 
 taken for the defence of Palestine. In the former Constanti- 
 nople was taken, and for fifty-six years was held by Baldwin, 
 Count of Flanders, and his successors; by the latter Jerusa- 
 lem was ceded to Frederick II., Emperor of Germany, but no 
 substantial benefits remained to the Christians by either ex- 
 pedition. 
 
 4. In 1244 the Turks burst into Syria, and, overrunning 
 Palestine, again took Jerusalem and pillaged it. To repel 
 these barbarians, St. Louis, King of France, headed the sixth 
 Crusade, but was defeated and taken prisoner (1250). On 
 the payment of a large ransom he was set at liberty, and, with 
 
284 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 other prisoners, returned to France. Twenty years after 
 (1270) Louis undertook still another Crusade, but his fleet 
 was driven by adverse winds to the coast of Africa, where he 
 landed his troops near the site of ancient Carthage. A viru- 
 lent plague breaking out, his army was swept away, and he 
 himself fell a victim. With him died the last effort to re- 
 cover Jerusalem, which ever since has remained in the hands 
 of the infidel — a sad thought for the Christian mind. 
 
 5. Though the Crusades had failed to free the Holy Land 
 from the power of the infidel, and had cost Europe immense 
 loss of both men and treasure, yet they were not without ben- 
 efit. By them commerce had been enlarged, knowledge in- 
 creased, and the refinement of the East brought to the West. 
 The fine arts, a wider knowledge of geography and mathe- 
 matics, and the institution of chivalry were some of the ad- 
 vantages derived by the Crusades, to which must be added 
 the stop they put to Mohammedan conquest. 
 
 32. — Science and Literature during the Middle 
 Ages. 
 
 1. In the fall of the Roman Empire and the invasion of 
 Europe by the barbarians literature received a rude shock, 
 -and for a time science and letters seemed doomed; but God 
 had provided a savior in the monks, with whom some of the 
 princes and rulers co-operated. 
 
 2. Owing to the disturbed state of society occasioned by 
 the constant wars of the barbarians and the devastations con- 
 sequent thereon, little for a time could be done for the culti- 
 vation of letters. The wonder is not that so little was done, 
 but that under the circumstances so much was done. 
 
 3. With the reorganization of the empire under Pepin, 
 King of France (741), and its final consolidation under his son 
 Oharlemagne (800), literature began to revive. Charlemagne 
 was a great patron of letters. Under his reign, notwith- 
 standing his continual wars, he established schools, and gath- 
 ered together the learned from his whole empire. 
 
THE MONKS AND LITERATURE. 285 
 
 4. He invited from England Alcuin (804), a distinguished 
 scholar and pupil of the Venerable Bede, under whose direc- 
 tion academies were established, and the sons of the more 
 wealthy flocked to his lectures; Alcuin spoke Latin, Greek,, 
 and Hebrew, was master of philosophy, theology, history, and 
 mathematics. Under his teaching the schools of France soon 
 became celebrated, and scholars from all Europe came to 
 learn wisdom at his lips. The impulse thus given to letters 
 by Charlemagne was continued by his successors. 
 
 5. Alfred the Great, King of England (870), after defeat- 
 ing the Danes and driving them out of the country, also 
 turned his attention to the education of his people. For this 
 purpose he in turn invited from France men of learning, 
 founded schools and encouraged letters, so that under his 
 reign science and learning made great progress. 
 
 6. Otho, Emperor of Germany (973), was also i great 
 patron of education; he established schools and patronized 
 the learned. His example revived and infused new life into 
 the schools of France and England. During this period the 
 schools of Ireland were also very celebrated ; so much so, that 
 as many as twenty-five thousand scholars are said to have 
 attended at one time the schools of Armagh. 
 
 7. In the year 529 the celebrated monastery of Monte 
 Cassino, in Italy, was founded by St. Benedict; and by the 
 end of the 12th century the monasteries of Cluny in France, 
 Bee in Normandy, and the schools of Oxford and Canterbury 
 in England had grown into great repute. Popes Sylvester 
 II. (1003) and Gregory VII. (1013) were also great patrons of 
 learning, besides being defenders of the faith, while Lanfranc 
 and St. Ansclm, in England, had rendered illustrious the see 
 of Canterbury, and by their learning adorned the age in 
 which they lived. 
 
 23. — The Monks and Literature. 
 
 1. It is popular with modern historians to decry the monks, 
 and accuse them of laziness and ignorance. Because, for- 
 
286 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 sooth, steamboats, telegraphs, and raih'oads were unknown to 
 the Middle Ages, then the men of the past were ignorant, 
 and the Church sought to keep the world in darkness. This 
 is not correct either in fact or in reason. 
 
 2. The truth is, there was much more learning among the 
 masses, and scholars far more profound during the Middle 
 Ages, than has been generally admitted. The usual mode of 
 reasoning is to compare the past with the present, and if the 
 present has what the past had not, then to conclude that the 
 past was buried in darkness, and that ignorance reigned 
 supreme. The unfairness of this reasoning is easily seen. 
 
 3. To reason justly we must consider the condition of the 
 past — the disruption of society by the fall of Rome, the dev- 
 astation of Europe by the barbarians, and the necessary- 
 reorganization of society and the formation of new govern- 
 ments. To these must be added the ignorance and number 
 of the slaves, the rudeness of the barbarians, and the con- 
 tinual wars consequent on the rude and uncivilized state of 
 society. 
 
 4. To overcome the above, schools and colleges- had to be 
 •established, manners softened, the barbarian civilized, and 
 ;slavery abolished. Yet all this was done during the Middle 
 Ages; and though learning was not as diffused among the 
 people then as now, yet there were scholars not only as pro- 
 found as any of to-day, but they found audiences fully as 
 ;able to understand and appreciate them as any we find in 
 modern times. 
 
 5. At first the monks were but cultivators of the soil; but 
 as the monasteries grew in size and wealth they opened hos- 
 pitals, then schools, where rich and poor were free to attend. 
 In these schools were taught Grammar and Rhetoric, Arith- 
 metic and Logic, Greek and Roman Classics. 
 
 6. The best fitted among the monks were selected; some 
 to teach, some to copy, some to write on history or Sacred 
 Scripture. Others devoted themselves to science, or archi- 
 .tecture, or the fine arts. 
 
 7. The churches and monasteries that time, fire, and the 
 
DISCOVERIES AKD IKVEKTIONS OF CATHOLICS. 287 
 
 Reformation have spared show the state of perfection to 
 which architecture was carried/as also carving and painting. 
 To these must be added music, and the discoveries and in- 
 ventions of the Middle Ages, showing not only a high degree 
 of intelligence, but causing wonder to the honest-minded 
 that so much could have been done in the midst of so much 
 that was adverse. 
 
 . 8. The writings of Bede, Alcuin, Scotus Erigina, Gerbert, 
 Anselm, Bernard, Bonaventure, St. Thomas, Dante, Petrarch, 
 show not only men of profound minds, but men of most ex- 
 tensive learning. By their fruits let the past be judged, and 
 by them it will be seen that the Middle Ages were neither so 
 dark, nor Catholics so ignorant, as so-called history pretends 
 to tell. 
 
 24. — Discoveries and Inventions of Catholics. 
 
 1. A common mode of reasoning is to assume the past is 
 not equal to the present, or vice versa, as it best suits our 
 Tanity. So men of modern times very often assume that an 
 improvement is a discovery. That the present age has im- 
 proved on the past is not to be doubted, but that much that 
 is really original has been either invented or discovered in 
 the present age may be very honestly doubted. It is also 
 •commonly assumed that Catholics have done nothing for 
 either science or arts. This is a grave mistake, as will be 
 seen by the following list of discoveries and inventions, all by 
 •Catholics, and many of them before the Protestant Reforma- 
 tion. 
 
 2. Architecture, music, sculpture, painting, glass-staining, 
 and such like have been alwa3^s taken as criterions of the civili- 
 zation of which they were the outcome. The architecture of 
 Rome and Greece and Babylon and Egypt are taken to-day as 
 signs of the advanced state of civilization in those countries, 
 when they built to the wonder of the world. So we can 
 point to the great cathedrals of Europe, such as Cologne, 
 Spiers, Milan, Canterbury, and Winchester, that to-day are 
 
288 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 the wonder and admiration of all, as monuments of the high 
 cultivation of the Middle Ages, when they were built. 
 
 3. Besides this may be mentioned the cultivation and 
 manufacture of silk introduced into Europe by two monks in 
 the year 551; the invention of water-mills (555), window-glass 
 for churches and dwellings (601), bells for churches (605), 
 organs (673); paper, made of cotton (706), made of linen 
 (1270); the Gregorian Chant, by Pope Gregory the Great 
 (600), to which was added the gamut, or scale in music, that 
 so aids in its study; also clocks with balance and wheels 
 (1089); glass-staining, with the art of imprinting figures upon 
 it (1199); gunpowder (1214), watches (1306), and the mari- 
 ner's compass (1310). 
 
 THE CATHEDRAL, OP COLOGNE. 
 
 4. To these inventions of the Middle Ages must be added 
 the inventions and discoveries made by Catholics before and 
 since the Eeformation. Amongst these are printing (1400), 
 the discovery of America and its partial colonization in the 
 11th century, and its after discovery in 1492 by Columbus, 
 also the doubling of the Cape of Good Hope in 1497. 
 
CAUSES OF THE REFORMATION^. 289 
 
 5. In 1542 the Solar System was discovered by Copernicus, 
 and in 1543 steamboat navigation was demonstrated in Spain 
 by Blasco de Garay. The rotundity of the earth was taught 
 by Virgilius (764), afterwards by Dante (1320) in his immortal 
 Inferno, and in 1610 its motion was demonstrated by Galileo, 
 as also the Satellites of Jupiter discovered. In 1582 the 
 Calendar now used was corrected by Pope Gregory. 
 
 6. In 1597 the thermometer was invented by Galileo; the 
 telescope and microscope in 1609, and the barometer in 1643. 
 In 1630 the art of enamelling on ivory was invented, and in 
 1780 galvanism was discovered. The weaving of satin and 
 broadcloth were discoveries of the Middle Ages (1189). 
 
 7. Nearly all the present governments of Europe were 
 formed during the Middle Ages, with their languages and 
 laws. When we add to all this the abolition of slavery in 
 Europe, the civilization of the barbarians, the softening of 
 manners, the elevation of woman, the Magna Charta, trial by 
 jury, the habeas corpus, the Common Law, and the sanctity 
 of home, all the direct results of the teachings of the Catholio 
 Church during the Middle Ages, it will be seen that not only 
 has the Church been no obstacle to progress, either in science 
 or art, but that to Catholics is due the discovery of nearly 
 all the valuable inventions we have. Carefully examined, it- 
 will be seen that, with the exception of the steam-engine and 
 the railroad, little that is rev^^j new has been discovered 
 other than by Catholics. It io true, valuable improvements- 
 have been made, but discoveries and inventions of things en- 
 tirely new are few and far between. 
 
 THIRD PERIOD. 
 FROM THE REFORMATION TO THE PRESENT TIME. 
 
 25. — Causes of the Reformation. 
 
 1. Two causes largely contributed to the success of the 
 Reformation — one the decline of morals, the other the spread 
 of the heresies of Wycliffe and Huss. The great wealth of 
 
290 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 the monasteries had certainly brought laxity among their 
 members, while the universal acceptance of Catholicity had 
 deadened zeal for its maintenance. The discovery of print- 
 ing about the time of Luther rendered possible the rapid 
 spread of heresy, to which must be added the long contests 
 between the Church and the secular powers, which had 
 greatly weakened authority. 
 
 2. In the year 1356, John Wycliffe, a fellow of Oxford 
 University, England, began to preach against the mendicant 
 Orders. Four years after (1360), he attacked the whole eccle- 
 siastical order, teaching that the Pope was not the head of 
 the Church, nor were bishops superior to priests ; that priests 
 and civil magistrates lost their authority when they fell into 
 mortal sin, ending all by the denial of Transubstantiation. 
 
 3. These doctrines readily found followers, who, under the 
 name of Lollards, created great disturbance, assuming the 
 right to preach when and where they pleased. In 1380 
 Wycliffe translated the Bible into English, and four years 
 after (1384) died, having been condemned by the Pope and 
 several Councils in England. His doctrines were finally con- 
 demned at the Council of Constance (1415), as was also John 
 Huss, who had begun to preach them in Bohemia. 
 
 4. In 1402 Jerome of Prague returned from Oxford, where 
 he had been studying, and began to preach the doctrines of 
 Wycliffe. He was seconded by John Huss of the same place, 
 who not only taught the condemned doctrines of Wycliffe, 
 but went farther — denying the authority of the Pope, attack- 
 ing the clergy, the doctrines of the Church on indulgences, 
 the Blessed Virgin, the Saints, and communion under one 
 kind. 
 
 5. His doctrines spread rapidly through Bohemia. In 
 1414 the Council of Constance was held, before which he ap- 
 peared, was condemned, and burned at the stake (1415). The 
 next year his followers rose in great force, overran Bohemia, 
 and were not finally subdued till 1436; but by this time his 
 doctrines were widespread. The tares had been sown, and 
 in 1517 brought forth their fruit in the heresy of Luther, 
 
LUTHER. 291 
 
 when he began to preach against indulgences, and maintain 
 the heresies taught by Wycliffe and Huss. 
 
 6. It cannot be denied that the laxity of morals greatly 
 contributed to the spread of these heresies, while the wealth 
 of the Church afforded a specious pretext to attack the 
 clergy. Besides, as will be readily seen, the doctrines of 
 Wycliffe and Huss appealed to the worst passions, exciting 
 directly to rebellion against authority. The same was in 
 worse degree under Luther, his doctrines exciting not only 
 to rebellion against authority, but appealing to the worst form 
 of intellectual pride. 
 
 26.— Luther. 
 
 1. November 10, 1483, Martin Luther, the first and chief 
 of the Protestant Reformers, was born in Eisleben, in Saxony. 
 In 1505 he became a monk of the Order of St. Augustine, 
 and shortly after was appointed professor in the University 
 of AVittenberg. 
 
 2. In 1517 Pope Leo X. published a Jubilee, and directed 
 that the alms to be given should be sent to Rome to help 
 complete the great Cathedral of St. Peter, then beiiig built. 
 Tetzel, Superior of the Dominicans, was apjDointed to preach 
 this Jubilee throughout Germany, which greatly displeased 
 Luther, because of the slight, as he supposed, that had thus 
 been thrown upon the Augustinians by not inviting them to 
 preach the Jubilee. 
 
 3. At first Luthfer attacked only the Dominicans, but in a 
 short time he also attacked the doctrine of indulgences itself, 
 publishing, October 31, 1517, his famous declaration of prin- 
 ciples, in which were embodied the germs of the Protestant 
 Reformation. In 1520 his doctrines were condemned by the 
 Pope and he himself excommunicated. 
 
 4. In 1522 Luther translated the Bible into German, and 
 with it proclaimed the doctrine of " an open Bible and free 
 interpretation,^' as a fundamental doctrine. He also denied 
 the supremacy of the Pope, the authority of the Church, the 
 
292 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 celibacy of the clergy, the efficacy of the sacraments, the 
 doctrine of purgatory, and the teachings of the Church on 
 justification and original sin. 
 
 5. He forbade his followers to honor the Saints or to obey 
 the commandments of the Church, rejecting all the sacra- 
 ments except Baptism and the Lord^s Supper. He also 
 taught that faith without good works would save, contrary to 
 the Catholic doctrine, which teaches that men are saved by 
 faith with good works. 
 
 6. Luther with his " open Bible and free interpretation " 
 paved the way to the multiplicity of sects and the vagaries 
 of opinion into which Protestantism has divided. In 1525 
 Luther married Catharine de Bora, a nun whom he had per- 
 suaded to leave her convent, and in 1546 he died, with Prot- 
 estantism torn into pieces by the contending sects. 
 
 7. The doctrines of Luther spread rapidly throughout 
 Saxony, the north of Germany, and Prussia. From thence 
 they passed into Denmark, Sweden, and Norway, encouraged 
 by princes and kings, and everywhere accompanied with 
 bloodshed and disorder. Calvinism was adopted in parts of 
 France and Switzerland, and under the teaching of Knox 
 became the religion of Scotland. 
 
 8. In 1545 the Council of Trent was convened, and after 
 seventeen years of careful examination, condemned the here- 
 sies of Luther and Calvin, at the same time affirming the 
 true doctrine on the sacraments, grace, original sin, justifica- 
 tion, and free will. The Canon of Scripture was more pre- 
 cisely determined, and many wise laws published. For over 
 three hundred years no new Council was held till 1869, when 
 the Council of the Vatican assembled, but in 1870 was forced 
 to adjourn in consequence of the seizure of Rome by Victor 
 Emmanuel, King of Italy. 
 
 37.— Calvin and Knox. 
 
 1. John Calvin was born 1509 at Noyon, France, and died 
 at Geneva, 1564. At first he studied for the priesthood and 
 
THE PKOTESTAN'T KEFORMATION" IJ^ ENGLAJ^^D. 293 
 
 received Minor Orders, but afterwards studied law. In 1532 
 he adopted the doctrines of Luther, and in 1535 published 
 his celebrated " Institutions," in which he taught that all 
 men were predestined by the forewill of God to heaven or 
 hell; thus destroying free will, and making God the author 
 of sin. 
 
 2. In 1536 he went to Geneva, from whence, two years 
 after, he was banished because of his great rigor and vehe- 
 mence. In 1541 he returned, and from that time to his death 
 (1564) ruled Geneva with a rod of iron. In 1553 he burned 
 Servetus, because he taught doctrines on the Trinity objec- 
 tionable to Calvin, thus denying to others the freedom he 
 claimed for himself. 
 
 3. Calvin forbade all exterior religion, forbidding religious 
 ceremonies, denying the Mass, the Real Presence, the invoca- 
 tion of Saints, the supremacy of the Pope, and the sacra- 
 mental character of bishops and priests. 
 
 4. Calvin was a man of strong character, great rigor, and 
 deep, resolute will. He is by many deemed the soul and real 
 author of the Reformation, and wherever his doctrines have 
 been accepted they have produced a deep and lasting 
 effect. 
 
 5o John Knox, author of the Reformation in Scotland, was 
 born 1505; was ordained priest, but in 1547 began to preach 
 against the Pope and the Mass. He was a man violent of 
 temper and rude in manners. In 1554 he adopted the doc- 
 trines of Calvin, and succeeded in having them so universally 
 adopted in Scotland that Catholicity was almost entirely re- 
 jected by the Scotch. He died in 1572, revered by the 
 Scotch, but known in history as the " ruffian of the Reforma- 
 tion." 
 
 28.— The Protestant Reformation in England. 
 
 1. In the beginning, Henry VIII., King of England, was 
 strongly opposed to the doctrines of Luther, writing a book 
 against him, for which he was called by the Pope " Defender 
 
294 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 of the Faith/' a title still retained by the kings and qneens 
 of England. 
 
 2. In 1509 he married Catharine of Aragon, but twenty- 
 four years after conceived an unlawful passion for Anne 
 Boleyn, waiting-maid to the queen. Because the Pope re- 
 fused to divorce him from liis lawful wife, Catharine, he 
 declared himself head of the Church in England, forced par- 
 liament to divorce him (1533), then publicly married Anne 
 Boleyn, to whom he had been already privately married some 
 months before. 
 
 3. Three years after (1536) he had her beheaded, and next 
 day married Jane Seymour, who the year following died, 
 when he again married. Within six months this marriage 
 was also annulled, and he married Catharine Howard, w^ho 
 next year was beheaded, when he married again. He was 
 preparing to have this his sixth wife divorced, when he him- 
 self died, despised and detested by all. Such was the man 
 who began the Reformation in England. 
 
 4. After the death of Henry VIII. (1547), the Reformation 
 was continued by Edward VI. (1547-1553) and Elizabeth 
 (1558-1603), under whose reigns Catholicity was almost en- 
 tirely destroyed, and Protestantism so firmly established that 
 up to within the last fifty years there were but few Catholics 
 in England. Latterly, however, the Church has again begun 
 to grow in England, there being at present (1894) a Cardinal 
 and 18 bishops, besides priests and religious. 
 
 5. When Henry VIII. separated from the Church, he 
 began a most violent persecution, seizing upon the monas- 
 teries, driving out the religious, and dividing their lands 
 among his partisans. Prison, fines, confiscation, torture, 
 death, was the doom of all who refused to acknowledge him 
 as head of the Church. He beheaded Fisher, Bishop of 
 Rochester, and Thomas More, Chancellor, two of the most 
 distinguished men of England, because they would not sanc- 
 tion his divorce or acknowledge. his supremacy in spirituals. 
 
 6. To the schism of Henry, Edward and Elizabeth added 
 heresy, suppressing the Mass, destroying images, pillaging 
 
THE CHURCH IN ASIA AND AMERICA. 295 
 
 and profaning churches, changing dogma and ceremonies, 
 the whole nation basely accepting at the beck of its rulers* 
 From the death of Elizabeth (1603) to the present day, the 
 " English Church," as it is now called, has been but the 
 slave of the state, the kings and queens of England being its 
 head. 
 
 7. To make converts. Catholicity has ever appealed to> 
 reason; Protestantism, like Mohammedanism, to force and 
 violence. In England and Scotland Protestantism was forced 
 upon the people by fines, imprisonment, and death; in Ger- 
 many and Prussia, Sweden and Denmark and Norway, the 
 same. In America the Puritans acted in like manner. 
 
 8. Protestantism began with " an open Bible and free in- 
 terpretation," and has ended in division and disbelief. By 
 the above principle every one becomes judge of what he will 
 or will not believe. Hence, amongst Protestants there are 
 almost as many religions as there are individ^ials, the 
 churches divided and torn into pieces, ending in infidelity and 
 Mormonism. On the other hand. Catholicity remains ever 
 the same, because Catholicity is truth, and truth changes not* 
 
 29. — The Church in Asia and America. 
 
 1. While on the one hand the Church was being so sadly 
 despoiled in Europe by the violence of Protestantism, she 
 was on the other consoled by the heroism of her martyrs, and 
 the wonderful conversions to her fold in India and Japan 
 and amid the forests of America. 
 
 2. In 1540 tha Society of Jesus was organized by Ignatius 
 of Loyola, a Spanish soldier. From the beginning this- 
 Society has been distinguished for its learning and zeal. In 
 1541 Francis Xavier, one of its first members, was sent te 
 Goa, a Portuguese settlement in India, where for six years 
 h^ preached throughout India and Malabar, counting his 
 converts by millions. 
 
 3. In 1549 he passed over to Japan, and preached with 
 siich success that within fifty years there were over three 
 
296 
 
 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 million Christians gathered to the Church. In 1552 Xavier 
 passed from Japan to China, but God was satisfied with what 
 he had done, and he died on the coast, at the early age of 
 forty-six years. 
 
 4. While St. Francis Xavier was thus adding to the Church 
 in the East, his brother Jesuits in Paraguay, South America, 
 were converting the rude savages to the faith, teaching them 
 a knowledge of God and forming them to habits of civilized 
 life (1556). 
 
 ST. FRANCIS XAVIER. 
 
 5. In 1608 the French founded Quebec, Canada, where they 
 not only planted the cross as a sign of their own faith, but 
 ■established a missionary home, from whence the Jesuits sent 
 forth a band of heroes to explore the country and convert the 
 Indians. 
 
 6. There is no more beautiful page in the history of the 
 Church than that of the Jesuits in North America. From 
 Quebec they penetrated into New York, where Jogues gave 
 Ms life for the conversion of the Mohawks, while Brebeuf 
 
RELIGIOUS WARS IN EUROPE. 297 
 
 and Lallemant died at the stake for their Huron converts. 
 Up the St. Lawrence and Ottawa rivers, along Lakes Huron' 
 and Michigan, through forests and amid the wild tribes of 
 the West, Marquette sought the Mississippi — preaching the 
 Gospel everywhere — the first of Europeans to look upon its- 
 waters. The works of the Jesuits in North America have 
 disappeared with the destruction of the Indians, but they 
 were not the less real, nor their success the less true, because 
 to-day so little remains to tell of former struggles and 
 triumphs. 
 
 30.— Religious Wars in Europe. 
 
 1. With the acceptance of the doctrine of Luther, " that 
 all men were free in religion,^' there soon rose a desire to be- 
 also free in secular affairs. 
 
 2. In Germany the Lutherans took up arms, pillaged and 
 burned churches, destroyed monasteries, and massacred 
 priests and religious. After great loss of life Charles V. 
 subdued them, and in 1555, by the peace of Augsburg, ac- 
 corded them the free exercise of their religion ; but in 16 IB- 
 they again rose in rebellion. By the assistance of the Danes 
 and Swedes, and the Protestants of France, they, for thirty 
 years, carried on war, which was finally ended in 1648 by the- 
 treaty of Westphalia. 
 
 3. During this time the Oalvinists of France, under the- 
 name of Huguenots, began to disturb the peace. In 1561 
 they took up arms, pillaged and destroyed churches, mur- 
 dered priests and nuns, and attacked and burned a number of 
 towns and villages. 
 
 4. As the result of a political plot on the part of the queen- 
 mother, Catherine de Medicis, and her son, Henry of Anjou,. 
 the Huguenots were attacked on the eve of St. Bartholomew 
 (1572), and large numbers of them killed in Paris and else- 
 where throughout France. By the Edict of Nantes (1598)» 
 they were granted full liberty of conscience and exceptional 
 civil concessions, but abusing their privileges, the Edict was 
 
298 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 revoked (1685), when many of them fled to England and 
 emigrated to America, settling mostly in the Carolinas and 
 ■Georgia. 
 
 5. Under the long reign of Elizabeth, who for forty years 
 Tuled England with a rod of iron, division amongst the Prot- 
 estants was kept down, but at her death the necessary results 
 came. 
 
 6. By the free interpretation of the Scriptures there rose 
 a sect, caljing themselves Independents, who held that the 
 reign of kings was incompatible with the reign of Christ; 
 that priests and religious ceremonies and symbols must be 
 abolished, and kings and nobles cease. Under the name of 
 " Levellers " they gained control of the army, and defeating 
 the king, Charles I., he was tried, condemned, and be- 
 headed (1649). 
 
 '7. Under the name of Covenanters, the Calvinists of Scot- 
 land began a war against all who differed with them in re- 
 ligion. They abolished "popery and prelacy," and under 
 pain of fines and penalties required all to sign the Covenant 
 •which they drew up. They are known also as Presbyterians 
 and Puritans. In 1643 they formed an alliance with the In- 
 dependents of England, and co-operated in the defeat and 
 death of the king. 
 
 8. Under the teachings of Zwingli, one of the leaders of 
 the Eeformation, the Swiss rose in rebellion, to be followed 
 by the Netherlands and Holland. In Prussia, Sweden, Den- 
 mark, and Norway, Protestantism was forced upon the people 
 at the point of the sword. The same was done in England 
 and Scotland. Everything that tyranny could invent has 
 been tried to make Ireland Protestant, but has ever failed; 
 the Irish, amid poverty and persecution, remaining steadfast 
 in the faith. 
 
BESULTS OF THE TEACHIIfGS OF THE REFORMATION. 299 
 
 31. — Results of the Teachings of the Reformation. 
 
 1. " An open Bible and free interpretation," proclaimed by 
 the Reformers, destroys the authority of the Church, and 
 practically makes reason the rule of faith. Acting upon this, 
 the Socinians, called also Unitarians, began (1562) to deny 
 the mystery of the Trinity, and to reject all doctrines they 
 could not understand. 
 
 2. These were followed in turn by the Deists, who attacked 
 revelation and the whole supernatural order; then by the 
 infidels, who denied the immortality of the soul, the exist- 
 ence of God, and the diiference between good and evil. 
 
 3. From Holland and England these doctrines passed into 
 France, where they received additional force from the false 
 and exaggerated teachings of the Jansenists (1640). Rousseau 
 (1749) and Voltaire (1760) took them up, and under the guise 
 of philosophy assailed the whole system of Christianity. In 
 a short time France and Europe were in a blaze. 
 
 4. The Jesuits were everywhere attacked, and in 1773 sup- 
 pressed by a decree of Pope Clement XIV. In 1789 the 
 French Revolution broke out, and for a time the world stood 
 aghast at the horrors that were committed under the name of 
 lil)erty. 
 
 5. The property of the Church was confiscated; marriage 
 declared a purely civil contract; reason deified in the person 
 of a wicked woman; and the country ran with the blood of 
 priests and nobles. In 1793 Louis XVI. was beheaded, and 
 in 1798 the Sovereign Pontiff, Pius VI., w\as seized upon, by 
 order of the French Directory, and rudely dragged through 
 Italy into France, where he died the next year (1799), worn 
 out by the fatigues and hardships to which he had been sub- 
 jected. 
 
 6. In the midst of these horrors Xapoleon Bonaparte ap- 
 peared upon the scene, and by the brilliancy of his genius 
 and the success of the French arms became Emperor of 
 France, and in 1804 was solemnly crowned in Notre Dame, 
 
300 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 Paris, by Pope Pius VII. Five years after, by order of Na- 
 poleon, the States of the Church were seized upon and Pius 
 VII. dragged into France, where for five years he was held a 
 prisoner. In 1815 the French were defeated at Waterloo, 
 and Napoleon banished to the Island of St. Helena, where he 
 died in the year 1821. 
 
 32.— General Conclusion. 
 
 1. Though much has been necessarily omitted in this short 
 history of the Church, yet enough has been given to show 
 how strangely the world has warred against God and religion. 
 
 2. The Jews rejected Christ and persecuted His apostles, to 
 be themselves in turn persecuted and scattered over the world 
 without home or country. Kome persecuted the Church, and 
 in the vain hope of destroying Christianity, deluged the em- 
 pire in the blood of the martyrs. 
 
 3. Heresy rose, and by division strove to destroy the unity 
 of faith, beginning with the denial of the divinity of Jesus 
 Christ, and ending in the deification of human reason, and 
 the right of men to determine for themselves what they shall 
 or shall not believe. 
 
 4. Heretofore the controversy between the Church and the 
 world has been on matters of faith. In the Protestant world 
 faith is rapidly passing away, to be replaced by indifference 
 or positive hostility to religion. The sects have lost their 
 power, are divided and torn among themselves, their only 
 bond of unity being a common hostility to Catholicity. 
 
 5. The great part of the Protestant world seems to have 
 lost confidence in revelation to save the world, and is falling 
 back upon education, hoping that men will be saved by a 
 knowledge of science without religion, forgetting, seemingly, 
 that man is a spiritual being, and needs religion to purify and 
 guide and keep his unruly passions subject to reason. 
 
 6. Within the Church there is much to console and much 
 to afflict. The indifferentism of the world is largely affecting 
 the faith of Catholics; numbers are becoming cold or adopt- 
 
GE]S"ERAL CONCLUSION. 301 
 
 ing the loose doctrines of the day. The teachings on civil 
 freedom now so prevalent are exciting to a religious freedom 
 that must end in disbelief. 
 
 7. Germany has attempted to revive religious persecution, 
 only to unite Catholics and stir up their faith. The infidels 
 of France have begun a war upon the Church, expelling the 
 religious and secularizing education. The Italian Govern- 
 ment has seized upon Home and the States of the Church; 
 the Pope is a prisoner in the Vatican, yet amid all this 
 there is much to encourage. 
 
 8. At no time in the Church's history have the bishops 
 been so united with the Sovereign Pontiff or among them- 
 selves. Priests and people are filled with zeal. In England, 
 Scotland, and America the Church is growing with wonder- 
 ful rapidity, and in Asia and Africa thousands are being 
 added to the fold. Persecution but purifies and unites; 
 Christ is with His Church, always fair and ever true. Heaven 
 and earth shall pass away, but Christ and His Church abide 
 forever. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 The Feasts of the Church. 
 
 1. The better to teach her children the great truths of 
 Religion and the more strongly to impress npon their minds- 
 the mysteries of Redemption, the Church has appointed cer- 
 tain religious feasts to be kept. That these may never he 
 forgotten, and may follow each other in due order, the Eccle- 
 siastical Year is divided into three parts, namely: 1st, From 
 Advent to Lent; 2d, From Lent to Pentecost; and 3d, From 
 Pentecost to Advent again. 
 
 2. Advent means coming, and immediately precedes 
 Christmas, the feast in which the Church celebrates the 
 first coming of Christ upon earth. The four Sundays of 
 Advent represent the four thousand years before the coming 
 of Christ upon earth, when the world lay buried in the dark- 
 ness of infidelity, and the knowledge of the true God was^ 
 mostly confined to the Patriarchs, and, after them, to the 
 Jewish nation. 
 
 3. During Advent the priest wears purple vestments, as a. 
 sign of sorrow and penance. There is no " Gloria in Ex- 
 celsis" said at Mass, and all worldly amusements are set 
 aside, that thus, in penance, the world may prepare for 
 Christmas, the most beautiful of all the festivals of the year,, 
 when young and old, great and small, become children with 
 Christ, their new-born King. Christmas is peculiarly the 
 feast of childhood, because on that day Christ was born — a 
 child — to the world. 
 
 4. The birth of Christ is threefold. 1st, His eternal gener- 
 
 303 
 
■304 * APPENDIX. 
 
 ation in the bosom of His Father; 2d, His birth of the 
 Blessed Virgin, at Bethlehem; and 3d, His birth in the soul, 
 by grace. These three births are symbolized by the three 
 Masses that every priest is permitted to say on Christmas 
 day. Then the joy of the Christian world bursts forth in 
 the glad song of " Glory to God in the Highest,^' sung for 
 the first time by the angels, when, on the first Christmas 
 morn, they announced that a Savior was born. 
 
 5. After Christmas comes the feast of Saint Stephen, the 
 first martyr, who was stoned to death, and, like his Master 
 upon the cross, died praying for his enemies. Then follow 
 in quick succession the feasts of the Circumcision and 
 Epiphany, the former reminding us that, on the eighth day 
 after His birth, Christ first shed His blood; the latter telling' 
 of the visit of the Wise Men, who came from the far-off East 
 to adore Him. 
 
 6. On the second of February is commemorated the Pres- 
 entation of Christ in the Temple. This feast is also 
 known as Candlemas, because on that day are blessed the 
 candles to be used in the church during the year. On this 
 day candles are also blessed to be used by the faithful in 
 their homes, either at their private devotions or when the 
 sacraments are to be adaiinistered to the sick. 
 
 7. Lent, the second part of the Ecclesiastical Year, begins 
 with Ash-Wednesday, a day deriving its name from the 
 custom of blessing ashes and sprinkling them on the heads of 
 the faithful, to remind them that dust they are^ and unto 
 dust they shall return, 
 
 8. During the forty days of Lent there is no " Gloria ^' sung 
 at Mass ; and again, as in Advent, the priest is clad in 
 purple; amusements are laid aside, and in imitation of 
 Christ's fast of forty days, the faithful are commanded to 
 fast and do penance for their sins. 
 
 9. On Passion-Sunday, to remind us of the sorrow and 
 suffering of Christ, the crucifixes and pictures in the church 
 are covered, and remain so till Holy Saturday. On Palm- 
 Sunday palms are blessed, distributed among the people, 
 
THE FEASTS OF THE CHURCH. 305 
 
 and carried in procession ronnd the church, to commemorate 
 the triumphal entry of Christ into Jerusalem. 
 
 10. The institution of the Blessed Sacrament is commemo- 
 rated on Holy Thursday. On this day the consecrated 
 Host, which is to be consumed at the office of the next day, 
 is kept on a side-altar, decorated with flowers and lights, and 
 called the Kepository. From the Mass of this day to the 
 Mass of Holy Saturday no church-bells are rung, — a sign 
 of the deep sorrow of the Church. 
 
 llo On Good Friday all is hushed: the altars are bare, 
 the priest is clad in deepest black, and the plaintive song of 
 the Church tells the agony of her heart. The great sacrifice 
 of Calvary, on which Christ Our Savior died for the world, 
 is in the thoughts of the faithful; while sorrow for sin and 
 love for God fill their hearts. 
 
 12. Holy Saturday, the day on which Christ's body lay 
 in the tomb, is spent in prayer and meditation. At the Mass 
 of this day is blessed the new fire, struck from a rock, a fit 
 emblem of Christ, who is both light to the world and a rock 
 to His Church. 
 
 13. The Baptismal Water and the Paschal Candle are 
 blessed after the reading of the prophecies that foretold the 
 coming of Our Savior. Then, in the calm repose of expecta- 
 tion, the world awaits the glorious dawn of Easter-day, to 
 burst forth in a grand Allgluia of praise to Christ risen from 
 the dead. 
 
 14. As Christ rose at early morn, so at dawn of day the 
 bells ring out their merry peal to tell us of Easter and of 
 Christ risen from the dead. By His death Christ showed 
 Himself man; but by His Resurrection He proved Himself 
 God. 
 
 15. The season of the year when Easter comes also con- 
 tributes much to the general joy. Winter is past, and spring 
 is come; the merry song of the birds tells of their return to 
 cheer us with their presence; the trees are clothing them- 
 selves in softest green, and the fields are decked in fairest 
 flowers. All nature is waking from its wintry sleep, as if to 
 
306 APPENDIX. 
 
 join the Church in joyful praise, for Christ has risen trium- 
 phant over sin and hell. 
 
 16. The first Sunday after Easter is called Low Sunday; 
 in ancient times the Catechumens, that were baptized on 
 Holy Saturday, were wont to wear up to this day the white 
 robes that were put on them at their baptism. 
 
 After Easter come the Rogation-days, or days of prayer, 
 when the Church calls upon her children to pray for preser- 
 vation from evil, for the attainment of all things necessary 
 for their spiritual and temporal welfare, but especially for 
 the blessing of God on the fruits of the earth. 
 
 17. Forty days after Easter the Ascension of Christ into 
 heaven is celebrated, and another interval of ten days ushers 
 in the feast of Pentecost. It commemorates the day on 
 which, in accordance with the promice of Christ, the Holy 
 Ghost came in the form of fiery tongues and sat upon His 
 apostles, filling them with courage and wisdom, and power 
 and strength, to go forth to teach and convert the world. 
 With this first Pentecost began the abiding presence of the 
 Holy Ghost in the Church, a presence that has never ceased, 
 and never will cease till time shall be no more, because Christ 
 promised that the Holy Ghost should forever abide with 
 His Church and teach her all truth. 
 
 18. The Sunday following Pentecost is Trinity Sunday, 
 and with it begins the third part of the Ecclesiastical Year. 
 On this day the Church honors, in an especial manner, the 
 mystery of the Most Blessed Trinity, three Divine Persons in 
 one God: the Father, the Son. and the Holy Ghost. 
 
 19. Thursday in the first week after Trinity Sunday is 
 that great feast of love. Corpus Christi, on which we cele- 
 brate the bodily presence of Christ in His Church. It was 
 not enough for Christ to die for the world, but, as a new and 
 wonderful proof of Hie love. He yet remains on earth, even 
 after His ascension into heaven. On Holy Thursday the 
 Church celebrated the institution of the Blessed Sacrament, 
 but that was a joy mingled with the sorrows of Holy Week. 
 
 20. Another and more fitting time was needed, when the 
 
THE FEASTS OF THE CHUKCH. 307 
 
 Christian heart could give itself to holiest joy and boundless 
 praise of Him who, through love for man, lives upon our 
 altars to feed and strengthen us with His own body and 
 blood. Hence the feast of Corpus Christi, or "the body of 
 Christ/' was instituted, that on this day, amid processions, 
 flowers, and lights, we might pour forth our hearts in praise 
 and love. 
 
 21. Besides these greater feasts that speak to us of God,. 
 His nature, and His works, there are others that tell us of 
 His mother. Such are the Annunciation and Assumption,. 
 the one, to remind us how, more than eighteen hundred years 
 ago, the angel Gabriel was sent by God to Mary, the humble 
 virgin of Nazareth, to announce to her that she had been 
 chosen of all the daughters of Eve, as alone worthy to be the 
 mother of the long-looked-for Redeemer; the other, to recall 
 to our minds that when, in obedience to the decrees of God,, 
 the Blessed Virgin died, she was immediately raised to life 
 again, and in triumph carried up by the angels into heaven,. 
 Avhere, body and soul united, she is and will be for eternity. 
 
 22. There are also the lesser feasts of the Saints, as those 
 of Peter and Paul, and John, and other apostles, together 
 with those of that heroic band of martyrs and confessors who 
 have adorned the history of the Church from the beginning 
 even to our own times. All these minor festivals end and 
 are included in the glorious feast of All Saints, on which 
 are gathered together all Christian heroes, the known and the 
 unknown, that none may pass without their due share of 
 praise. But as the Church forgets none of her children, she 
 adds the feast of All Souls, on which we pray for the dead 
 detained in Purgatory, that they may soon be freed from 
 their sufferings. 
 
 23. All Souls' Day closes the Ecclesiastical Year, but it 
 begins again with Advent, followed by that round of feasts 
 and joys that tell us of another year of hopes and sorrows* 
 Besides these feasts there are the Sunday obligations of rest 
 and worship, when the Holy Sacrifice is offered, the Scriptures 
 are read, and the people instructed. 
 
308 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 24. The Ember-days, which are the Wednesdays, Fridays, 
 and Saturdays immediately after tlie first Sunday of Lent, 
 Pentecost, September 14th, and the third Sunday of Advent 
 are days of fasting and of abstinence. According to Pope 
 St. Leo, the object of this fast is that we may purify our souls 
 and do penance as we begin each quarter of the year. 
 
 25. It is not enough for us to know these feasts and fasts, 
 but we must keep them, as the Church commands; for when 
 we obey her we obey the voice of God, and may then hope to 
 share with Him the never-ending joys of heaven. 
 
PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY 
 
 OF 
 
 PROPER AND GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES 
 
 TO BE FOUND IN THIS HISTORY. 
 
 The diacritical marks are the same as those used in Webster'i 
 Dictionary. 
 
 The geographical names are set in this style of type. 
 
 Aa'ron (ar'on). 
 
 Ab'don. 
 
 A'bel. 
 
 Ab'e-san (abO. 
 
 A-bi'a. 
 
 A-brron. 
 
 A-bis'ai. 
 
 Ab'ner. 
 
 A'Tbra-ham. 
 
 Ab'sa-lom. 
 
 A'-eh?ib. 
 
 A'«haz. 
 
 A-cha'ia (-y&). 
 
 A'cre (a'ker). 
 
 Ad'am. 
 
 A-di'e-ran. 
 
 Ad-ri-at'ic. 
 
 Ag-ge'us. 
 
 A.grip'p&. 
 
 A-hi'a-16n. 
 
 Al'a ric. 
 
 Al^ban. 
 
 Al-ber'tus Mag'nus. 
 
 AJ ca'na. 
 
 Arcuiu (-kwin). 
 
 Al-ex-an'dri-a. 
 
 A-mal^i-eites. 
 
 A'man. 
 
 Am a-si'as. 
 
 Am'bro§e. 
 
 Am'mon. 
 
 Am'mon-ites. 
 
 An-ani'as. 
 
 An'na. 
 
 Ananas. 
 
 An'selm. 
 
 An'ti-bch. 
 
 Aii-ti'o-€hufl- 
 
 An-to-ni''nus Pi'us. 
 
 A-qui^nas. 
 
 Ar'a-g5n. 
 
 Ar'a-rat. 
 
 Ar-e-op'a-gus. 
 
 Ar-i-ma-the'a. 
 
 Ar-is-tofle. 
 
 A'ri-us. 
 
 Aries (arlz), 
 
 Ar-magh' (ar-maO. 
 
 Ar-me'ni-a. 
 
 Ar-tax-erx'eg. 
 
 A's4. 
 
 As'ca-15n. 
 
 As-si'si. 
 
 As-su-e'rus. 
 
 As-syr'i-a. 
 
 As-t5rphiiB. 
 
310 
 
 PRONOUKCING VOCABULARY. 
 
 Ath-a-ira. 
 
 Ath-a-na'si-as. 
 Ath'ens. 
 
 At'til-a. 
 
 Augs^burg (owgs'- 
 
 boorg). 
 Au-giis'tine. 
 Au-giis'tus. 
 Az-a-ri'as. 
 
 Ba'al. 
 
 Barbel. 
 
 Bab'y-lon. 
 
 Bab-y-l5'ni-an§. 
 
 Bal-tas'sar. 
 
 Ba-rab'bas. 
 
 Ba'rac. 
 
 Biir-ba-ros'sa. 
 
 Bar'na-bas. 
 
 Bar-th6ro-mew. 
 
 Ba-tba'el. 
 
 Ba'sil. 
 
 Bee. 
 
 Bede. 
 
 Bel. 
 
 Ben'ja-min. 
 
 Be-re'a. 
 
 Be-tha'ni-a. 
 
 Beth'el. 
 
 Beth'le-hem. 
 
 Beth'pha-ge'. 
 
 Beth-sa'be-e. 
 
 Beth-sa'i-da. 
 
 Beth-u-li'a. 
 
 Blas'co de Ga'ray (ri). 
 
 B6-16g'na (b5-l6n'ya). 
 
 Bo'na-parte. 
 
 Bo-na-ven'tiire. 
 
 BSn^i-fage. 
 
 Bo'oz. 
 
 Bos-suet' (bo-sii-aO. 
 
 Bouil-lon' (boo-yon"). 
 
 Bre'beuf. 
 
 Bru'no. 
 
 Cae'sar (see'zar). 
 
 Cain. 
 
 Ca-i'nan, 
 
 Ca'i-pbas. 
 
 Caleb. 
 
 Cal'va-ry. 
 
 Cal'vin. 
 
 Ca'na. 
 
 Oan'ter-bur-y (-ber- 
 ry). 
 
 Ca-phar'na-um. 
 
 Ca'rith. 
 
 Car'mel. 
 
 Oar'thage (-thij). 
 
 Car-thu''§ian§. 
 
 Ce-cin-a. 
 
 Ce'dron. 
 
 Cel'sus. 
 
 Ces-a-re'a Phi-lip'pi. 
 
 CeKes-tlne. 
 
 Ce-rin'tbi-ang. 
 
 Ohal'ce-dSn. 
 
 Chal-dee'. 
 
 Cbam. 
 
 Cha'naan. 
 
 Char-le-magne' (shar- 
 le-man'). 
 
 Chi'os. 
 
 Cbrys'os-tom. 
 
 9i<;'e-ro. 
 
 ^is-ter'cians. 
 
 Clem'ent. 
 
 Cle'o-pbas. 
 
 Cler-m6nt'. 
 
 Clo-til'da. 
 
 Clo'vis. 
 
 Olii'ny. 
 
 CSl'chis (kis). 
 
 Oo-logne' (ko-lonO. 
 
 Co-lum'ba. 
 
 Con'stan-tine. 
 
 Oon-stan-ti-no'ple. 
 
 Co-per'ni-cus. 
 
 Co're. 
 
 Cor'inth. 
 
 Cor-ne'li-us. 
 
 9yp'ri-an. 
 
 Cy'prus. 
 
 ^y-re'ne. 
 
 Da'gon. 
 
 Da-mas'cus. 
 
 Da-mi-an'us. 
 
 Dan'iel (-yel). 
 
 Dan'te. 
 
 Da-ri'us. 
 
 Da'than. 
 
 Da'vid. 
 
 De-me'tri-us. 
 
 De-mos''tbe-ne§. 
 
 Der'be. 
 
 Dl-o-cle'tian. 
 
 Di-o-nys'i-us. 
 
PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY. 
 
 311 
 
 Do-mi'tian. 
 Do-na'tus. 
 
 Eb'i-on-ites. 
 
 Ec-cle-gi-as'ti -euB. 
 
 C-des'sa. 
 
 E'dom ites. 
 
 E'gypt. 
 
 E-g7p'tian. 
 
 E-le-a'zar. 
 
 El-eu-the'ri-us. 
 
 E-iras. 
 
 E-li-e'zer. 
 
 E-lim'e-le^h. 
 
 El-i-se'us. 
 
 Ery-mas. 
 
 Xjm'ma-us. 
 
 E'ne-as. 
 
 E'no€li. 
 
 E'nos. 
 
 Eph'e-suB. 
 
 E'phra-im. 
 
 E'sau. 
 
 Es'dras. 
 
 Es'ther (-ter). 
 
 Eth'el-bert. 
 
 E-thi-o'pi-a. 
 
 Eu'clid (yoo'klid). 
 
 Xiu-phra'tes. 
 
 Eu'ty-€heg. 
 
 Eve. 
 
 Ez-e-€hi'as. 
 
 E-ze'«hi-el. 
 
 Fe-li<j'i-ta8. 
 Pelix. 
 
 FSr-ra'ra. 
 Francis de Sa]e§. 
 Francis Xavier (zSV- 
 
 yer). 
 
 Gab'e-lus. 
 Ga'bri-el. 
 Ga-lic'i-a (-lish). 
 Gai'i-lee. 
 Gal-i-le'o. 
 Ga-mali-el. 
 Gar'i-zim. 
 Ga'za. 
 Ged'e-on. 
 Ge-nes'a-rSth. 
 Ge-ne'va. 
 Gen'ser-i*. 
 GSa'tlles. 
 Ger'bert. 
 Ges'sen. 
 Geth-sem'a-nL 
 Gi-e'zi. 
 Gnos'ti€s. 
 Go'a. 
 Go-li'ath. 
 Go-m6r'rha. 
 Gra-na'da. 
 Greg'o-ry Naz-i-an'- 
 zen. 
 
 HS,b'a-eu-e. 
 
 Ha-(jgrda-ma. 
 
 Rach'i.la. 
 
 Ha'ran. 
 
 He'brew (-bru). 
 
 Be'bron. 
 
 Hell. 
 
 Her-a-cli'us. 
 
 Her'od. 
 
 He-ro'di-as. 
 
 Her'u-li. 
 
 Hi-la'ri-on. 
 
 Hip'po. 
 
 Hol-o-fer'nef. 
 
 Ho'reb. 
 
 Hiiss. 
 
 Ig-na'ti-us Loy-6la. 
 
 I-6'na. 
 
 Ir-e-ne'us. 
 
 I'gaac (-zak). 
 
 Fsai. 
 
 I-§a'ias (yas). 
 
 Is-e^r'i-ot. 
 
 Is'ma-elites. 
 
 Ig'ra-el. 
 
 I§'ra-el-ites. 
 
 Ja'^ob. 
 
 Ja'ir. 
 
 Ja'i-rus. 
 
 JSn-ic'u-lum. 
 
 Jan'sen. 
 
 Ja'phet. 
 
 Ja'red. 
 
 Je-eh-o-ni'aa. 
 
 Je'hu. 
 
 Jeph'te. 
 
 Jer-e-mi'as. 
 
 Jer'i-cho. 
 
 Jer o-bo'am. 
 
 Je-rome', 
 
312 
 
 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY. 
 
 Je-ru'sa-lem. 
 
 LeM. 
 
 MS,x'i-min. 
 
 Jez'a-bel. 
 
 Le'vltes. 
 
 Mec'ca. 
 
 Jo'ab. 
 
 Lxb'a-nus. 
 
 Medea 
 
 J6'a-€haz. 
 
 Li-gno'ri. 
 
 Me-di'na. 
 
 Jo'a-€him. 
 
 LSm^bards. 
 
 Me d-i-ter-ra'ne-an 
 
 Jo'a-€hm. 
 
 Lot. 
 
 Mel-ehi§'e-de€. 
 
 Jo'as. 
 
 Lu'<;i-fer. 
 
 Mes-o-po-ta'mi-a. 
 
 Jo'a-tham. 
 
 Lti'cji-us. 
 
 Mes-si'ah. 
 
 Job. 
 
 Ltike. 
 
 Mi'€hael. 
 
 Jo'el. 
 
 Lti'ther. 
 
 Mi-eh«'as, 
 
 Joi'a-da. 
 
 Ly'co'ni-a. 
 
 Mi'€hol. 
 
 Jo'nas. 
 
 Lyd'da. 
 
 Mil'an 
 
 Jon'a-than. 
 
 Lyd'i-a. 
 
 Mi-le'tus. 
 
 J6p'pe. 
 
 Lys'tra. 
 
 Mis'a-el. 
 
 Jo'ram. 
 
 Ma9-e-d6'ni-a. 
 
 Mo'ab. 
 
 Jor'dan. 
 
 Ma-eh'a-bee§. 
 
 Mo'ab-iteg. 
 
 Jopfues (zhog). 
 
 Ma-eli-a-be''us. 
 
 Mo-ham'med. 
 
 Jos'a-phat. 
 
 Ma'di-an. 
 
 M6nl-€a. 
 
 Jo'§eph. 
 
 Ma'di-an-ites. 
 
 Mon'te Oa-si'n5» 
 
 Jo-sras. 
 
 Mag-da-le'ne. 
 
 Mo-ri'a. 
 
 Jos'u-e. 
 
 Mal-a-bar'. 
 
 Mo'geg. 
 
 Jii'da. 
 
 Mal-a-elii'as. 
 
 
 Jii'das. 
 
 Ma la'le-el. 
 
 Na'a-man. 
 
 Ju-de'a. 
 
 Mara-sar. 
 
 Na'both. 
 
 JuMith. 
 
 Mar^hus. 
 
 Na'€li6r. 
 
 Ju'li-an. 
 
 Mal'ta. 
 
 Na'im. 
 
 Jus'tin. 
 
 Ma-nas'seg. 
 
 Nantes. 
 
 
 Man-i-€he'an§. 
 
 Na-po'le-6D. 
 
 La'ban. 
 
 Mar'«us Au-reli-us. 
 
 Na'than. 
 
 Lal-e-mant' (lal-m5n'). 
 
 Mar'do-«hai. 
 
 Na-tban'i-eL 
 
 La'me-eh. 
 
 Marquette' (-ket). 
 
 Naz-a-rene'. 
 
 Lan'fran-6. 
 
 Math-a-thi'as. 
 
 Naz'a-reth. 
 
 Law'ren^e. 
 
 Ma-thti'sa-lem. 
 
 Ne'bo. 
 
 Laz'a-riis. 
 
 Mat'thew (m&th'tliu). 
 
 Ngb-u-€bod-o-nO'soi 
 
 Le'a. 
 
 Mat-thi'as (math-thi'- 
 
 Ne-he-mi'aa 
 
 LSs'bos. 
 
 as). 
 
 Ne'ro. 
 
PEONOUNCING VOCABULARY. 
 
 313 
 
 Nes-tS'ri-us. 
 
 Pha'ra-o. 
 
 Sa-mar'i-tan§. 
 
 Niqe (nes). 
 
 Phar'i-see§. 
 
 Sam 'gar. 
 
 Nic-o-de'mus. 
 
 Phil'ip. 
 
 Sa'mos. 
 
 NUe. 
 
 Phi-lis'tineg. 
 
 Sam'son. 
 
 Nin'i-an. 
 
 PHn'e-es. 
 
 Sam'u-el. 
 
 Nin'i-ve. 
 
 Pho'gor. 
 
 Saph-rr&. 
 
 No'e. 
 
 Phryg'i-a. 
 
 Sar'a-(;en§. 
 
 No'e-mi. 
 
 Pi-sid'i-a. 
 
 Sa'rah. 
 
 No'tre Dame'. 
 
 Poi-tiers' (pwa-ti-a'). 
 
 Sar-din-i-a. 
 
 No-yon'. 
 
 Pory-carp. 
 
 Saul. 
 * 
 
 
 P5n'ti-U8 Pilate. 
 
 Sco'tus Er-i-ge'ni. 
 
 O'bed. 
 
 
 
 
 Prague. 
 
 Sed-e-Qi'as. 
 
 0€li-o-zi'as. 
 
 
 
 
 Pu'ti-phar. 
 
 Sem. 
 
 O-do'a-eer. 
 
 r 
 
 Sem'e-i. 
 
 Ol'i-vet. 
 
 
 
 
 Ra'cheL 
 
 Sen-na-eh'e-rib. 
 
 Opli'ni. 
 
 Ra'ges. 
 
 SS-rep'ta. 
 
 Or'i-gen. 
 
 Ra-gu'el. 
 
 Ser'gi-U8. 
 
 Or'pha. 
 
 Ra'pha-el. 
 
 Setb. 
 
 O'tho. 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 Ra-ven'na. 
 
 Se-ve'rus. 
 
 O-thS'ni-eL 
 
 Re-be€'€a. 
 
 Si'-ehar. 
 
 Ozi'as. 
 
 Re-mig'i-us. 
 
 Si'chem. 
 
 Pa-eho'mi-us. 
 
 Rheims. 
 
 Si9'i-ly. 
 
 Pares-tine. 
 
 Rob'o-am. 
 
 Si'don. 
 
 Pal-la'di-us. 
 
 Ro'de. 
 
 Si-do'ni-ang. 
 
 Pa-ra-guay' (gwi). 
 
 Rous-seau' (roo-soO. 
 
 Silas. 
 
 Par'thi-a. 
 
 Ru'ben. 
 
 SMo'e. 
 
 Par'thi-an§. 
 
 Ruth. 
 
 Sim'e-on. 
 
 Pat'mos. 
 
 
 Si'mon. 
 
 Paul. 
 
 Sa'ba. 
 
 Si'nai. 
 
 Pe-irgi-us. 
 
 Sa-be'an§. 
 
 Si'ra^li. 
 
 Pep'in. 
 
 Sa-beiai-an§. 
 
 Sbd'om. 
 
 Per-pet'u-&. 
 
 Sad'du-(?ee§. 
 
 Soro-mon. 
 
 Per'si-a. 
 
 Sa'lem. 
 
 SpierSc 
 
 Per'si-an§. 
 
 Sal-man-a'sar. 
 
 Ste'pben (-vgn). 
 
 Pe'ter. 
 
 Sa-lo'me. 
 
 Su-bi-a'co. 
 
 Pe'trawh. 
 
 Sam-a-ri'a. 
 
 Suev'i (swav'D. 
 
314 
 
 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY. 
 
 Su-§an'na. 
 Syl-ves'ter. 
 Syr'i-a. 
 Syr'i-ang. 
 
 Tab'i-tha. 
 
 Ta'ra. 
 
 Ter-tulli-an. 
 
 Tet'zel (-sel). 
 
 Thad-de^us. 
 
 Thare. 
 
 Thar'sis. 
 
 The-ba'is. 
 
 Thebes. 
 
 The-o-do'si-us. 
 
 Thes-sa-lo-ni'ca. 
 
 ThoFar. 
 
 Thu-rin'gi-a. 
 
 Ti'ber. 
 
 Ti'gris. 
 
 Tirn'o-thy. 
 
 Ti'tus. 
 
 To-bi'as. 
 
 Tot'i-la. 
 
 Tro'as. 
 
 Tyre. 
 
 U-ri'as. 
 
 Van'dals. 
 Vx-co-va'ro. 
 
 Vic'tor E-man'u-el. 
 Vir-giri-us. 
 Vig'i-goths. 
 Voltaire' (-ter). 
 
 Wa-ter-16b'. 
 
 West-pha'li-a. 
 
 Wit'ten-berg. 
 
 V^yc'liffe. 
 
 Za-ch-a-ri'as. 
 
 Za-eh'a-rj. 
 
 Za-ehe'us. 
 
 Ze-lo'teg. 
 
 Zo-rob'a-bel. 
 
 Zwing'li (tswinglee). 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 HISTORY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
 
 AGE I. 
 
 EARLY HISTORY I FROM ADAM TO ABRAHAM. 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 1. The Creation of the World 7 
 
 2. The Happiness of Adam and Eve 
 
 in Paradise 8 
 
 3. The Angels and the Fall of our 
 
 First Parents 9 
 
 4. The Punishment of Sin and the 
 
 Promise of a Redeemer 11 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 5. Cain and Abel 12 
 
 6. The Deluge 13 
 
 7. The Sacrifice of Noe 15 
 
 8. The Sons of Noe.— The Tower of 
 
 Babel 16 
 
 The Early Patriarchs 18 
 
 AGE II 
 
 THE ELECTIOJ^ OF THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL! 
 FROM ABRAHAM TO MOSES. 
 
 0. T lie Call of Abraham 18 
 
 10. Tile Virtues of Abraham 19 
 
 11. Abraham's Hospitality 20 
 
 12. Abraham's Spirit of Self-sacri- 
 
 fice 22 
 
 1 3. Isaac Marries Rebecca 24 
 
 14. Esau and Jacob 26 
 
 15. Jacob's Flight and Sojourn with 
 
 Laban 28 
 
 16. Jacob's Return 29 
 
 17. Joseph in his Father's House 30 
 
 18. Joseph Sold into Egypt 31 
 
 19. Joseph in the House of Puti- 
 
 phar 32 
 
 20. Joseph in Prison 33 
 
 21. Joseph's Greatness 34 
 
 22. Josepii's Brethren go into Egypt 36 
 
 23. Benjamin Goes Down to Egypt. . 37 
 
 24. Joseph's Silver Cup 38 
 
 25. Jacob Goes Down to Egypt 39 
 
 26. The Death of Jacob and Jo- 
 
 seph 41 
 
 27. The Patience of Job 42 
 
 AGE III. 
 
 THE WONDERFUL EDUCATION^ OF THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL 
 FROM MOSES TO DAVID. 
 
 28. The Birth of Moses 45 
 
 29. The Call of Moses 46 
 
 30. The Ten Plagues of Egypt 48 
 
 31. The Death of the First-born.— 
 The Paschal Lamb.— The De- 
 parture from Egypt 49 
 
 315 
 
316 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 32. The Passage of the Red Sea 50 
 
 33. The Quails, the Manna, and the 
 
 Water in the Desert 52 
 
 34. The Ten Commandments 53 
 
 35. The Golden Calf 55 
 
 36. The Ordinances for the Worship 
 
 of God 57 
 
 37. The False Messengers.— The Mur- 
 
 murs of the People. — God's 
 Chastisements 60 
 
 38. Core, Dathan, and Abiron 61 
 
 39. The Hesitation of Moses and the 
 
 Brazen Serpent 62 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 40. The Death of Moses 63 
 
 41. The Israelites enter the Promised 
 
 Land 64 
 
 42. The Judges - 65 
 
 43. The Pious Ruth 67 
 
 44. The Sons of Heli 68 
 
 45. Saul, the First King 70 
 
 46. David 71 
 
 46. David and Goliath 72 
 
 48. Jonathan's Love and Saul's 
 
 Hatred for David 74 
 
 49. David's Generosity to Saul.— 
 
 Saul's Death 75 
 
 AGE IV. 
 
 THE GRANDEUR OF THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL : FROM DAVID 
 TO THE DIVISION OF THE KINGDOM UNDER LOBOAMo 
 
 50. The Great and Pious King David 76 
 
 51. The Revolt and Chastisement of 
 
 Absalom 78 
 
 52. The Last Days of David 81 
 
 53. The Wisdom of Solomon 81 
 
 54. The Building and Dedication of 
 
 the Temple of Jerusalem 83 
 
 55. The Magnificence of Solomon.— 
 
 HisEnd 84 
 
 56. The Division of the Kingdom ... 85 
 
 AGE V. 
 
 THE DECLINE OF THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL: 
 FROM ROBOAM TO JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 PART FIRST. 
 
 THE KINGDOM OF ISKAEL TO ITS DESTRUCTION BY THE KINGS 
 OF ASSYRIA. 
 
 57. A General View 87 
 
 58. God Sends the Prophet Elias ... 88 
 
 59. Elias and the Priests of Baal 89 
 
 60. The Vineyard of Naboth 91 
 
 61. The Prophet Eliseus 92 
 
 m. Jonas the Prophet 94 
 
 «3. The End of the Kingdom of Is- 
 rael 96 
 
 64. The Old Tobias 96 
 
 65. The Counsels of Tobias to his 
 
 Son 97 
 
 66. The Journey of tho Young 
 
 Tobias 98 
 
 67. The Return of Tobias 99 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 317 
 
 PART SECOND. 
 
 THE KINGDOM OF JUDA TO THE BERTH OF JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 68. A Summary of the Principal 
 
 Events 100 
 
 69. The Kings of Juda from Rohoam 
 
 to Ezechias 101 
 
 70. The Pious King Ezechias 102 
 
 71. The Kings Immediately Preced- 
 
 ing the Babylonish Captivity. . 103 
 
 72. The Prophets 104 
 
 73. The Captivity of Babylon 105 
 
 74. Daniel and the Three Young 
 
 Men 106 
 
 75. Daniel Saves Susanna 107 
 
 76. The Three Young Men in the 
 
 Fiery Furnace 108 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 77. Daniel ana King Baltassar 110 
 
 78. Daniel and the Idol Bel 110 
 
 79. Daniel in the Lions' Den Ill 
 
 80. The Jews Return from Captivity 113 
 
 81. The Prophets after the Captivity 114 
 92. Esther 115 
 
 83. Judith 118 
 
 84. Eleazar the Martyr 120 
 
 85. The Martyrdom of the Seven 
 
 Machabees 120 
 
 86. Mathathias and Judas Macha- 
 
 beus 122 
 
 87. From the Machabees to Jesus 
 
 Christ 125 
 
 HISTORY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
 PART FIRST. 
 HISTORY OF JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 The Birth of John the Baptist 
 
 Announced 127 
 
 The Birth of Jesus Announced . . 128 
 
 Mary Visits Elizabeth 130 
 
 The Birth of John the Baptist. . . 131 
 The Birth of Jesus Christ 132 
 
 6. The Shepherds 132 
 
 7. The Kings from the East 134 
 
 8. Jesus Presented in the Temple. . , 135 
 
 9. The Flight into Egypt 13ft 
 
 10. The Child Jesus in the Temple . . 13& 
 
 THE PUBLIC LIFE OF JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 11. The Preaching of John the Bap- 
 
 tist 139 
 
 12. Jesus is Baptized and Tempted.. 140 
 
 13. Jesus the Lamb of God 142 
 
 14. The First Disciples of Jesus 
 
 Christ 142 
 
 15. The Marriage at Cana 143 
 
318 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 THE FIRST YEAR OF CHRIST'S PUBLIC MINISTRY. 
 
 ■CHAP. PAGE 
 
 16. Christ's Zeal for the Sanctity of 
 
 the Temple 144 
 
 17. Nicodemus comes to see Jesus... 145 
 
 18. Jesus at the Well of Jacob 146 
 
 19 Jesus Preaches at Nazareth 147 
 
 20. The Miracles of Jesus at Caphar- 
 
 naum 148 
 
 21. The Miraculous Draught of 
 Fishes 149 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 22. The Paralytic 150 
 
 23. The Sermon on the Mountain.. .. 151 
 
 24. The Leper.— The Centurion's Ser- 
 
 vant 154 
 
 25. Tl)e Widow's Son of Nairn 155 
 
 26. Mary Magdalene 156 
 
 27. The Messengers of John the Bap- 
 
 tist 157 
 
 THE SECOND YEAR OF CHRIST'S PUBLIC MINISTRY. 
 
 28. Jesus Cures a Man who had been 
 
 Sick Thirty-eight Years 157 
 
 29. The Seven Parables of the King- 
 
 dom of God 159 
 
 30. The Tempest Calmed 162 
 
 31 . The Daughter of Jairus • 163 
 
 32. Jesus Chooses His Apostles 164 
 
 33. John the Baptist Beheaded 165 
 
 34. Tlie Miracle of the Loaves and 
 
 Fishes 166 
 
 35. The Promise of the Blessed Sac- 
 
 rament 167 
 
 36. The Woman of Chanaan.. 168 
 
 37. The Primacy Confei-red on Peter 169 
 
 38. The Transfiguration 170 
 
 39. Jesus the Friend of Children.— 
 
 Scandal 171 
 
 40. The Pardon of Injuries.— The Un- 
 
 forgiving Servant 172 
 
 41 . The Power of the Keys given to 
 
 the Apostles 173 
 
 42. The Parable of the Good Samar- 
 
 itan 173 
 
 43. Mary and Martha 174 
 
 41. The Lord's Prayer 175 
 
 45. The Lost Sheep and the Good 
 
 Shepherd 176 
 
 46. The Prodigal Child 177 
 
 47. The Rich Man and Lazarus 178 
 
 48. The Cure of the Man Born Blind 180 
 
 49. The Ten Lepers 181 
 
 50. The Publican and the Pharisee,. 182 
 
 51. The Rich Young Man 183 
 
 52. The Laborers in the Vineyard. . . 184 
 
 53. The Resurrection of Lazarus 185 
 
 54. The Jews Seek to Kill Jesus 186 
 
 55. Zacheus, the Chief of the Publi- 
 
 cans 187 
 
 56. Mary Magdalene Anoints Jesus.. 188 
 
 57. Christ's Triumphal Entry into 
 
 Jerusalem J89 
 
 58. The Parable of the Marriage 
 
 Feast 190 
 
 59. The Tribute to Caesar 191 
 
 60. Christ Foretells the Destruction 
 
 of Jerusalem and the End of 
 the World 192 
 
 61. The Parable of the Five Wise and 
 
 the Five Foolish Virgins 193 
 
 62. The Parable of the Talents 194 
 
 63. The Last Judgment 195 
 
 THE PASSION AND DEATH OF JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 64. The Paschal Lamb 196 
 
 ' €5. The Washing of Feet 196 
 
 66. Christ Institutes the Blessed Sac- 
 rament 197 
 
 67. Jesus Foretells the Treason of 
 
 Judas and the Denial of Peter 198 
 
 68. Christ's Last Discourse to Ilis 
 
 Apostles 203 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 319 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 60. Jesus in the Garden of Geth- 
 
 semaiii . 200 
 
 70. Jesus Delivered up to His Ene- 
 
 mies 201 
 
 71. Jesus before the High Priest.... 202 
 
 72. Peter Denies Jesus 203 
 
 73. The Despair of Judas 205 
 
 74. Jesus Insulted 205 
 
 75. Jesus before Pilate and Herod.. . 205 
 
 76. Jesus and Barabbas 207 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 77. Jesus is Scourged and Crowned 
 
 with Thorns 207 
 
 78. Jesus is Condemned to Death 207 
 
 79. The Journey to Calvary 209 
 
 80. Jesus is Nailed to the Cross 2ia 
 
 81 . Jesus on the Cross 213 
 
 82. Mary at the Foot of the Cross. . . -*31S 
 
 83. Jesus Dies upon the Cross Sfl 
 
 84. Jesus is Laid in the Tomb SS^ 
 
 THE GLORIOUS LIFE OF JESUS CHRIST. 
 
 The Resurrection of Jesus Christ. 215 
 
 Jesus Appears to Mary Magda- 
 lene 217 
 
 The Resurrection of Jesus An- 
 nounced to the Chief Priests. . 218 
 
 Jesus Appears to Two Disciples 
 while thej' were Going to Em- 
 maus 218 
 
 Jesus Appears to the Apostles.. . 220 
 
 90. Jesus Institutes the Sacrament of 
 
 Penance 220 
 
 91. Jesus and St. Thomas 221 
 
 92. Peter is Appointed Chief Pastor. 223 
 
 93. The Promise of the Holy Ghost. . 223 
 
 94. Christ's Last Commission to His 
 
 Apostles. — His Ascension 823 
 
 95. An Observation 225 
 
 PART SECONR 
 
 THE HISTORY OF THE APOSTLES, 
 
 96. A Preliminary Remark 225 
 
 97. The Election of the Apostle 
 
 Matthias 225 
 
 98. The Descent of the Holy Ghost. ZTo 
 
 99. Peter Cures the Lame Man 5:08 
 
 100. Peter and John before the Groat 
 
 Council 229 
 
 101. The Lives of the First Chris- 
 
 tians 230 
 
 102. Ananias and Saphira 230 
 
 i03. The Apostles are thrown into 
 
 Prison 231 
 
 104. Stephen the Deacon.— The First 
 
 Martyr 232 
 
 105. Confirmation.— The Baptism of 
 
 the Ethiopian 234 
 
 106. The Conversion of St. Paul 236 
 
 107. Peter Visits the different 
 
 Churches in Judea. — Corne- 
 lius is Baptized 237 
 
 108. Peter Cast into Piison 230 
 
 109. St. Paul's First Apostolic Jour- 
 
 ney 241 
 
 ilO, Tho Council of Jerusalem 242 
 
 111. Tac Second Voyage of St. Paul. 244 
 
 112. St. Paul's Third Voyage 247 
 
 113. The Imprisonment and Death of 
 
 St. Paul 249 
 
 114. The Other Apostles 250 
 
 115. Conclusion 251 
 
320 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 CHURCH HISTORY. 
 
 FIRST PEEIOD, 
 
 FEOM THE BIRTH OF CHRIST TO THE FALL OF ROME. 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 1. The Beginning of the Church S53 
 
 2. The Apostles 254 
 
 3. The Spread of Christianity 256 
 
 4. The Persecutions of the Church. — 
 
 The Jews , . . ;^ . . . 258 
 
 5. Roman Persecutions.... 859 
 
 6. Heresies 260 
 
 CHAP. PAGE 
 
 7. Heresies. Concluded 263 
 
 8. Fall of the Roman Empire ... 263 
 
 9. Rome Destroyed 264 
 
 10. The Christian Apologists 266 
 
 11. The Doctors and Fathers of the ' 
 
 Church 267 
 
 SECOND PEEIODo 
 
 FROM THE FALL OF ROME TO THE PROTESTANT 
 REFORMATION. 
 
 12. The Conversion of the Barbar- 
 
 ians 269 
 
 13. The Conversion of Ireland and 
 
 Scotland 271 
 
 14. The Conversion of England and 
 
 Germany 273 
 
 15. Religious Orders — East 275 
 
 16. Religious Orders— West ,. 276 
 
 17. Religious Orders. Concluded... 277 
 
 18. Mohammedanism 278 
 
 19. Temporal Power of the Popes. . . 280 
 
 20. The Crusades 281 
 
 21. The Crusades. Concluded 283 
 
 22. Science and Literature during 
 
 the Middle Ages 284 
 
 23. The Monks and Literature 285 
 
 24. Discoveries and Inventions of 
 
 Catholics 287 
 
 THIRD PERIOD. 
 
 FROM THE REFORMATION TO THE PRESENT TIME. 
 
 25. Causes of the Reformation 289 
 
 26. Luther 291 
 
 27. Calvin and Knox 292 
 
 28. The Protestant Reformation in 
 
 England 293 
 
 29. The Church in Asia and America 295 
 
 30. Religious Wars in Europe t297 
 
 31. Results of the Teachings of the 
 
 Reformation 299 
 
 32. General Conclusion 300 
 
 Appendix :— The Feasts of the Church 303 
 
Benziger Brothers' School Books. 
 
 ^Benziger Brothers* Catholic Nationat Readers 
 are uni<versaUy ackno<wledged the best, and 
 they are as cheap as the cheapest* .... 
 
 CATHOLIC NATIONAL READERS. 
 
 The New Primer, with slant or vertical script, i2mo, paper covers. 
 
 The New Primer, with slant or vertical script i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The New First Reader, with slant or vertical script. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The New Second Reader, with slant or vertical script. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The New Third Reader. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The New Fourth Reader. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The New Fifth Reader. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The Sixth Reader. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The Primary Speller. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The New Speller and Word Book. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 The Catholic National Charts. 22 numbers, slant or vertical script. 
 
 Points 0/ Superiority 0/ the Catholic National Readers 
 
 The literary character and Catholic tone of the lessons. 
 The easj' and natural grading- of the series, and its general adapta- 
 tion to the demands of the school-room. 
 The mechanical execution, including the quality of the paper, the 
 type, the binding, and the beautj' and number of the illustrations. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 Easy Language Lessons. Illustrated. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 Bone Rules ; or, keleton of English Grammar. By Rev. John 
 
 B. Tabb. i6mo, cloth. 
 English Grammar. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 Table Book and Introductory Arithmetic. By L. Nash. i6mo, cloth. 
 CATECHISM. 
 
 Klauder's Revised Edition of the Baltimore Catechism. Complete in 
 3 numbers. No. i, paper; No. 2, paper; No. 3, boards. 
 
 Catechism of the Third Plenary Council of Baltimore. Edilion 
 with Word-Meaniugs^ and the Questions numbered to corre- 
 spond with Rev. Thos. L. Kinkead's "Explanation of the 
 Baltimore Catechism". Abridged, No. i, and Large, No. 2. 
 Paper and flexible cloth. Edition without Word- Meanings: 
 Abridged, No. i, and Large, No. 2. Paper and flexible cloth. 
 
 Groening's Large Catechism. i2mo. 
 
 Groening's Small Catechism. i2mo. 
 
 Deharbe's Large Catechism. i2mo. 
 
 Deharbe's Small Catechism. i2mo. 
 
 Explanation of the Baltimore Catechism. By Rev. Thos. L. 
 Kinkead. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 Hand-book of the Christian Religion. By Rev. W. Wilmers, S.J. 
 i2mo, cloth. 
 
 Instructions for First Communicants. By Rev. Dr. J. Schmitt. 
 i6mo, cloth. 
 
 Short Stories on Christian Doctrine, A Collection of Examples 
 illustrating the Catechism. i2mo. cloth. 
 
Benziger Brothers^ School Books. 
 
 HISTORY. 
 
 Bible History. By Right Rev. Richard Gilmour, D.D. With 145 
 
 ilhistiations. i2mo, cloth. 
 New Testament Studies. The Chief Events in the Life of Ouf 
 
 Lord. By Right Rev. Mgr, Conaty, D.D. i2mo, cloth. 
 Bible Stories for Little Children i6mo, cloth, and paper covers. 
 Illustrated Church History. By Rev. Richard Brennan. 8vo, cloth. 
 School History of the United States. Illustrated. i2mo, cloth. 
 Primai-y History of the United States. Illustrated. i2mo, cloth. 
 
 PENMANSHIP. 
 
 Benziger Brothers' New Slant Penmanship. Complete in six numbers. 
 Benziger Brothers' New System of Vertical Penmanship, Complete 
 
 in six numbers. 
 Vertical Penmanship Charts. Complete in two numbers. 
 
 ELOCUTION. 
 
 Aids to Correct and Effective Elocution. With Select Readings. 
 
 i2mo, cloth. 
 Select Recitations for Catholic Schools and Academies. i2mo, cloth. 
 Readings and Recitation for Juniors. i6mo. cloth. 
 Elocution Class. A Simplification of the Laws and Principles of 
 
 Expression. i6mo, cloth. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
 The English Reader. Edited by Rev. Edward Connolly, S: ]. 
 
 i2mo, cloth. 
 Catechism of Familiar Things. Their History, and the Events 
 
 which Led to their Discovery. i2mo, cloth. 
 Hints on Letter-Writing. i6mo, cloth. 
 
 New Sunday School Companion. Containing the Catechism, De- 
 . votions and Prayers, Hymns and Simple Music. lOmo, cloth. 
 Hymn-book of the New Sunday School Companion. i2mo, cloth. 
 Sursum Corda. A Manual of English Hymns and Prayers. 
 32mo, paper. 
 
 NOVELS AND 
 8T*)RIE8 BY THE 
 BEST WRITERS. 
 
 SPECIAL ARTICLES 
 ■ERESTINQ 
 JECT8. 
 
 Subscription, $1.50 a year. 
 
 V SPECIAL f 
 \ ON INTE 
 S SUBJt 
 
 ENieEKHAJAzS 
 
 CS AND I 
 IREN'8 ( 
 
 WOMAN' 
 
 CHILDRE 
 DEPARTMENTS. 
 
 The Popular ratholic Family Magazine 
 
 600 TO 600 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 A YEAR. 
 
14 DAY USE 
 
 RSTURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 i- KQ 1 Z r-r-^'4 
 
 RECEIVED 
 
 NOV 29 '66 -4 PM 
 
 LOAM DEPT, 
 
 NOV 20 19691 9 
 
 cv 
 
 uo 
 
 TBJH^ 
 
 ..G9-9P 
 
 LD 2lA-60m-7,'66 
 (G4427sl0)476B 
 
 General Library 
 
 University of California 
 
 Berkeley 
 
TtJ / 1717